FCC ID: YBN-AUFPK20 Instrument cluster with immobilizer

 

owner's 2018 Q3 tv1anual Foreword Thank you for choosing an Audi - we value your trust in us. Your new Audi wi ll allow you to experience the best in groundbreaking technolo gy and premium quality equipment a vehicle has to offer. We recommend that you read your Owner's Manual thorough ly so that you quickly become acquaint ed with your Audi and make use of all of its features. In addition to explaining how the different features work, we provide many use ful tips and information concerning your safety, how to care for your vehicle and how to maintain your vehicle's value. We also give you useful tips and informa tion on how to drive your vehicle more efficiently and in an environmentally friendly manner. We hope you enjoy driving your Audi and we wish you safe and pleasant motor ing. AUDIAG 0 co

......

"' ,-...

"' ...... 0 0

:::, 00 Table of contents About this Owner's Manual

. Cockpit Cockpit overview

. ............. ......... Controls at a glance ... ....... .. .. and indicator Instruments Instruments Indicator lights On-Board Diagnostic System (OBD) .. ......... ......... lights

. system Drive r information

. Overview . Operation

. On-board computer

. Efficiency program . and driving Starting Op e n ing a nd clo sing

. Central locking . Luggage compartment lid . Child safety loc k . Power wi ndows Panorama glass roof

. . ......... .. Lights and Vi s ion . Exterio r lighting I nt erior lighting

. V1s1on . Windshield wipers . Digital compass . Seats and storage

. General information

. Front seats . Head restra ints

. Sockets . Storage . Luggage compartment

. Roof rack Warm and cold . . Climate control system . .. . . Driving

. . General inf ormation Steering

. . . . 2 4 6 6 6 8 8 10 17 18 18 18 19 20 22 22 22 27 30 30 31 33 33 35 36 38 40 42 42 42 43 44 45 46 49 51 51 57 57 59 Starting and stopping the engine

(vehicles with an ignition lock) . Starting and stopping the engine

(vehicles with a convenience key) ..... Messages . .. Electromechanical parking brake ...... Start ing from a stop Drivi ng offroad . .. Automatic transmission

. ..... .... ........... . ..... Trailer towing

. Driving with a trailer Driver assistance A ss istance sy stem s . .. .... ....... . Speed warning system . ......... Cruise control syst em . ......... Audi side assist

. ......... Audi drive select . ......... Park ing system s General information Rear parking system Parking system plus . ........... Rearview camera . ......... Adjusting the display and the warning tones ........ Error messages Trailer hitch

. ..... ..... ... .. .. .. .... .... Intelligent

. ..... Technology

. Electronic stabilization control (ESC) . Brakes .... ......... Electrome chanical steering ........... All wheel drive (quattro)

. ......... ......... Energy management

. Notice about data recorded by the Event Data Recorder and vehicle contro l modules

. ......... .. . 60 61 63 63 65 65 66 73 73 76 76 76 76 78 80 82 82 83 83 84 87 88 88 89 89 91 93 93 94 95 Safety Driving first safety 97

. 97

. Basics . 97 Correct passenger seat ing positions . 98 Pedal area . 101

. 102 Stor ing cargo correctly Reporting Safety Defects . 104 Table of contents Safety belts

. 106 General information

. 106 Why use safety belts? . 107 Safety belts

. 109 Belt tensioners . 112 Replacing wheels . 191 Spare tire

. 197 Fuses and bulbs

. 199 Electrica l fuses . 199 Bul bs . 201 Airbag system information

. 114 Important

. 114 Front airbags . 118 Mon itor ing the Advanced Airbag System . 124 Side airbags . 128 Side curtai n airbags . 13 1 Child safety

. 134 I mpor tant info rmation

. 134 Child safety seats . 14 0 Securing child safety seat s . 144 LATCH system (lower anchorages and tethers for children) Additional information

. 14 7

. 15 1

. .. ... Maintenance Checking

. ............. and Care and Filling

. 152

. 152 152 Fuel ... Refueling

. 153 Catalytic converter . 155 Engine compartment

. 155 Engine oil . 158 Cooling system . 162 Brake flu id . 163 Bat t ery . 163 W indshield washer system . 165 Service inte rval display

. 165 Wheels

... ... 166 Wheels and Tires . 166 183 Tire pressure monitoring system

. .. Care and cleaning

. 185 General information

. 185 Car washes . 185

. 186 Cleaning and care information Placing your vehicle out of service

. 190 Do It Yourself Emergency assistance

. 191

. 191

. 191

. 191 General information Equipment 0 co

......

"' ,-...

"' ...... 0 0

:::, 00 Emergency situations

. 203 General . 203 Start ing by pushing or tow ing . 203 Start ing with j umper cables . 203 Use of jumper cables . 204 Towing with a tow t ruck

. 20S Raising the vehicle . 207 data Accessories Technical and Technical Data

. 209

. 209 Vehicle specificat ions

. 209 Notes about t echnical dat a . 209

. 209 Weights Dimens ions. 2 10 Capacities . 210 Gasoline engines . 211

. ... Consumer Information

. 2 12 War ranty coverages . 212 Operating your vehicle outside the U.S.A. or Canada . 212 Audi Service Repair Manuals and Literat ure . 212 Maintenance .. . 212 Accessories and techn ical changes . 214 Declaration of comp liance for te lecommunications equipmen t and electroni c syst ems . ... 21S

. ......... .. .. Index

. 2 16 3

(D Tips Text with this symbol contains additional use fu l information. About this Owner's Manual This Owne r's Man ual applies to a ll versions of this mode l. It contains information, tips, suggestions hicle. and warn ings for using your ve important Keep this manua l in your vehicle at all times . This is especially important if you loan your vehicle to others or sell it. the equipment This owner's manua l describes range specified for this mode l at the time of printing. Individual equipment options described may on ly be available at a later date or may only be offered in certain countries . Some sections in this manual do not apply to all vehicles. When this is the case, the beginning of the sect ion ind icates the validity, for example

"Applies to vehicles : with cruise contro l system". Optional or vehicle-specific equipment ident ified with an asterisk "*" . is also The illustrations in th is manual are a guide, and some of the details in your vehicle may differ from the illustration . All directions, such as "left", "right", "front" and

"rear", are based on the vehicle's direct ion of travel.

* Optional or vehicle -s pecific equipment

.,._ The section continues on the next page. to a "WARNING" within a c::> & Cross reference the section. If a page number is indicated, WARNING is located outs ide of the section.

&, WARNING Text with this symbol contains information about safety and how to reduce the risk of se rious personal injury or death.

-

(D Note Text with this symbol contains info rmat ion about reducing the risk of damage hicle.

@ For the sake of the environment Text with this symbol contains info rmat ion on protecting the environment to your ve

. 4 0 C0 -N " N -0 0 ::, a) 5

-- -

~

.,

- \ti Cockpit overview Cockpit overview Controls at a glance

---

'i t -

Fig. 1 Cockpit : left section Fig. 2 Cockpit: rig ht sect ion 6

.

(!) Door handle

@

(J) Central locking switch Cent ral locking LED . ....... Side assist button Side assist display Headlight cont rol switch Air vents with thumbwheel Lever for turn signal and high beams

.... Multifunction ste ering wheel with :

. .........

- Horn

- Driver's airbag

- Driver information system con-

........... trols

. .............

- Audio , te lephone, navigation and voice recognit ion controls

- Programmable steering wheel button

. .........

- Rocker switches for tiptronic mode . ... .........

@ Instrument cluster

@ Windshield washer system lever

@ ISTART ENGIN E STO PI button

@ Parking brake button

.

~ Starting the engine when there is a malfunction or ignition lock .

@ Steer ing whee l adjustment

@ Cruise contro l lever ....

@ Data link connector for On-Board

....... .. Diagnostic System (OBD II)

. ..

@ I nst rument illum ination

@ Hood release . ...

@ Automat ic luggage compartment

. ...

@ Power exterior mirror adjustment lid . .. ......... Coc k pit o v e rv iew

. ... ............

@ Power windows

@ Child safety lock

@ Buttons/indi cator lights for:

- Emergency flashers

. ...

- PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF

.

@ Infotainment system display (does

.. not fold away)

...... .........

@ Glove compartment

.

@ Front passenger's airbag

.

@ Infota inment system control panel

@ Buttons/indicator lights for:

- Drive select . ..........

- Electronic Stabilization Control

. ...

(ESC) . .....

- Parking aid

- Hill hold assist

.

@ Climate contro l system .

@ Selector lever (automatic transm is-

sion) .

@ Center console w ith:

- Cup holder

.

- Socket .

- USB charging port 30 30 34 125 45 118 80 90 82 91 54 66 45 44

(D Tips

- Some the equipment listed here is on ly in sta ll ed in certain models or is available as an opt ion.

- The image in the instrument cluster display depends on the vehicle equipment. A maxi mum of two versions will be pictured in th is Owner's Manual.

- A separate operat ing manua l describes how to operate the Infota inment system . 25 22 78 78 33 34 118 18 19 70 8 38 61 63 63 59 76 17 35 155 28 36 0 co

......

"' ,....

"' ...... 0 0

:::, 00 7 In strumen ts and ind ica tor ligh ts Instruments Instruments and indicator Lights Instrument cluster overview The instrument cluster is the central information center for the driver.

"' "' N 0

;::) a,

"'

Fig. 3 Instrument cluster overview

. .. .. ......... ...

(D ISETI button

.

@

Tachometer

. Engine coolant temperature gauge Turn signal indicator lights .. . . Display with:

- Indicator lights

- Driver information system 9 9 8 34 10 18 9 9

. .. ......... Fuel level Trip odometer reset button 10.01

@ Speedometer 0

@ Tips The instrument illumination for the needles and dials turns on when the ignition is turned on and the lights are turned off. The illumina tion for the gauges reduces automat ically and eventually turns off as brightness outside in creases . This function reminds the drive r to turn the low beams on at the approp riate time. Coolant temperature indicator indicato r @ r=:> page 8, The coolan t temperature fig. 3 only operates when the ignit ion is switched 8 on. To prevent engine damage, please observe the following notes about the temperature es. rang Cold range If the needle is at the bottom of the gauge, the engine has not reached operating temperature yet. Avoid high eng ine speeds, full accelerating and heavy engine loads. Normal range The engine has reached operating temperature when the needle moves into the center of the gauge under norma l driving condit ions. The nee dle may move farther to the right on the gauge with heavier engine load at high outside temper atu res . If the needle is far over on the right side of the gauge and the . indicator light tur ns on in the instrument cluster, then the coolant tem peratu re is t oo high r=;, page 12.

(D Note

- Auxiliary headlights and ot her accessories in front of the cooling-a ir intake impa ir the cooling effect of the coolant. This increa ses the risk of the engine overheating dur ing

..,_ high outside temperatures gine load . and heavy en

- The front spoiler also he lps to distribute cooling air correctly while driving. If the spoiler is damaged, the cooling effect will be impaired and the risk of the engine over heating will increase. See an authorized Audi dealer or authorized Audi Service Fa cility for assistance. Tachometer The tachometer displays the engine speed in rev olutions per minute (RPM). You should shift to the next lowest gear when the engine speed is below 1,SOO RPM. The begin ning of the red zone in the tachometer indicates the maximum permissible engine speed for all gears once the engine has been broken in and when it is warmed up to operating temperat ure. Before reaching the red zone, you shou ld shift in to the next higher gear, choose the Dor S selec tor lever position, or remove your foot from the accelerator pedal. CD Note The needle in the tachometer @ Q page 8, fig. 3 may only be in the red area of the gauge for a short time or there is a risk of engine damage.

@ For the sake of the environment Upshifting ea rly helps you to save fuel and re duces operating noise. Fuel level The fuel level indicator only operates when the ignition is switched on. The tD page 15 turns on if the reserve quan tity of fue l is reached. The fuel tank capacity of your vehicle is listed in the Technical Data section page 210. CD Note Never drive until the tank is completely emp ty. The irregular supply of fuel that results a co

...... N r--. N

.-<

0 0

::, co Instruments and indicator lights from that can cause engine misfires . Uncom busted fuel will then enter the exhaust sys tem. This can cause overheat ing and damage to the catalytic converter. Odometer Fig. 4 Inst rument cluster : odometer Trip odometer and odometer The trip odometer @ shows the distance driven since it was last reset. It can be used to measure short distances. The trip odometer can be reset to zero by press ing the 10.01 reset button @ ~ page 8, fig. 3. The odometer @ shows the total distance that the vehicle has been driven. Malfunction indicator in the instrument clus If there is a malfunction ter, DEF will appear in the trip odometer display. Have the malfunction corrected as soon as possi ble. Time/date display You can switch between the quartz clock or the GPS controlled clock* depending on the vehicle equipment. For more information, refer to your MMI Operating Manual. Outside temperature display The instrument cluster display shows the outside temperature. At temperatures below 42 F (+S C), a snowflake symbol appears in front of the temperature display . ,. 9 Instruments and indicator lights If your vehicle is stationary or if you are driving at very low speeds, the temperature displayed may be slightly higher than the actua l temperature outside due to the heat radiating from the en gine. A WARNING Do not assume the roads are free of ice based on the outs ide temperat ure display . Be aware that there may be ice on roads even when the outside temperature is around 42 F (+5 C) and t hat ice can increase t he risk of accidents . You can set the un its used for temperat ure, speed and other measurements in the Info tainment system. Indicator lights Description The indicator lights in the instrument cluster blink or turn on . They indicate funct ions or mal functions . With some indicator lights , messages may appear and war ning signals may sound . Some ind icator lights are shown in mu ltiple col ors in the instrument cluster display. Display in Driver informat ion syst em The indicato r lights and messages in the disp lay can be covered by other displays. Displaying driv er messages again page 18, Operating using the windshield wiper lever, page 19, Operat ing using the multifunction steering wheel . Overview Some ind icator lights turn on briefly as a function check when you switch the ign ition on. These sys tems are mar ked wit h a./ in the following tables . If one of t hese indicat or ligh t s does not t urn on, the re is a malfunction in that system. Red indicator lights

--------------

US A models:

Brake system ./

page 11 10 Canada model s:

Brake system ./

page 11 USA model s:

Electromechanical parking brake page 12 Canada model s:

Elect rome chanical parking brake page 12 Cooling system page 12 Engine oil pressure page 13 Alternator page 13 Safety belt page 13 Transmission page 71 Electrome chanical steering./

pag e 93 Steering lock page 13 Yellow indicator lights

--------------

Electron ic Stabil ization Contro l

(ESC) ./

page 14 Electron ic Stabilization Control

(ESC) ./

page 14 Electron ic Stabilization Contro l

(ESC) page 89 USA models:

Anti -lock braking system (ABS) ./

page 14 Canada model s:

Anti- lock braking system (ABS) ./

page 14 Safety systems ./

page 14 Brake pads page 14 Elect romechanical parking brake page 12 Tire Pressure Monitoring System*

../

page 183 Tire pressure monitor ing system*

page 183 Electronic power control ../

page 14 Malfunct ion I ndicat or Lamp (MI L)

../

page 14 Engine speed li mi t ation*

page 15 Engine oil level page 15 Engine oi l sensor page 15 Battery charge page 13 Tank system e>page 15 Washer fluid level *

page 15 Engine start system page 15 Elect romechani cal st eering../

page93 St eering lock page 13 Remote cont rol key*

pag e 63 Battery in remote control key page23 Bulb failure indicator page 16 Headlight range contro l system page 16 Adaptive light *

page 16 Light/rai n sensor*

page 16 0 co

......

"' ,....

"' ...... 0 0

:::, 00 Instruments and ind icator lights Suspension contro l*

page 16 USA models:

Speed warning system*

page 76 Canada models:

Speed warning system*

page 76 Other indicator lights

--------------

Turn signals page 16 Trailer t urn signa ls*

page 16 USA models:

Cruise control system page 76 Canada models:

Cruise control system page 76 Hill descent assist *

page 91 Remot e contro l key*

page 63 High beams page34 Door open page 17 Hood open page 17 Luggage compartment page 17 lid open BRAKE/() Brake system If t his indicat or light tur ns on, t here is a malf unc tion in t he brake system.

<USA models) / . llll vehicle and check brake fluid level

(Canada models ) Stop Stop t he vehicle and check the brake fl uid level. See an author ized Audi dealer or author ized Audi Service Facility for assist ance if necessary. 1111 (USA models ) / . Brake: malfunction! Please park vehicle safely

(Canada models)

.,. 11 Instruments and indicator lights If the ABS indicato r light LtiiJ

(USA mode ls)/ li]

(Canada models) , the ESC ind icator light Dl and the brake system ind icator light 1111 (USA mod els)/ . message appears , then the ABS, ESC and braking d istr ibut ion are malfunctioning

(Canada models) all turn on and this

,&.. Do not cont inue driving . See an autho rized Aud i dealer or authori zed Aud i Serv ice Facility for as sistance ,&.. 1111 (USA models )/ . ing brake: System fault! See owner 's manual

(Canada model s) Park

- If t he indica t or light and the message appear when the vehicle is stationar y or after switch ing the ignitio n on, check if you can release the parking brake. If you cannot re lease the park ing brake, see an authori zed Aud i dea ler or au thori zed Audi Serv ice Facility. If you can rele ase the parking brake and the message still ap pears, see an autho rized Aud i dealer or author ized Audi Service Facility immed iately to have the malfunction corrected.

- If the indicator light and message appea r while driving, the hill start assist or emergency brak ing func t ion may be malfunctioning. It may not be possib le to set the parking brake or release it once it has been set . Do not park your veh icle on hills. See an authorized Audi dealer or au thorized Audi Service Facility for assistance . Applies to: USA models If t he 1111 and EiJ indicator lights turn on at the same time, the brake pads are worn out page 14 .

& WARNING

- Read and follow the warn ings in page 155, Working in the engine com partment before open ing the hood and check ing the brake fl uid level.

- If the brake system indicator light does not turn off or it t urns on while driv ing, the brake fluid level in the reservoir is too low , and this increases the risk of an acc ident . Stop the vehicle and do not continue dr iv ing. See an author ized Audi dealer or au tho rized Aud i Serv ice Facility fo r ass ist a nce. 12

- If the brake system indicator light t urns on ion ing . Functions that stabilize together w ith the ABS and ESC indicator lights, the ABS/ESC regu lating function may be malfunct the vehicle are no longer available . This could cause the vehicle to swerve, which in creases the risk that t he vehicle will slide. Do not co nt inue d riving. See an autho rized Aud i dea ler or a uthorized Aud i Serv ice Facili ty for ass istance . PARK/<) Electromechanical parking brake

(USA mode ls) I. (Canada models) If the -

indicato r light turns on, the parking brake was set.

(USA model s) / .

-

brake pedal to release parking brake

(Canada model s) Press To release the parking brake , press the brake pedal and press the() button at the same t ime or start driving with hill start assist page 65, Starting from a stop. fpj Parking brake: System faul t ! See owner's manual. in the parking brake. Drive There is a ma lfunction to an authori zed Aud i dea ler or a uthori zed Audi Service Facility immediate ly to have the malfunc tion corrected.

(D Tips informat For additional brake, see page 63. ion on the parking

-F-Cooling system Turn off engine and check coolant level. The coolant level is too low. Do not continue driving and switch the engine off. Check the coolant level page 162.

- If the coo lant level is too low, add coolant page 162 . Only con t inue driving on ce the in dica t or ligh t turns off . Coolant temperature! Let engine run with vehicle stationar y. Let the engine run at idle for a few minutes to cool off, until the indicator light turns off. The re is a malfunct hicle e lectrical system. ion in the a lternator or the ve Instruments and ind icator lights

- If the indicator light does not turn off, do not continue driving the vehicle. See an authorized Audi dealer or authorized Audi Service Facility for assistance . A WARNING

- Never open the hood if you can see or hear steam or coolant escaping from the engine compartment. This increases the risk of burns. Wait until you no longer see or hear steam or coolant escap ing .

- The engine compartment in any veh icle can be a dangerous area . Stop the engine and allow it to cool before working in the engine compartment. Always fo llow the informa tion found inc::> page 155, Working in the engine compartment.

(D Note Do not continue driving if the. light turns on as this increases the risk of en gine damage. ind icator

<t=7: Engine oil pressure Turn off engine! Oil pressure is too low. Stop the eng ine and do not continue dr iving . Check the engine oil leve l c::> page 160.

- If the engine oil level is too low, add engine oil c::>page 160. Only cont inue driv ing once the in dicator light turns off .

- If the engine oil level is correct and the indica tor light st ill turns on, turn the eng ine off and do not continue driving. See an authorized Audi dealer or authorized Audi Service Facility for as sistance.

(D Tips The oi l pressure warning is not an o il level in dicator. Always check the oil level regularly. is discharging, Drive to an authorized Audi dealer or authorized Audi Service Facility immed iat e ly. Because the ve hicle battery sary electrical equipment an authorized Aud i dea ler or authorized Audi Service Facility if the battery charge level is too low. turn off all unneces such as the radio. See

[] Low battery charge: Battery will be charged while driving. The starting ability may be impaired. If this message vehicle battery cha rged enough while driving. turns off after a little while, the If the message does not turn off, have an author ized Audi dealer or author ized Audi Service Facili ty repair the malfunction .

,{,_ Safety belt indicator light stays on until the dr iver's The . and front passenge r's safety belts are buckled. Above a certa in speed, there will a lso be a warn ing tone .

(D Tips For additional see c::> page 106. informat ion on safety belts,

@ - Steering lock Steering fault! Do not drive vehicle!

There is a malfunction lock. You cannot turn the ign ition on. in the e lectron ic steering Do not tow your vehicle because it cannot be stee red. See an author ized Audi dealer or author ized Audi Service Facility for assistance .

!II Steering lock: System fault! Please contact dealer. There is a malfunction lock. in the e lectronic steering 0 co

......

"' ,....

"' ...... 0 0

:::, 00 0 Generator/vehicle battery Alternator fault: Battery is not being charg ed. Drive to an authorized Audi dealer or authorized Audi Service Facility immediate ly to have the malfunction corrected. Ill>

13 Instruments and indicator lights A WARNING Do not tow your vehicle when there is a mal function in the electronic steering lock - this increases the risk of an accident.

-

(D Tips For additional information on ESC and ABS, refer to page 89. f;,.1[.} Electronic Stabilization Control (ESC) lfthc bl indicator li ght blinks wh ile driving, the ESC or ASR (Anti-Slip Regulation) is actively regu lating. If the bl indicator lig ht turns on, the system has switched the ESC off. In this case, you can switch the ignition off and then on to switch the ESC on again. The indicator light turns off when the sys tem is function ing fully. If the II indicator li ght turns on, ESC was switched off using the ~ OFF button page 89.

(USA models)/ [i]

Stabilization control (ESC/ABS): Fault! See owner's manual If the bl indicat or light and the ABS indicator light fJ1m

(Canada mode ls) turn on and this message appears, the re is a malfunc tion in the ABS system or electronic differential lock. This also causes the ESC to malfunction. The brakes st ill function with the ir normal power, but ABS is not active. Drive to an authorized Audi dealer or authorized Audi Service Facility immediately to have the malfunct ion corrected.

(USA models) /. A WARNING If the 11111

(Canada mod els) brake system indicator light turns on to gether with the ABS and ESC indicator light s, the ABS and ESC regulat ing function may have malfunctioned. Functions that stab ilize the vehicle are no longe r available. This could cause the vehicle to swerve, which increases the risk that the vehicle will slide. Drive care fully to the nearest authorized Audi dealer or authorized Audi Service Facili ty and have the malfunction corrected. 14

!f Safety systems The E,I indicator light mon itors the safety sys tems. If the E,I indicator light turns on or blinks, the re is a malfunction in a safety system. Drive to an authorized Audi dealer or authorized Audi Service Facility immediate ly to have the malfunction corrected. A WARNING Have the malfunction in the safety systems inspected immed iately. Otherwise, there is a risk that the systems may not activate during a collision, wh ich increases the risk of serious injury or death .

-

(0) Brake pads E+J Brake pads!

The brake pads are worn. Drive to an authorized Audi dealer or authorized Audi Service Facility immediate ly to have the brake pads checked. Applies to: USA mode ls The E+J 11111 indicator light. indicator lig ht turns on together with the EPC Engine control (gasoline engine) Applies to: vehicles wit h gaso line e ngi nes If the ~

there is an engine control malfunct ion. indicator light turns on while driv ing, Immediate ly drive slow ly to an authorized Audi dealer or authorized Audi Service Facili ty to have the malfunct ion corrected. o Malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) The malfunction ind icator lamp (MIL) is part of the On-Board Diagnostic System (OBD II) . The

.,. 4 symbol turns on when the ign it ion is swit ched on and t urns off again once the engine is starte d and running at a steady idle speed. This indicates that the MIL is functioning correctly. The indicat or lig ht turns on if t here is a malf unc tion in the engine electronics . See an aut horized Audi dealer or aut horized Aud i Service Facility to have the malf unction corrected . For addit ional info rmation, see page 17. The indicato r lig ht can also tur n on if t he f uel fi ll er cap is not closed correct ly page 153.

!?) Engine speed limitation App lies to: vehicles with engine speed limitat ion Ill Don't exceed max. engine speed of XXXX rpm The engine speed is automatically speed displayed in the driver info rmation system . This protects the engine from overheatin g. lim ite d to the The engine speed limitation deactivates once the engine is no longer in the critical tem perature range and you have released the accelerator ped al once. If the engine speed limitation was activate d by an engine contro l malfunction , t he ~

indi cator light also turns on . Make sure that the speed does not go above the speed displayed . Drive to an author ized Audi dealer or authorized Audi Service Facility immediately to have the malf unc tion correcte d.

'l=cr,. Engine oil level Check oil level. Refill engine oi l as soon as possible page 158 .

~ ..... Engine oil sensor Oil level sensor: System fault!

The sensor to check the engine oil level has fa iled. Drive to an autho rized Audi dealer or au-

thor ized Audi Service Facility immed iate ly t o have a co

~ the malf unct ion corrected .

,.... N .... 0 0

:::, 00 Instruments and ind icator lights iu Tank system ta Please refuel If the indicato r light turns on for the first time and t he message appears, the re are about 1.8-2.2 gallons (7 .0-8 .S lite rs) of fuel left in t he tank . ta Fuel tank system malfunction! Contact deal er Drive t o an aut hor ized Audi dealer or aut hori zed Audi Service Facility immed iate ly to have the malfunction corrected.

(D Tips For more infor mat ion on f uel ing, see page 153 . o Washer fluid level Appl ies to : vehicles wit h washer fluid level indicator fl'I Please refill washer fluid. Fill t he washer f luid wi t h t he igniti on swit ched off page 165.

~ Engine start system

@-j i-:ngine start system: Malfunction! Please contact dealer . Do not switch t he ignition off because you may not be able to switch it on again. Drive t o an author ized Audi dealer or auth orized Audi Service Facility immed iat ely t o have t he malfu nction correct ed . Engine start system: Malfunction . Please con tact dealer. There is a malf unct ion in t he engine starting sys tem . Drive to an authorized Audi dealer or autho rized Audi Service Facility immed iate ly to have the malfunction corrected . 15 Instruments and indicator lights ii Bulb failure indicator If the J:j indicato r light turns on, a bulb has failed. The message indicates the locat ion of t he bulb. Replace the bulb immediately . Vehicle lights: System fault!

There is a malfunction in the headl ights or the light switch. Drive to an autho rized Audi dea ler or authorized Audi Service Facility immediately to have the malfunctio n corrected . A WARNING

- l ight bulbs are under pressure and can ex plode when bulbs are replaced, which in creases the risk of injury.

- With HID headlights (xenon headlights)*, the high-voltage component must be han dled correctly. Otherw ise, there is a risk of fatal injury.

~(D Headlight range control system II Headlight range control System fault!

There is a malfunction in the head light range control system, which may cause glare for other drivers. Drive to an authorized Audi dea ler or authorized Audi Service Facility immediately to have the malfunct ion corrected.

~O Audi adaptive light Applies to: vehicles with Audi adaptive light rlJ Audi adaptive light: System fault!

There is a malfunction in the adaptive lights . The headlights still function. Drive to an authorized Audi dea ler or authorized Audi Service Facility immediately to have the malfunct ion corrected. 16

@.D Light/rain sensor Applies to: vehicles with light/rain sensor fl;I Automatic headlight s/ wipers: System fault!

The light/rain sensor is malfunctioning. The low beams remain switched on at all times for safety reasons when the light switch is in the AUTO position. You can cont inue to turn the lights on and off using the light switch . You can still control all functions that are independent of the rain senso r th rough the windsh ield wiper lev er. Drive to an authorized Audi dealer or authorized Audi Service Facility immediate ly to have t he malfunction corrected .

; Suspension control Applies to: vehicles with Audi drive select and suspension con trol B Suspension : System fault!

There is a suspension contro l ma lfunction. Drive to an aut horized Audi dealer or authorized Audi Service Facility immediate ly to have the malfunction corrected. Turn signals If the R or 1B indicator light blinks, the turn signals are activated. If both indicator lights are blinking, the emergency flashers are activated . If an indicator light blinks twice as fast as usual , a turn signal bulb has failed. Carefully drive to an autho rized Audi dea ler or authorized Audi Service Facility immediate ly to have the malfunction cor rected . 1.~ Trailer turn signals Applies to: vehicles with trailer hitch indicator light blinks, then the turn When the . signals are activated in tra iler mode . The t railer mus t have been connected correct ly for t his page 73. If a tu rn signal on the t railer or on the vehicle fails while in trailer mode, t he indicato r light will not blink twice as fast to indicat e t his. lid is open c::5 Door, hood or luggage

/fj/c::::::::;/

compartment II-If the indicator light turns on, then one of the doors is not closed . f-j-If the ind icator light tu rns on , then the hood is not closed.

-j - If the ind icator light turns on, then the lug gage compartment lid is not closed. On-Board System Diagnostic

(OBD) Malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) indicator lamp (MIL) .j in the The malfunction instrument cluster is part of the On-Board Diag nostic System (OBD II). light turns on when the ig The warning/indicator nition is switched on and turns off once the en gine is started and is running in idle at a stab le speed. This indicates that the MIL is functioning correct ly. If the light does not turn off after starting the engine or turns on while driving, this may indi in the engine. If the cate there is a malfunction indicator turns on, the catalytic converte r may be damaged . Drive with reduced engine performance (avoid high speeds for extended periods of time and/or fast acceleration) and have the malfunction cor rected. See an authorized Aud i dealer or autho r ized Audi Service Facility. The MIL may also t urn on if the fuel filler cap is not closed correctly page 153. Instruments and indicator lights On-Board Diagnostics Fig. 5 Location of Data Link Connector (OLC) t he components On-Board Diagnostics monitors of your emission control system. Each monitored component signed a code. In case of a malfunction , the com ponent will be identified and the fault sto red as a code in the control module memory. in your engine system has been as if there is a The MIL light may also illuminate leak in the on-board fuel vapor recovery system. If the light illuminates after a refueling, stop the vehicle and make sure the fuel f iller cap is prop erly closed (only vehicles with gasoline engine) r::'.>page 153 . In order to make an acc urat e diagnosis, the stor ed data can only be displayed using special diag nostic equipment

(generic scan tool for 080). In order to connect the special d iagnost ment, push the plug into the Data Link Connector

(DLC). The DLC is located to the right of the hood release fig . 5. ic equip the code and perform the nec Your authorized Aud i dea ler or qualified work shop can interpret essary repair. _& WARNING Do not use the diagnostic connector for per-

sona l use. Incorrect usage can cause malfunc tions, which can increase the risk of a colli sion!

~

a co

...... N r--. N

.-<

0 0

::, co 17 Dri v er information system information Driver system Overview Applies to: vehicles with driver information system Odometer and trip odometer (only in the first tab*) page 9

:ll N 9

::i a, ID Outside temperature~ page 9, selector lever posit ion

{!) Tips

- You can set the units used for temperature, speed and other measurements in the Info tainment system.

- For information on the audio and naviga t ion* functions, refer to the separate Info tainment system owner's manual. Fig. 6 Display on vehicles w it h driver informat ion system and multi func t ion steering wheel*

Operation Driving information and vehicle settings are shown in the instrument cluster display . The type of display and the contents depend on the vehicle equipment. Depending on the vehicle equipment, the driver information system is controlled with either the buttons on the windsh ield wiper lever*

page 18or with the buttons on the mult i function steering wheel* page 18. On vehicles with a multifunction steering wheel*, the information is shown in tabs @ . The tabs are visible as soon as you press a button on the multifunction steering wheel*. The instrument cluster display provides informa tion about:

Time and date page 9 Digital speedometer On-board computer page 19 Efficiency program page 20 Reduced display*

Indicator lights and messages page 10 Service interval display page 165 Cruise control system*

Parking aid*

Audio*

Telephone*

Navigation*

18 Operating using the windshield wiper lever Applies to : vehicles wit h driver infor mat ion system without multif unction steer ing wheel

------

Fig. 7 Windshield wipe r lever : operating the drive r info r mat ion system Operating

~ Switch the ignit ion on . The last select function is displayed.

~ To switch between the on-board computer 0 , fJ, the efficiency program a, or, for examp le, the cruise contro l system*, press the I RESET I button @ .

~ To access additiona l information below or above, press the button down or up. Recalling indicator lights and messages

~ Press the I RESET I button @ . Resetting values to zero

~ Select a value in the desired trip computer or in the efficiency program. .,. . Press and hold the I RESET I button @ for at least one second . All values in the selected on board computer or in the efficiency program are reset to zero. Operating using the multifunction steering wheel Applies to: veh icles with dr iver info rmation system and multi funct ion steering wheel

,.._

~

N 0 Cl

<t ID Driver in f orma t ion system

.,. Sele ct a value in the desired t rip compu t er or in the efficiency pro gram . . To reset t he values in a memo ry, press and hold the t hu mbwheel @ for one second. Assigning a function to a programmable steering wheel button

.. Select the I CAR ! button > (Car) Systems* con trol button > Vehicle settings > Steering wheel button . Recalling indicator lights and messages

.,. Sele ct the O t ab . The O tab is on ly visib le when the re is at least one indicat or ligh t or mess age dis played . Other folders are only visible if the app licab le system is switched on . Fig. 8 Multifunction s te ering wheel: operat ing the dr iver info rmatio n syste m computer On-board Applies to: vehicles with on-board computer The tab @ <=> page 18, fig. 6 appears once you press a button on the mult ifunction steer ing wheel. Operating

.. Switch the ign ition on. The last select function is disp layed . . To switch between the tabs, press the rocker button (D to t he left or right fig. 8 . ,. To access additional informa t ion below or above, rotate t he t hu mbwheel @ dow n or up . ,. To con firm a select ion, press the th umbwhee l

@. Opening Car functions

.. Select the first tab with the button (D. ,. Press t he button @ . The Car functions menu is displayed . . To se lect a menu item, tu rn and press t he t hu mbwheel @ . . To se lect a function prog rammed to a steeri ng whee l button, press the button @ . Resetting values to zero

.,. In t he Car functions men u, selec t On-board computer or Efficiency program. a co

...... N r--. N

.-<

0 0

::, co g N 0

:::>

(D a) Fig. 9 Disp lay: on-boa rd comp uter memory level l Operating with the windshield wiper lever*

.,. Press the I RESET I button @ page 18, fig. 7 repea t edly unt il t he on-boa rd computer ap pear s in the display . ,. To access ad ditiona l content, press the button Operating with the multifunction steering wheel*

.,. Open Car func t ions and se lect the On-board computer men u item page 19 . ,. To access addit ional content, t ur n the th umb-

wheel @ page 19, fig. 8 . Iii>

19 Dri v er information system You can identify which on-board computer is cur rently being shown in the disp lay based on the small O or fJ. The on-board compu t er 0 ~ fig . 9 is a short-term memory . It collects driving information from the time the ignition is switched on until it is switch ed off. If you continue driving with in two hours after switching the ignition off, the new values are included when calculating the current trip in formation . Unlike the short-term memory, the long-term memory (on-board computer fJ) is not erased automatically. You can select the time period for evaluating trip informat ion yourself . You can call up the following information consec utively in on-board computer O or fJ:

-Date

- Range

- Travel time

- Average consumpt ion

- Average speed

- Distance

- Current fuel consumption Inf ormation on the efficiency program page 20. Efficiency program Overview App lies to: vehicles with efficie ncy program Fig. 10 Instrument cluster: efficiency prog ram 20 Operating with the windshield wiper lever*

.,. Press the I RESET I button @ page 18, fig. 7 repeatedly until the efficiency program appears in the display. Operating with the multifunction steering wheel*

.,. Open car functions and select the Efficiency program menu item page 19. The eff iciency program can help you to use less fuel. It evaluates driving information in reference to fuel consumption and shows other equipment influencing consumption ~ page 20 . Fuel econ omy messages page 21 provide tips for effi cient driving. The efficiency program receives data about the distance and fuel consumption from the on board computer 1. If the data in the efficiency program is deleted page 18/ page 19, the values in the on-board computer 1 are also reset. Other equipment Applies to: vehicles wit h eff iciency prog ra m Fig. 11 Instrument cluster: energy cons um ers Requirement: the efficiency program ii must be open page 20 . ,. Operating with the windshield wipe r lever*:

press the button @ page 18, fig. 7 repeated ly, until the other equipment affecting con sumption appears in the instrument cluster dis play ~fig . 11 . ,. Operating with the multifunction steering wheel*: keep turning the thumbwheel @

~page 19, fig. 8 until the other equ ipment af-

fecting consumption appea rs in the display. ,.. that is currently affecting fuel is listed in the efficiency program . Other equipment consumption The display shows up to three other items of equipment @ . The equipment using the most power is listed first. If more than three items us ing power are switched on, the equipment that is currently using the most power is displayed . A gauge @ also shows the current total con sumption of all other consumers. Fuel economy messages Applies to: vehicles with efficie ncy progra m Fig. 12 Instrument cluste r: example of econo my tip is increased by certain conditions. If Fuel economy messages are displayed when fuel consumption you follow these economy t ips, you can reduce your vehicle's fuel consumption. The messages appear automatically and are only displayed in the efficiency program. The fuel economy mes sages turn off automatically after a certa in peri od of time . ,. To turn an economy tip off immediately after it appears, press any button on the windshield wiper lever*/multif unction steering wheel*.

@ Tips

- Once you have turned an economy tip off, it will only appear again after you turn the ig nition on again.

- The economy t ips are not displayed in every instance, but rather in intervals over a pe ri od of time . a co

...... N r--. N

.-<

0 0

::, co Driver in fo rma t ion system 21 Opening and closing Opening Central Description and closing locking You can lock and unlock the vehicle centrally . You have the following options:

- Remote control key <=> page 24,

- Sensors in the door handles" <=> page 24,

- Inner central locking switch <=>page 25, or

- Lock cylinder on the driver's door <=> page 26. Turn signals The turn signals flash twice when you unlock the vehicle and flash once when you lock the vehicle. If they do not flash, then the ignition may still be switched on, or one of the doors or the luggage compa rtment lid may be open, for example. Automatic locking (Auto Lock) The Auto Lock function locks all doors and the luggage compartment lid once the speed has ex ceeded approx imately 9 mph (15 km/h). The vehicle will unlock again if the ignition key* is removed, the opening function from the central locking switch is activated, or one of the door handles is operated . In the event of a crash with airbag deployment, the doors will also automatically unlock to allow access to the vehicle. Selective door unlocking The doors and luggage compartment lid will lock when they close. You can set in the Infotainment system if only the driver's door or the entire vehi cle should unlock when unlocking<=> page 26, Setting the central locking system . Unintentionally locking yourself out Only lock your vehicle when all of the doors and the luggage compartment lid are closed and the remote control key is not in the vehicle. This helps to prevent you from locking yourself out accidentally . The following conditions prevent you from lock ing your remote control key in the vehicle:

22

- If the driver's door is open, the vehicle cannot be locked by pressing the !'.II button on the re mote contro l key or by touching the locking sensor* on a door .

- If the most recently used convenience key* is in the luggage compartment, the luggage com partment lid automatically unlocks again after closing it <=> page 2 7. The emergency flashers blink four t imes.

- If the convenience key* that was last used is de tected inside the vehicle, then the vehicle will not be able to lock from the outside . A WARNING

- Always take the key with you when leaving your vehicle, even if for a shor t period of time. This applies particularly when children remain in the vehicle. Otherwise, children could start the engine or operate electrical equipment (such as power windows), which increases the risk of an accident.

- No one, especially children, should stay in the vehicle when it is locked from the out side, because the windows can no longer be opened from the inside <=> page 2 7. Locked doors make it more difficult for emergency workers to get into the vehicle, which puts lives at risk. A WARNING Applies t o: vehicles with igni tio n lock Do not remove the key from the ignition lock until the vehicle has come to a complete stop. Otherwise, the steering lock could engage suddenly and increase the risk of an accident.

(D Tips

- Do not leave valuables unattended in the ve hicle. A locked vehicle is not a safe!

- The LED in the driver's door rail blinks when you lock the vehicle. If the LED lights up for approximate ly 30 seconds after locking, there is a malfunction in the centra l locking system . Have the problem corrected by an authorized Audi dealer or authorized Audi Service Facility. Key set Fig. 13 Your vehicle key se t

@ Remote control key or convenience key*

The convenience key is a remote control key with specia l functions page 24 and page 61. With the remote cont rol key, you can lock and u nlock the vehicle and sta rt the eng ine . To fold the key out and back in place, press the release button fig. 13 -arrow- . Replacing a key If a key is lost, see an authorized Audi dealer or author ized Audi Service Facility. Have this key de activated . It is important to bring a ll keys with you . If a key is lost, you should re port it to you r insu rance company. Number of keys You can check the number of keys ass igned to your veh icle in the instrument cluste r d isplay. It will show you th is when you adj ust the time page 9. For examp le, t he display 1/ 2 means you are using veh icle key nu mbe r one ou t of t wo keys t ot al ass igned to th e vehicle. This way, yo u can ma ke sure that you have all the keys whe n pur chasing a used vehicle . Electronic immobilizer The immob ilizer prevents unautho rized use of t he vehicle. Unde r certain circumstances , the vehicle may not be ab le t o st art if the re is a key from a different ve hicle manufact urer on t he key cha in.

~ @ Tips N r--.

~

0 g

(X)

- The operation of the remote control key ca n be temporarily d is rupted by interfe re nce Open ing and closing fro m transmitters ne ar the veh icle wor king in t he same fre qu ency range (such as a cell phone or rad io equip me nt) . Always check if your vehicle is locked !

- For an explanat io n on conform ity wit h the FCC regulat ions in t he Unite d St ates and the Indust ry Canada regulat ions, see page 215. LED and batteries in the remote control key Fig. 14 Remote contro l key: ope ning the cover LED in the remote control key The LED informs you of the remote contro l key funct ion . .. If you press a butt o n b riefly, t he LED blinks once. .. If the LED does not blin k, t he remote contro l key batte ry is dead. The message Ill Please change key battery may also appear in the in strument cluster display . Replace the battery in the remote cont rol key. Replacing the remote control key battery

... Pry the cover @ off of the key (!) usin g a coin fig. 14. .. Remove the cover in the d irection of the arrow. .. Inse rt the new batte ry with the" +" symbol fac ing up . .. Press the cove r back onto the key unt il it clicks into place.

@ For the sake of the environment Discha rged batter ies must be disposed of us ing methods t hat will not harm t he e nviron ment. Do no t d ispose of the m in house hold t ra sh. 23 Opening and clo sin g

@ Tips The replacement battery must meet the same specifications as the orig inal battery in the re mote control key. Remote control key synchronization If the veh icle cannot be unlocked/locked by the remote control, you can synchron ize the remote control key. Press the remote control key button III-

Insert the key in the driver's door lock within 30 seconds. Press the III button or cf'.I butto n. Unlocking / locking by remote control Fig. 15 Remote contr ol key: button programming To unlock the veh icle, press the III button (D c>fig. 15. To lock the vehicle, press the /fl button @ &. once. To unlock the luggage compartment lid, press the~

button @ brief ly. To open* t he luggage compartment lid, press button @ for at least one sec and hold the~

ond. To trigger the alarm, press the I PANIC I button

-The vehicle horn and emergency flashers are activated . To turn off the alarm, press the I PANIC I button

@ aga in . If the veh icle is unlocked and a door or the lug lid are not opened within 30 gage compartment seconds, the ve hicle locks again automatically . This feat ure prevents the vehicle from be ing acci denta lly left un locked over a long pe riod of time. 24 This does not apply if you press and hold the

~ button @ for at least one second. You can set in the Infot a inment system if only the d river's door o r the entire vehicle should un lock whe n unlocking page 26.

~ WARNING Read and fo llow ing all warni ngs &. in De scription on page 22.

(D Tips

- Only use the remo te control key when you

-

are within view of the veh icle.

- The ve hicle can only be loc ked when these lector Lever is in the P position.

- Do not use the remote cont rol when you a re lock the vehicle . If you then inside the vehicle. Ot herwise, you cou ld un intentionally t ried to start the engine or open a door, the alarm would be triggered. If this happens, press the III unlock button.

- Only use the panic function in an emergen cy. Unlocking/locking with the convenience key Applies to: vehicles with convenience key The doors and luggage comportment lid con be unlocked/locked without using the remote con trol key. N 0

;;,

:i: ... m Fig. 16 Door handle: unlocking/lock ing sensor Unlocking the vehicle To unlock t he drive r's or front passenge r's door, grab the door ha ndle of t he respective door . The door u nlocks automatically. To open the door, pu ll the door handle. ,. . To open the luggage compartment lid, press the grip piece in the luggage compartment page 27. lid Locking the vehicle

.. Place the selector lever in the P position, or else the vehicle will not be able to lock . . To lock the vehicle, close the door and touch the sensor on the door handle once fig. 16,

,&.. Do not hold the door handle while doing this. Unlocking and locking the vehicle can only be done at the front doors. The remote control key cannot be more than approximately 4 ft (1.5 m) away from the door handle . It makes no differ ence whether the remote control key is in your jacket pocket, purse or briefcase . The door cannot be opened for a brief period di rectly after locking it . Th is way you have the op portunity to check if the doors locked correctly . system if only You can set in the Infotainment the driver's door or the entire vehicle should un lock when unlocking page 26. A WARNING Read and following all warnings .& in De scription on page 22.

(D} Tips If your vehicle is left standing for a long peri od of time, note the following:

- The proximity sensor switches off after a few days to save energy. You then have to pull once on the door handle to unlock the vehicle and a second time to open it .

- The energy management system gradually turns off unnecessary convenience functions to prevent the vehicle battery from draining and to maintain the vehicle's ability to start for as long as possible. You then may no longer be able to unlock your vehicle with this convenience function. a co

...... N r-,. N

""

0 0

::, co Opening and closing Central locking switch Fig. 17 Driver's doo r: centr al locking switc h Fig. 18 Rear center console: centra l locking switch To lock the vehicle, press the ff! button ,A. To unlock the vehicle, press the al button . You can lock and unlock your vehicle using the central locking switch in the driver's or front pas senger's door fig . 17. You can only lock your vehicle using the central locking switch on the center console fig . 18 . When locking the vehicle with the central locking switch, the following applies:

- Opening the door and the luggage compart ment lid from the outside is not possible (for security reasons, such as when stopped at a light) .

- The LED in the central locking switch turns on when all doors are closed and locked.

- Front doors : you can open the doors individual ly from the inside by pulling the door handle .

- Rear doors: to unlock the doors, pull on the door handle one time. To open the doors, pull on the door handle again.

- In the event of a crash with airbag deployment, to allow access the doors unlock automatically to the vehicle . IJII>

25 Opening and clo sin g _& WARNING

- Read and following all warn ings c::> .&. in De scription on page 22 .

- The centra l locking switch also works when the ignition is switched off and automatical ly locks the entire vehicle when the i'.D but ton is pressed.

- The central locking switch is inoperative when the vehicle is locked from the outside .

- Locked doors make it more difficult for emergency workers to get into the vehicle, which puts lives at risk. Do not leave anyone behind in the vehicle, especially children .

(D Tips

- Your vehicle locks automatically when it reaches a speed of 9 mph (15 km/h) (Auto Lock) c::> page 22 . You ca n unlock the vehicle again using the 63 button in the central loc k ing swit ch.

- The doors cannot be unlocked with the cen tral locking swit ch on the rear center con sole . Emergency unlocking/locking doors If the central locking fails, you must unlock/lock the doors separately. a, i 0 ::, a, m Fig. 19 Driver's door : door lock cylinder Fig. 20 Front passenger's door/ rear doors: emergenc y lock Setting the central locking system Unlocking / locking the driver' s door In the Infotainment system, you can set which doors the central locking system will unlock . Select : the !CARI function button>

tems* contro l button > Vehicle settin gs > (Cen t ral locking)* .

(Car) Sys Unlock doors - you can decide if All doors or only the Driver door should unlock . The luggage com pa rtment lid also unlocks when All is se lected. If you select Driver in a veh icle with a convenience key*, only the door whose handle you pull will un lock. When the Driver setting is selected , a ll doo rs and the luggage compa rtment lid will unlock when you press the @ button on the remote control key tw ice or t urn the key in the door lock cylinder in the opening direction twice . Tone when locking - if you se lect On, a tone will sound when you lock the vehicle. To unlock t he driver's door, turn the key to the open position @ c::>fig. 19. To lock the driver's door, put the selector lever in the P position and turn the key once to the closing position @ c::> ,&.. Locking the front passenger's door/ rear doo rs The emergency lock is located on the rear side of the front passenger's door and the rear doors . It is only visible when the door is open. Remove the cap from the opening c::> fig. 20. Insert the key into the slot on the inside and turn it all the way to the right (right door) or left (left door). Once the front passenger's door/rear doors close, it is no longer possib le to open them from the outside. The door can be opened from the inside by pulling the door handle. If the child safety lock is sw itched on for one of the rear doors, the IJI. 26 door can be opened from the outside after pull ing the door hand le once from the ins ide. A WARNING Read and following all warnings &. in De scription on page 22. Anti-theft alarm system If the anti-theft alarm system detects a vehicle break-in, audio and visual warning signals are triggered . The anti -theft alarm system is activat ed when the vehicle is locked as usual. It switches off when the veh icle is unlocked . If the alarm is triggered, it will shut off automat ically after a certain amount of time. Switch the ignition on or press the m button on the remote control key to turn off the alarm. Open in g and closing Applies to: vehicles with automatic the luggage compartment the selector lever is in P. transmission:

lid can only open when Opening the luggage compartment lid

"' Briefly press the cs button on the remote con trol key. The rear lid will unlock.

"' To open the luggage compartment the cs button on the remote control key for at least one second . lid, press

"' Briefly pull the cs button in the driver's door fig. 22, or

"' Press the handle in the luggage compartment lid .

"'On veh icles with a convenience key*, you can press the gr ip in the luggage compa rt ment lid . The luggage compartment lid is unlocked if an author ized remote control key is detected nea r the vehicle. compartment Closing the luggage compartment lid Luggage lid Opening/closing the luggage compartment lid Fig. 21 Rear lid: handle Fig. 22 Driver's door: opening the luggage compartment lid a co

...... N r--. N

'"' 0 0

::, co

"' Use the inside g rip to pull the luggage com pa rtment lid down and allow it to close using a gentle push ,& .

& WARNING

- After closing the lugg age compartment lid, make sure that it is latched. Otherwise, the luggage compartment denly when driving, which increases the risk of an accident. lid cou ld open sud

- Never drive with the luggage compartment lid ajar or open, because poisonous gases can enter the vehicle interior and create the risk of asphyxiation .

- Never leave your vehicle unattended when the luggage compartment lid is open . A child could climb into the veh icle through the luggage compartment. If the luggage compa rtm ent lid was then closed, the child wou ld be t rapped in the veh icle and unable to escape . To reduce the risk of injury, do not a llow children to play in or around the veh icle . Always keep the luggage compart ment lid and the doors closed when the ve hicle is not in use. 27 Opening and closing

- Always make sure no one is in the luggage lid's range of motion when it compartment is clos ing, especially near the hinges. Fin gers or hands could be p inched .

(D Tips When the vehicle is locked, the luggage com partment lid can be unlocked separately by pressing the ,c::;; button on the remote control key. The luggage compartment lid locks auto matically when it is closed again. Automatic luggage compartment lid Applies to: vehicles with automatic luggage compartment lid The luggage compartment lid can be opened and closed electrically . Fig. 23 Driver's door: opening/clos ing the luggage com partment lid Fig. 24 Luggage compar tm ent lid: @ clos ing butto n, @

lock button (vehicles with convenie nce key") Opening the luggage compartment lid

.,. To unlock the luggage compartment lid, press the c:s button on the remote control key brief ly. Or

.,. To unlock the luggage compartment lid, press the handle in the lid (vehicles with convenience key*). The luggage compartment lid is un locked 28 if an authorized remote contro l key is detected near the vehicle. Or

.,. Pull the ,c::;; switch in the driver's door briefly q fig. 23 . Or

.,. Press the c:s button on the remote control key for at least several seconds to open the luggage compartment lid. Or

.,. Press the hand le in the luggage compartment lid. Closing the luggage compartment lid

.,. Pull the ,c::;; button in the driver's door until the luggage compartment

.,. Press the c:s button lid is closed q ,&. Or in the luggage compart ment lid fig. 24. The luggage compartment lid will automat ically lower and close ,&. Or

.,. Press and hold the c:s button on the remote lid control key until the luggage compartment begins to close (vehicles with convenience key*) q ,&. Make sure there is enough distance be tween you and the luggage compartment lid. There should be a maximum 4 ft (1.5 m) of d is tance. Or

.,. Press the cfl button fig . 24 in the luggage lid (vehicles wit h convenience compartment key*) ,&. The remote contr ol key must not be more than approximately 4 ft (1.5 m) away from the luggage compartment be inside the vehicle. The luggage compa rt ment lid will automatica lly lower and close . The vehicle locks. and it must not Interrupting the opening/closing process

.,. Pull/release the c:s button in th e driver's door . Or

.,. Press/re lease the c:s button on the remote control key (vehicles with convenience key*). Or

.,. Press the c:s or cfl button (vehicles with conven lid. Or ience key*) in the luggage compartment

.,. Press the handle in the luggage compartment lid . Or

.,. Press the luggage compartment lid in the op posite of the direction it is moving . ,. To open/ close the luggage compartment lid af ter th e process has been stopped, press t he ha ndl e or one of the c:s or cfJ buttons (vehi cles with convenience key*). .,. If there is difficulty in moving or obstacles that block the operation, the process will stop. port or the cargo must f irst be removed from the luggage rack. Op enin g an d cl os in g Storing the open position

., Bring the luggage compartment lid into the de s ired open position. The pos ition must be at a certain height or higher to store. .. Press and hold the cs button for at least four seconds to store th e new open position . A visu al and audio signal will follow . , To set a higher open position, wait at least five seconds and then carefully press the luggage compartment lid upward . , Press and hold the cs button again for at least four seconds to store the new open position . _& WARNING

- Pay ca reful attent ion when closing the lug gage compartment lid. Otherw ise, you could cause se rious injury to yourself or othe rs de spite the pinch protection.

- To reduce the risk of pinc hing injuries, al ways make sure that no one is in the operat lid, in ing area of the luggage compartment cluding the hinge areas and the upper and lower edge of the luggage compartment lid.

- Never drive with the luggage compartment lid ajar or open, because po isonous gases can enter the vehicle interior and create the risk of asphyxiation .

- Never leave your vehicle unattended when lid is open. A the luggage compartment child could crawl into the luggage compart ment . If the luggage compa rtment lid was then closed, the ch ild wou ld be trapped in the vehicle and unable to escape. To reduce the risk of injury, do not a llow children to play in or a round t he vehicle . Always keep the luggage compartment closed when the vehicle is not in use. lid and the doors

- If there is a luggage rack (such as a bicycle lid, the rack) on the luggage compartment luggage compartment completely under certain circumstances or it could close by itself if open due to the extra we ight. Therefore, the ope n luggage com lid must be given add itional sup-

partment lid may not open a co

...... N r--. N

.-<

0 0

::, co

(D Tips

- The luggage compartment lid can be oper ated manua lly if the vehicle battery is low. It is necessary to use more force when doing this. Move the lid slowly to reduce the amount of force needed.

- When the vehicle is locked, the luggage lid can be unlocked separately compartment by pressing the cs button on the remote control key. The luggage compartment lid locks automatically when it is closed again. Emergency unlocking the luggage compartment lid The luggage compartment lid can be released from inside the luggage compartmen t in an emergency. Fig. 25 Lugg age compar t me nt lid emergency release

... Pry the cover off using the key. , Press the lever with the key in the direction of the arrow to release the luggage compartment lid. 29 Opening and clo sin g lock Child safety The child safety lock prevents the rear doors from being opened from the inside and the rear power windows from be operated .

~

N M 9

::J co

(D Fig. 26 Sect ion of driver's doo r: controls A WARNING Always take the key with you when leaving your vehicle, eve n if for a short period of time . This applies particularly when ch ildren remain in the vehicle . Otherwise ch ildren cou ld start the engine or ope rate electr ical equ ipment

(such as power windows), which increa ses the risk of an acciden t. Power windows Controls The driver con control oil power windows.

(I)

~

9

::J

(I)

(D Fig. 27 Rear door: child safety lock Vehicles with button [TI

., To activate/deactivate the inne r door handle and the power window switch for the respective rea r door, p ress the left/right [II button in the driver's door (!)'=~ fig. 26. The indicator light in the button turns on/blinks. , To activate/deactivate the child safety lock on both sides, you must press the Ii] buttons one after the other. Vehicles with button [@

., To deactivate/activate the power window switch in the rear doors, press the~

button in the driver's door @ fig. 26. The indicator light in the button turns on/blinks. , To also deactivate/activate the inner door han dle, open the respective rear door and turn the key sw itch with the vehicle key in the direction of the arrow or the opposite direction of the ar row ~ fig. 2 7. 30 Fig. 28 Sect ion of driver's door: controls All powe r window switches are equipped with a two-stage function:

Opening and closing the w indows

., To open or close the window comp letely, press the switch down or pull the switch up briefly to the second level. The operat ion will stop if the sw itch is pressed/pulled again . , To select a position in between opened and closed, press/pu ll the switch to t he first level until the des ired window posit ion is reached. Power window switches CD Left front door

@ Right front door left rear door Right rear door A WARNING

.

- Always take the key with yo u when leaving your veh icle, even if for a sho rt period of time . This applies parti cularly when children

.., remain in the vehicle . Otherwise, children could start the engine or operate electrical equipment (such as power windows), which increases the risk of an accident .

- Pay careful attention when closing the win dows. Pinching could cause serious injuries.

- When locking the vehicle from outside, the vehicle must be unoccupied since the win dows can no longer be opened in an emer gency .

(D Tips After switching the ignition off, you can still open and close the windows for approximate ly 10 minutes. The power windows do not sw itch off until the driver's door or front pas senger's door has been opened . Convenience opening/closing All of the windows and the panorama glass roof can be opened/closed at the same time . Convenience opening feature

"' Hold the key in the open position in the driver's door lock until all of the windows are in the de sired position and the panorama glass roof is tilted open . Convenience closing feature

"' Hold the key in the lock position in the driver's door lock until all the windows and the panora ma glass roof are closed . When the panorama glass roof is opened/closed, the electric sunshade also opens/closes. A WARNING Never close the windows or panorama glass roof carelessly or in an uncontrolled manner, because this increases the risk of injury. Correcting power window malfunctions You can reactivate the one-touch up/down func tion if it malfunctions. Open in g and closing

"' Release the switch and pull it up again for at least one second .

"' Press the power window switch until the win dow is completely lowered.

"' Release the switch and press it again for at least one second . Now you can close the win dow as usual. Panorama glass roof Description Applies to : vehicles with pano rama glass roof 0 M ~., 0 :,

(X) m Fig. 29 Front headline r: panorama glass roof buttons

@ Tilting the roof

"' To tilt the sunroof complete ly open, press the

~ button up br iefly to the second level.

"' To close the sunroof completely, pull the ~

button down briefly to the second level ,&..

"' To set a position between opened and closed , button up to the first level press/pull until the roof reaches the desired position. the~

@ Sliding the roof

"' To open the sunroof completely, push the ~

button back briefly to the second level.

"' To close the sunroof completely, push the~

button forward briefly to the second level

,&..

-

"' To select a partially open position, push the~

to the first level until the button forward/back desired posit ion is reached . Opening and closing the sunshade

"' To completely open the sunshade, briefly press the right button.

"' To completely close the sunshade, briefly press a co

...... N r--. N .... 0 0

::, co

"' Pull the power window switch up until the win the left button . dow is completely raised. ., 31 Opening and cl os in g

"'To stop the sunshade, press the corresponding button again . You can still ope rate the panorama glass roof for about 10 minutes after the ignition is switched off . The switch is deactivated once the driver's or front passenger's door is opened . A WARNING To reduce the risk of injury, always pay atten tion when closing the panorama glass roof. Always take the ign ition key with you when leaving the vehicle .

(D Note Always close the panorama glass roof when leaving your veh icle. Rain can cause damage to the inter ior equipment of your vehicle, par ticularly the electronic equipment

@ Tips

- For informat ion about convenience open

. ing/closing, see c:> page 31.

- The panorama glass roof will only open down to -4F (-20). Emergency closing the panorama glass roof Applies to: vehicles with panorama glass roof If an object is detected when closing, the panora ma glass roof will open again automatically . In this case, you can then close it with the power emergency clos ing function.

"' Pull the respective button c:> page 31, fig . 29 within five seconds after the roof opens auto matically and hold until the panorama glass roof* is closed. If you release the switch early, the panorama g lass roof will open again . 32 Lights and Vision Lighting Exterior Switching lights on and off Fig. 30 Instrument panel: light switc h Light sw itch '!;5-

Turn the switch to the corresponding position. When the lights are sw itched on, the ;oo: symbol turns on. 0 - lights off. On some market-specific vers ions, the daytime running lights* will switch on when the ign ition is switched on in this position .

- USA models: the daytime running lights switch on automatically when the ignition is switched on and the light switch is in the O position or in the AUTO position (on ly in daylight) . The Day tim e running lights can be switched on and off in the radio or the MMI* c:> page 34, c:> A .

- Canada models: the dayt ime running lights switch on automatically when the ignition is switched on and the light switch is set to the 0 pos ition, ;oo: or the AUTO position (on ly in day ligh t) c::> A . AUTO* - automatic headlights switch o n and off depending on br ightness, for example du ring ra in or in tunne ls . in tw ilight,

::oo: - Parking lights io - Low beam headlights ligh ts . Turn the switch to parking io - All weather light ;oo: or low beam head light io . Pull t he sw itch up to the first notch @ . 0$- Rear fog lights . Tur n the switch to parking light 000: o r low beam head light gD. Pull t he switch up to t he second notch @ . a co

...... N r--. N

'"' 0 0

::, co Lights and V ision All-weather lights The front lights are adjusted au t oma t ica lly so t hat t here is less g lare for the driver from his or her own lights, fo r example whe n roads are wet. Automatic dynamic headlight range control Your vehicle is equ ipped with a headlight range contro l system so t ha t there is less g la re for on com ing tr aff ic if t he vehicle load changes. The headlig ht range also adjusts automatica lly when braking and acce lerating. Static cornering light *

The st at ic cornering light may be available de pend ing on veh icle equipment and it only works when the light switc h is in the AUTO pos ition. The corner ing light switches on automat ica lly at speeds up to approximately 44 mph (70 km) when the steering wheel is at a certain angle. The area to the side of the veh icle is illuminated bet ter when turning . A WARNING

,-

to

- Automatic headlights* are on ly intended assist the dr iver . They do not relieve the d river of respo ns ibility to check the head lights and t o tu rn t hem on m a nual ly based on t he current light a nd vis ibility condi t ions. For exam ple, fog cannot be detected by t he light sensors. So always switch on the low beams under these weat her con d itions an d when dr iving in the dark io.

- The rear fog lights sho uld only be turned on in accordance w ith traffic regulations, prevent glare for traffic behind your vehicle. to

- Always observe legal regulations when us ing the lighting systems described.

@ Tips

- The light sensor for t he automatic he ad lights * is in the rearview mir ror mount. Do not place any stickers in this area on the windshield.

- Some exter io r lighting functio ns can be ad justed c::> page 34 . 33 Light s and Vision

- If you turn off the ignition whi le the exter ior lights are on and open the door, a warning tone sounds.

- In cool or damp weather, the inside of the headlights, turn s ignals and tail lights can fog over due to the temperature d ifference between the inside and outside. They will clear short ly after switch ing them on. This does not affect the serv ice life of the light ing . Turn signal and high beam lever The turn signal lever operates the turn signals, the high beams and the headlight flasher . Fig. 31 Turn signal and high beam lever Turn signals 9 The tu rn signals activate when you move the lev er into a turn signal position when the ign ition is sw itched on.

@ - Right tur n signa l

@ - Left turn signal this reason, only use the high beams or the headlight flasher when they will not create g lare for other dr ivers. Adjusting the exterior lighting The functions are adjusted in the Infotainment system . ,.. Sele ct: !CAR! function button>

control button > Vehicle settings > Exterior lighti ng.

(Car) Systems*

Coming home, Leaving home*

The coming home fun ction illumin ates the a rea outside t he vehicle when you tu rn the ignit io n off and open the driver's doo r. To turn the func t ion on, select Lights when leaving car > On. The leaving home illum ina tes the area ou t side the vehicle when yo u un lock the vehicle . To turn the function on, se lect Lights when unlocking car > On. The coming home and leav ing home func t ions on ly opera t e when it is dar k and t he light switc h is in t he AUTO position. Daytime running lights*

USA models: the daytime running lights can be swit ched on/off. Sele ct On or Off. Canada models: this function cannot be sw itched off . They activate automatically each time the ig nit ion is switched on . The turn signal blinks three times if you ju st tap the lever. Emergency flashers High beams and headl ight flasher ~D Move the lever to t he correspo nd ing pos it ion .

@ - High beams on

- High beams off or headlig ht flasher The II indicator light in the instrument cluster turns on . A WARNING Fig. 32 Center conso le: emerge ncy flasher butto n High beams can cause glare fo r other drivers, which increases the risk of an accident. For The emergency flashers makes other drivers aware of your veh icle in dange rous situations. 34 In N 0

~

Cl) m

"' Press the &I. button to switch the emergency flashers on or off. Rear interior lighting Applies to: vehicles with rear reading light s Lights and V is ion You can indicate a lane change or a turn when the emergency flashers are switched on by using the turn signal lever . The eme rgency flashers stop temporarily . The emergency flashers also work when the igni tion is turned off.

(D Tips You shou ld sw itch the emergency flashers on if:

- you are the last car in a t raff ic jam so that all othe r vehicles approach ing from beh ind ca n see you, or if

- you r vehicle has bro ken down or you are having an emergency, or if

- you r vehicle is being towed or if you a re tow ing anot her vehicle Interior Lighting Front interior lighting Fig. 34 Headliner: rear reading lights (example)

"' To turn a read ing light on/off, press the button Interior lighting Applies to: vehicles with interior lighting The Interior lighting can be adjusted in the Info tainment system.

"' In the Infotainment system*, select: ICARI function button > (Car) Systems* control but ton > Vehicle settings > Inte rior lighting . 0

~

"' a, Instrument illumination You can adjust the background brightness of the instruments and display illumination*. Fig. 33 Headliner: front inter ior lighting (example) Press the app licab le button :

-M-- Inter ior light ing on/off

~ - Door contact switch on/off . The interior light ing is controlled automatically. Fig. 35 Instrument illuminat ion

~ - Reading lights* on/off a co

...... N r-

N .... 0 0

::, co

"' To red uce or increase the brightness, tu rn the thumbwhee l down or up.

(D Tips The need les and gauges in the inst rument cluster illumi nate when the headlights a re off Iii>

35 Light s and Vision and the ignition is switched on . The illum ina tion reduces automatica lly and eventually turns off as brightness outs ide decreases. This function reminds the driver to turn the low beams on at the appropriate time. Vision Adjusting exterior mirrors Fig. 36 Driver's door: knob fo r t he exterior mirrors Turn the knob to the desired position:

- Adj usting the left/right exterior mirror . q;p Move the knob in the desired direction . l- Heats* the mirror glass depending on the outside temperat ure. 8 - Folds the exte rior mirrors*. Front passenger's exterior mirror tilt function*

To help you see t he curb w hen backing into a parking space, the surface of the mirror tilts slightly. For this to happen, the knob must be in the position for the front passenger's exterior mirror. You can adjust t he tilted mirror surface by turn ing the knob in the desired direction. W hen you move out of reverse and int o another gear, t he new mir ror positi on is sto red and as signed to the key you are using. The mir ror goes back into its original position once you drive fo rward faster than 9 mph

(1 5 km/h) or t urn t he igniti on off. 36 A WARNING Curved mirror surfaces (for example convex) enlarge the field of vision. However, they make obj ects in the mirro r appear smaller and farther away. Your may estimate incor rect ly w hen you use these mirro rs to gauge your distan ce from the vehicles behind you when chang ing lanes, whi ch increases the risk of an accident .

(D Note

- If the m irror housing w as moved by fo rce

(for examp le, by run ning into an object when maneuve ring t he vehicle), the m irror must be fo lded all the way in using t he pow er folding function. The mirror housing must not be moved back into place by hand because this would impair the function of the mir ror mechanism.

- If you wash the vehicle in an automatic car wash, you must fold the exter ior mirrors in to reduce the risk of damage to the m irro rs. Never fold power fo lding exterior mirro rs*

by hand. Only fold them in and out using t he power contr ols.

(D Tips If the power adj usti ng function malf unctions, the glass in both m irrors can be adjusted by pressing on t he edge of it by hand. Dimming the mirrors Your vehicle is equipped with a manual or auto matic dimming rearview mirror.

,._ 0 0 > u. m Fig. 37 Automatic dimm ing rearview mirror *

Lights and V ision Manual dimming rearview mirr or*

Pull the lever on the bottom of the mirror back . Automatic dimm ing rearview mirror*

Press the button @ to switch the dimming function on the mirror on or off . If the indicator light @ turns on , the inter ior and exter ior mir rors* are dimmed when light shines on them

(for example , headlights shining from a vehicle behind you) . this liquid as quickly as possible, for example with a wet sponge .

(D Tips

- If the light reach ing the rearview mirror is the automatic dimming mirror obstructed, will not function correctly,

- The automatic dimming mirrors do not dim when the interior lighting is turned on or the reverse gear is se lected. A WARNING Sun visors If the glass on an automatic dimming mirror breaks, electrolyte can leak out. This liquid can irritate the sk in, eyes and respiratory sys tem. If there is contact with the flu id, flush immed iately with plenty of water . Consult a physician if necessary.

- Repeated or long -term exposure to electro lyte fluid can lead to irritat ion of the a ir ways, especially in people with asthma or other resp irato ry condit ions. Ta ke deep breat hs immed iate ly after leaving the veh i cle or, if t his is not possib le, open all of t he doo rs and windows as wide as possible.

- If e lect rolyte flu id ente rs the eyes, flush them tho roughly with a la rge amou nt of clean water for at least 15 min utes and then seek medical attention.

- If e lectrolyte flu id comes into contact with the skin, flush t he affected area with clean water for at least 15 minutes and then clean with soap and water and seek med ical at tent ion. Clean affected clot hing and shoes thoroughly before wear ing again .

- If the fluid was swallowed and the person is conscious, flush the mouth with water for at least 15 minutes. Do not induce vom iting unless this is recommended by med ical pro fessionals. Seek med ica l attent ion immed i ately.

([) Note If the glass on an automatic dimming mirror breaks, e lectrolyte can leak out . This liquid damages plast ic surfaces and pa int. Clean a '.::

~

'"' 0 0

::,

(X) Fig. 38 Driver 's side: sun visor The sun visors for t he driver and front passenger can be released from their mounts and turned to ward the doors @ . The sun visors can also be moved* back and forth lengthwise in this posi t ion. The mirror light switches on when the cover over the vanity m irror *@ opens . 37 Light s and Vision Windshield wipers Switching the windshield wipers on Fig. 39 Windshield wiper lever Fig. 40 Actuate the rear window wipe r Move the windshield wiper lever to the corre spond ing pos ition:

@ - Windshield wipers off

(D - Interval mode. To increase/decrease the wip er intervals, move the switch @ to the left/right. In vehicles with a ra in sensor *, the wipers turn on in the rain once the vehicle speed exceeds ap proximate ly 2 mph (4 km/h). The higher the sen sitivity of the rain sensor that is set (switch to the right), the earlier the windshield wipers react to mo isture on the windshield .

@ - Slow wiping

@ - Fast wiping

-Sing le wipe. If you hold the leve r in this posi tion longer, t he wipers sw itch from slow wiping to fast wiping.

- Clean the windshield . The wipe rs wipe one time afte r several seconds of dr iving to remove water drop lets . You can switc h this func t ion off by moving the lever to position within 10 sec onds of the afterwipe . The afterwipe function is 38 reactivated the next time you switch the ignit ion on .

-Wipe the rear window. The rear wiper moves about every 6 seco nds. 0 -Clean the rear window . The number of wipes depends on how long the lever is held in pos it ion

(i).

& WARNING

- The rain sensor is on ly intended to ass ist t he driver . The driver may still be responsible for manually switch ing the wipers on based on visibility conditions .

- The windsh ield may not be treated with wa ter-repelling windshield coating agents . Un favorable conditions, such as wetness, dark ness or low sun, can result in increased glare, which increases the risk of an acci dent. Wiper blade chatter is also possible.

- Properly functioning windshield wiper blades are required for a clea r view and safe driving ~ page 39, Replacing windshield wiper blades .

(D Note

- If there is frost, make sure the windshield wiper blades are not frozen to the wind shield . Swit ching on the windshield wipers when the b lades are frozen to the wind shield can damage the wiper blades.

- The windsh ie ld wiper system must be switche d off (lever in posi ti o n @) before us ing a ca r wash. This prevents t he wipers from swit chi ng o n u nintent iona lly and caus ing damage to the winds hield wiper syst em .

{I) Tips

- The wind shie ld wipers sw itch off when t he ign ition is swit ched off. You can activat e t he windshield wipe rs aft er the ignition is switched back on by moving the windshield wiper lever to any position.

- Worn or dirty windshie ld wiper blades resu lt in streaking . This can affect the rain sensor*

function. Check your windshield wiper blades regula rly. .,. Lights and Vision

- The washer fluid nozzles for the windshie ld washer system are heated at low tempera tures when the ignition is on.

- When stopping temporarily, such as at a traffic light, the speed of the windshie ld wipers automatically reduces by one level. Cleaning the wiper blades Clean the wiper blades when you see wiper streaks. Use a soft cloth and a glass cleaner . the windshield wipe r lever in position @ until the windshield wipers go back to the normal position, or drive faster than 8 mph (12 km/h) . Removing the wiper blade

"' Fold the windshie ld wiper arm away from the windshield . . Press the locking knob (D ~ fig. 41 on the wiper blade . Hold the wiper blade firmly. . Remove the w iper blade in the direction of the arrow. Wind shield wiper Installing the wiper blade

.. Place the windshield wiper arms in the service

"'I nsert the new wiper blade into the mount on position page 39.

"' Fold the windshield wiper arms away from the windshield . Rear window wiper

.. Fold the wiper arm away from the rear window . &_ WARNING Dirty windshield wiper blades can impair vi sion, which increases the risk of an accident.

-

Replacing windshield wiper blades Fig. 41 Removing w indshield w iper blades Windshield wiper service position/blade replacement position

.. Switch the windshield wipers off (position @

page 38, fig. 39) .

"' Switch off the ignition and hold the windshield wiper lever in position @ page 38, fig. 39 un t il the windsh ield wiper moves into the service position .

"'T o bring the w indshield wipers back to the nor mal position, switch the ignition on and hold 0 co

......

"' ,....

"' ...... 0 0

:::, 00 the wiper arm @ until you hear it latch into place. . Place the wiper arm back on the window.

"' To bring the wiper blades back into the original position, switch the ignition on and operate the w indshield w iper lever .

-

,&. WARNING

---

For safety reasons, the windshield wipe r blades should be replaced once or twice each year.

(D Note

- Only fold the w indshield w ipers away when they are in the service position . Otherwise, you risk damaging the paint on the hood or the windsh ield wiper motor.

- You should not move your vehicle or operate the windsh ield wiper lever when the wiper arms are folded away from the windshie ld. The windshie ld wipers wou ld move back in to their original position and could damage the hood and windshie ld.

(D Tips

- You can also use the service position, for ex ample, if you want to protect the windshield from icing by using a cover.

- You cannot activate the service position when the hood is open . 39 Light s and Vision Replacing rear wiper blades The dig ital compass only works when the ignit ion is turned on. The directions are indicated with ab breviations: N (north), NE (northeast), E (east), SE (southeast), S (south), SW (southwest), W

(west), NW (northwest).

(l') Tips To prevent inaccurate compass readings, do not br ing any remote contro ls, electrical devi ces or metallic objects near the mirror. Fig. 42 Rear window wiper: removing the w iper blade Remov ing the wiper blade Adjusting the magnetic zone Appli es to : vehicles with digital compass

.. Fold the wiper arm away from the rear window. . Pull the wiper blade and holder out of the The magnetic zone must be adjusted correctly for the compass to read accurately . mount. Install ing th e wip er blade

.. Press the wiper blade retainer in the direction of the arrow into the mount . . Fold the window wiper arm back onto the rear window . ,&. WARNING For safety reasons, the windshie ld wiper blades should be replaced once or tw ice each year. Digital compass Switching the compass on and off Applies to: vehicles with digital compass 0 fl (0 Fig. 44 North America: magnetic zone map

.. Press and hold the button @ c::> fig . 44 until the number of the magnetic zone appears in the rearview mir ror . . Press the button @ repeated ly to select the correct magnetic zone. The selection mode turns off after a f ew seconds. Fig. 43 Rearview mirro r: digital compass is switched on

.. To turn the compass in t he mir ror on or off, press the button @ until the compass display in the mirro r appears or disappears . 40 Light s and Vis ion Calibrating the compass Appl ies to: vehicles with digita l compass You must recalibrate the compass if it does not display the correct direction . . Press and hold the button @ page 40, fig. 43 until a C appears in the interior rearview mirror . ,. Drive in a circle at about 6 mph (10 km/h) until a direction is displayed in the rearview mirro r. A WARNING

- To reduce the risk to yourself and othe r driv ers, calibrate the compass in an area where there is no traffic.

- Always pay attention to the t raff ic and the area aro und you r vehicle if you are reading the compass while driving . 0 co

......

"' ,....

"' ...... 0 0

:::, 00 4 1 S ea ts and stor a ge Seats and storage General A WARNING information See c::> page 9 7, Driving safety for important information, tips, suggestions and warnings that you should read and follow for your own safety and the safety of your passengers . Front seats Manual seat adjustment Applies to vehicles with manual adiustab le seats without checking can pinch hands and fin gers.

- The front seat backrests must not be re clined too far back when driving, because this impa irs the effectiveness of the safety belts and airbag system, which increases the risk of injury. Power seat adjustment Applies to vehicles with power adjustab le seats Fig. 46 Front seat: power seat adjustment

@ - adjusting the lumbar support : press the but ton in the applicable position.

-moving the seat up/down: press the button up/down. To adjust the front seat cushion, press the front button up/down. To adjust the rear seat cushion, press the rear button up/down.

-moving the seat forward/back : press the button forward/back.

-adjust ing the backrest ang le: press the bu t ton forward/back . ing the uppe r thigh sup

@ - leng t hening/shorten port*: lift the hand le. A WARNING

- To reduce the ris k of an accident, only adjust the front seats when t he vehicle is station ary .

- The power adj ustment for the front seats al so works wit h the ignit ion sw itched off or with the ignition key removed . To reduce the risk of injury, children should never be left unattended in the vehicle for this rea son . Fig. 45 Front seat: manual seat adjustme nt

@ - Moving the seat fo rward/back: pull the lever and slide the seat.

@ - Lengthening/shortening support*: lift the handle. the upper thigh

@ - Adjusting the angle of the seat surface*. Pull/press the lever.

-Adjusting the lumbar support*: press the button in the desired direction .

- Moving the seat up/down: pull/press er.

@ - Adjusting the backrest angle : turn the ad justing wheel. the lev WARNING

- To reduce the risk of an accident, on ly adjust the front seats when the vehicle is station ary.

- Exercise caution when adjusting the seat height. Adjusting the seat care lessly or 42

- Exercise caution when adjusting the seat height. Unsupervised or careless seat ad justment can pinch fingers or hands, which increases the risk of injury.

- The front seat backrests must not be re clined too far back when driving, because this impairs the effectiveness of the safety belts and airbag system, which increases the risk of injury.

- To minimize the risk of injury during sudden braking or a collision, the driver and the front passenger must not drive or ride with the backrest in the reclined position. The safety belts and airbag system can only pro vide the greatest protection possible when the backrests are in the upright position and the safety belts are worn correctly. The more a backrest is reclined, the greater the risk of injury due to an incorrect seating po sition and safety belt position . Front center armrest Applies to vehicles with a front center armrest Seats and storage Head restraints Front head restraints Fig. 48 Front seat: head restraints Adjust the head restraints so the upper edge is as even as possible with the top of your head . If that is not possible, try to adjust as close to this posi tion as poss ible . ,. Hold the head restraint at the sides with both hands and slide the head restraint up/down un til it clicks into place . _& WARNING Always read and follow the applicable warn ings ~ page 100, Proper adjustment of head restraints. Fig. 47 Armrest between the driver's seat and passenger's seat

.,. Fold up the center armrest support to open the storage compartment. ,. To adjust the center armrest, lift up the arm rest notch by notch . ,. To bring the center armrest back down, raise it out of the top notch and then fold it back down. The armrest can slide forward and back. a co

...... N r--. N

.-<

0 0

::, co Please note that the driver 's ability to move his or her arm may be restricted when the armrest is folded down. Because of this, the armrest should not be folded down during city driving. 43 S ea ts and stor a ge Rear head restraints Fig. 4 9 Rear seat s: oute r head restra ints Fig. SO Rear head res traints: release point If the re are passengers in the rear seat, move t he head restrai nts up on the occup ied seats at least to the next notch c::> _&.. Moving th e head restraints To move the head rest raint up, hold it at the sides with both hands and slide it all the way up unt il you feel it click int o place . To move the head restraint down, press the button @ c::> fig . 49 and slide the head restraint downward . Removing th e head restraints Fold the backrest forwa rd c::> page 47 . Slide the head res t all the way up. Press the release point @ c::> fig . SO, for exam ple with the screwdriver from the vehicle tool kit, and press the button @ . Pull the head re straint out of the backrest at the same t ime _&.. In stall ing the head restraints Slide the posts on the head restraint down into the guides unti l th e posts click into place. 44 Press t he button @ and slide the head restraint all the way down. You should not be abl e to pull the head restraint out of the backrest. A WARNING

- Always read and follow the applicab le warn ings c> page 100, Proper adjustment of head restraints.

- Only remove the rear seat head restra ints when necessary in order to install a child safety sea t . Install the head restraint again immed iate ly once the child safety seat is re moved. Driving with the head restrain t s re moved or not in the upright pos ition in creases the risk of serious injury. Sockets Applies to : vehicles with socket Fig. 51 Front cente r console: 12 Volt socket*

Fig. 52 Rear center console: 12 Volt socket*

Insert the plug for the electrical device into the socket @ c> fig . 51. The 12 volt socket can be used for electr ica l ac cessories. The power consumption at the outlet must not exceed 120 watts . There is an additiona l 12V socket in the center console . A WARNING The sockets and the electrical accessories con nected to them only funct ion when the igni tion is switched on . Incorrect usage can lead to ser ious injuries or burns . To reduce the risk of injur ies, neve r leave child ren unat t ended in t he vehicle with the veh icle key. CD Note

- To reduce the risk of damage to the vehicle electrical system, never attempt to charge the veh icle bat t ery by connect ing accesso ries that prov ide power, such as solar pa ne ls or battery chargers, to the 12 Volt sockets.

- To reduce the risk of damage to the sockets, on ly use plugs that fit cor rect ly.

@ Tips The vehicle battery d rains when accessories are turned on but the engine is off . Storage Cup holders Seats and storag e

.. Place your beverage in the holder and release the arm. The arm swings back by itself and se cures the beverage. . To close the cup holders , press the center piece between both arms and push the cup holders all the way back into the slot . A WARNING

-

- Do not put any hot beverages in the cup

-

holder while the vehicle is moving. Hot bev erages could spill, which increases the risk of injury.

- Do not use any breakab le beve rage contain e rs (for example, made out of g lass or por celain). You could be injured by them in the event of an accident . CD Note Beverage containers in the cup holders should a lways have a lid. If not, beverages could spill and cause damage to veh icle equipment, such electron ics or seat covers . Glove compartment The glove compartment can lock*, illuminate*

and refrigerate*

. Fig. 53 Rear center armr est : rea r cup holders Your vehicle has cup holders in the front center console, in the door pockets and in the rear cen ter armrest *. Rear cup holder s*

.. Tilt the rear center armrest all t he way down . . To open the cup holder, tap on the 'i symbo l @

c:::>fig. 53. . To adjust the cup ho lder to fit the beverage container, push the corresponding arm @ in the direction of the arrow . a co

...... N r--. N

.-<

0 0

::, co Fig. 54 Glove compart ment : switching cooling mode * on/

off

.. To open the glove compa rtment, pull t he han d le in the lid and tilt the lid downward . . To switch the cooling* on, turn the knob @

counter -clockwise . The symbols on the knob must appear as they do in c:::>

fig. 54. . To switch the cooling* off, turn the knob @

clockw ise . . To close the glove compartment, upward until it clicks int o place . swing the lid

..,. 45 S ea ts and stor a ge _&. WARNING Always keep the glove compartment lid closed while driv ing to reduce the risk of in jury. Additional compartment s You will find a variety of storage compartments and holde rs at various locations in the vehicle.

- In the door trim panels .

- In the center console .

- On the side of the front seats*. The sliding com-

partment can hold a maximum of 3.3 lbs (1.5 kg) and the folding compartment can hold 2.2 lbs (1 kg).

- Nets* on the backrests of the front seats

- Garment hooks next to and above the rear doors.

- Bag/securing hooks in luggage compartment. _&. WARNING

- No heavy or hard objects may be placed on the storage compartment behind the rear seat backrest. There is a risk of injur ing the vehicle passengers when brak ing suddenly .

- Make sure that the view to the rear is not obstructed by hanging garments .

- Hang only lightweight clothing and be sure that there are no heavy or sharp-edged ob jects in the pockets .

- Do not use coat hangers to hang garments, because th is could reduce the effectiveness of the side curtain airbags* .

- Only use the storage compartments in the door trim panels to store small objects that will not st ick out of the compartment and impa ir the range of the side airbags.

(D Note Objects on the rear shelf that rub against the rear window can damage the rear window heating wires . 46 Luggage compartment General information _&. WARNING Read and fo ll ow the important safety precau tions in page 102.

-

Luggage compartment cover Applies to : vehicles with luggage compartment cover Fig. 55 Luggage compar tmen t : cover attac hed Fig. 56 Right fron t sec tion of the luggage compartment:

remov ing the luggage compar tme nt cover Attaching

.. Pull the cover out and attach it in the mounting eyelets in the side trim panel fig. 55. Removing

.. Pull both levers all the way in the direction of the arrow fig. 56 . . Pull the cover upward to remove . Installing

.. Place both sides of the cover into the mounts on the side trim . . Push the cover downward until both sides click into place. Storing*

Depending on the vehicle equ ipment, you can store the cover under t he cargo floor Q page49. &_ WARNING

- To reduce the risk of accidents, the luggage compartment cover should never be unse cured under any circumstances .

- The luggage compartment cover is not a surface for storing objects. Objects placed on the cover could endanger a ll vehicle oc cupan t s during sudden braking maneuvers or in a crash. CD Note To avoid damage , let t he luggage compart ment cover roll up slow ly after removing . Increasing the size of the luggage compartment The rear seat backrests can be folded forward ei ther separately or together . Seats and storag e

.&_ WARNING

-

- The backrest must be secure ly latched to

~

e nsu re the safety belt is protecting the rea r seat pos itions .

- The bac krest must be securely latched so objects cannot slide fo rwa rd out of the lug gage compartment during sudde n braking . CD Note

- If you move the front seat back when the rear seat backrest is fo lded fo rwa rd, yo u could damage the head restraints on the rear seat . If necessary, remove the rear seat hea d rest raint before mov ing the front seat back

- To red uce the risk of damage, move the rea r hea d restr aint s down before fo lding the rea r backrest s fo rwar d Q .&. in Rear head re straint s on page 44.

- Make sure t he o ut e r safety be lts are not pinche d or da maged when folding t he seat back. Tie-downs and luggage compartment net/

cargo bag Applies to : vehicles with tie-downs/luggage compartment net The luggage compartment net* prevents smaller objects from sliding out of place . Fig. 57 Backrest: release lever Folding the backrest forward

.,. Pull the release lever @ Q fig . 57 in the direc-

t ion of the arrow and fo ld the backrest forward . Folding the backrest back into the upright position

.,. Fold the backrest back up aga in until it latches and the red marking is no longe r visible Q _&. a co

...... N r--. N .... 0 0

::, co Fig. 58 Luggage compart me nt : luggage compa rtme nt net st retc hed out Read and follow a ll warn ings Q .& in Loading the luggage compartment on page 102 . Cargo net

.,. Att ach the hoo ks for t he luggage compa rt ment net in t he tie -dow ns -ar rows- Q fig. 58. ., 47 S ea ts and stor a ge Cargo bag

.. Engage the two hooks on t he side with the car go bag to the tie-downs on the floor near the rear seat. . Engage both eyes on the luggage compartment net to the bag hooks * in the side trim panel. You can a lso use the bag hooks* to hang light purses, bags, etc. A WARNING For strength reasons, only objects with a max imum weight of 10 lb (5 kg) should be se cured in the luggage compartment net. Heavi er objects a re not adequately secured . There is risk of personal injury. Bag hooks Fig. 59 Luggage compartment : bag hooks (example) The bag hooks can be used to prevent bags with light contents from falling over. A WARNING Do not use the bag hooks to secure heavy ob jects. Heavy objects are not adequately se cured. There is risk of pe rsonal injury. Cargo mat Appli es to : vehicles with cargo mat The cargo mat* protects the luggage compart ment and bumper from dirt and scratches . r, .,,

~ co C0 Fig. 60 Luggage compartment: cargo mat You can use the cargo mat with the dirt -resistant side or the decorative side . After loading or un loading, fo ld up the cargo mat and close the lug gage compartment lid. Only store the cargo mat if it is dry. Pass-through with ski bag Applies to: vehicles with pass-through and ski bag Long objects, such as skis or snowboards, can be transported in the ski bag. Fig. 61 Luggage compartment: pass-through in the back rest 48 Fig. 62 Rear bench seat: securing the ski sack Loading Press the release button in the luggage com partment c:> fig. 61 and fold the pass-through toward the front. Push the ski bag through the op e ning from the luggage compartment toward the rear c:> ,& . The zipper must face Securing Stick the strap @ on th e bag in the center belt latch @ c:> fig. 62. Tighten and secure the strap A WARNING

- The ski sack is intended only for the trans portation of skis and other light objects. To reduce the risk of serious personal injury, never transport heavy or pointed objects in the ski sack.

- When braking rapidly or during an accident , the load could be displaced and cause injury to occupants.

- Sharp edges on the load must be covered for protection. Always fasten the belt tight ly around the sack and its contents c:>fig. 62 .

- For safety reasons, do not transport more than two pairs of skis in the ski sack .

- You must secure the ski sack with the strap after loading.

- Make sure all objects that you are transport ing in the pass-through are secured. Other wise they could slide around during sudden braking maneuvers and cause injury .

(D Tips

- Only fold the bag up if it is dry .

- When transporting skis or snowboards, tighten the securing strap between the bindings.

- Lay skis in the bag with the points facing forward and snowboards and ski pole points facing the rear. a co

...... N r--. N

.-<

0 0

::, co Seats and storage Reversible cargo floor Applies to: vehicles with reve rsib le cargo floor Fig. 63 Luggag e compar tm ent: reversible ca rgo area floor with the decora tive side faci ng up

-

Reversing the cargo area floor You can use the reversible cargo area floor with the dirt-resistant side or the decorative side . ,. To turn up the dirt-resistant side, pull the cargo floor up at the handle c:> fig . 63 and out toward the rear . Or

.,. To turn up the decorative side , take out the car go floor at both handles on the left and right side. Reinsert the cargo floor. Roof Applies to: vehicles with roof rack rack Fig. 64 Att achme nt point s for the roof rack If luggage or cargo is to be carried on the roof, you must observe the following :

- Only a specially designed roof rack may be used on your vehicle . These roof racks are the basis for a complete roof rack system. Additional at tachments/carrier transport luggage and sports equipment. We systems are necessary to

..,. 49 S e at s and st o rage recommend roof racks and attachments the Audi Genuine Accessories program . from

- When installing the roof rack, make sure that it is mounted on ly at the designated points on the roof fig. 64.

- The permissib le roof load for your vehicle is 165 lb (7 5 kg). The roof load is the total of the weight of the roof rack, the attachments and the cargo you are carrying. However, you must also note the permitted load of the carrier sys tem being used . For the permitted axle load and the permitted total vehicle weight, see page 209 . A WARNING

- Follow the installation instructions provided with the roof rack system. If you do not se cure the roof rack system and objects on the roof correctly, they could come loose from the vehicle and cause an accident .

- The risk of an accident increases when using a roof rack system, because it changes the driving characteristics by shift ing the center of gravity and/or the increasing the surface area exposed to wind. Adapt your driving and speed to the current conditions. Q;) Note

- If you use other roof luggage rack systems or do not install the racks as intended, any damage to the veh icle is not covered by the warranty . Carefully follow the assembly and insta llation instruct ions included with the roof rack car rier system.

- Make sure that the luggage compartment lid and the panorama glass roof* do not come into contact with objects on the roof when they are open.

@ For the sake of the environment Your vehicle will requ ire more fuel due to the increased wind resistance. So remove the roof rack after using it. so Warm and cold control Climate system Description Depending on the vehicle equipment, different systems could be installed:

- manual climate control system or

- automatic climate control system"

The climate control system circu lates, warms or cools, and removes humidity from the air in the vehicle interior. It is the most effective when the windows and panorama glass roof" are closed. If there is a build-up of heat inside the vehicle, ven tilation can help to speed up the cooling process . Pollutant f ilt er The pollutant filter removes pollutants such as dust and pollen from the air. Key recognition *

The automatic climate cont rol system* settings are stored and assigned to the remote control key that is in use. A WARNING Poor visibility can lead to accidents.

- For safer driving, keep all windows free of ice, snow and fog .

- Become familiar with the correct use and function of the climate control system as quickly as poss ible, espec ially with the de frosting and defogging functions.

- When the temperature is below freezing, only use the windshield washer system after the windsh ield has been warmed by the cli mate control system. The washer fluid could Warm a nd co ld freeze on the windshield and impair visibili ty.

@ Note

- If you suspect that the climate contro l sys tem is damaged, switch the system off to prevent further damage and have it checked by an authorized Aud i dealer or authorized Audi Service Facility.

- Repairs to the Audi climate control system require special technical knowledge and special tools. See an authorized Audi dea ler or authorized Audi Service Facility.

@) For the sake of the environment

- To save fuel, turn off the climate control system cooling mode by pressing the A/C button. This will also reduce emissions . The climate control system is off when the LED in the button turns off.

- In vehicles with the efficiency program*, you can find other consumptio n information and more economy tips page 20.

(D Tips

- To prevent interference with the heat ing and cooling output and to prevent the win dows from fogging over, the air intake in fro nt of the windshie ld must be free of ice , snow or leaves.

- Condensation from the cooling system* can dr ip and fo rm a pudd le of water under the vehicle. This is norma l and does not mean there is a leak .

- The energy management system may tem porarily switch off certain functions, such as the seat heating* or rear window defogger . These systems are avai lable aga in as soon as the energy supply has been restored. 0 co

......

"' ,-...

"' ...... 0 0

:::, 00 5 1 Warm and cold Manual climate control system Applies to: vehicles with manual climate control system Fig. 65 Manual climate control system controls The functions can be switched on and off by pressing the buttons or adjusted using the dial and thumbwheel. The LED in a button will light up when the function is switched on. Manual climate control system For a comfortable we recommend :

temperature in cooling mode,

- in warmer times of the year, set the tempera ture so that it is only a few degrees below the outside temperature.

- set the blower at a moderate speed

- don't direct the air flow directly on the passen-

gers A/C cooling mode The cooling mode only functions with the blower turned on. You can turn the cooling system on or off by pressing the A/C button . The air is not cooled and humidity is not removed when cooling mode is switched off. This can cause fog on the windows. The cooling mode switches off auto-

52 matically when there are cold outside tempera tures. e / e Temperature can be adjusted using the Left The temperature dial. 8/5' Blower Using the center knob, you can manually adjust the volume of air generated by the blower to your preferences. The blower should always run at a low setting to prevent the windows from fogging and to ensure a continuous exchange of air inside the vehicle. When the windows are fogged, using a higher blower speed and setting the knob to@

is recommended. l:.0/.,g/~ Air distribution and vents The air distribution can be adjusted with the right knob. The setting between~

comfortable atmosphere and o,,,o provides a in most cases. II>

Warm a nd co ld cally after approximately 10 to 20 minutes, de pending on the outside temperature . J Seat heating*

You can adjust the left and right heated seat temperat ure using the left/right The seat heating is switched off when the level is set to 0. t humbwheel. A WARNING

.-==-

- You should not use the recircu lation mode for an extended period since no fresh air is drawn in. When the A/C system* is switched off, the windows can fog up, which increas es the risk of an accident.

- Individuals w ith reduced sensit ivity to pain or temperature could develop burns when using the seat heat ing* function . To reduce the risk of injury, these individua ls should not use seat heating*. Q) Note To avoid damaging the seat heat ing* ele ments, do not kneel on the seats or place heavy pressure on one area of the seat . I n the@ setting, the windshield and side win dows are defrosted or cleared of condensation as qu ickly as possible. The recirculat ion mode switches off, but can be activated again manually by pressing the~

button. You can open or close the center and rear vents in the cockpit and the vents in the rear center con sole using the ridged thumbwhee ls. The levers adjust the direction of the airflow from the vents. To keep the front side windows from fogging up in damp weather, we recommend opening the side air vents and tilting them to the side.

~ Recirculation mode In recircu lation mode, the air inside the vehicle is circu lated and fi ltered. This prevents the unfil tered air outside the vehicle from entering the vehicle interior . Switching recircu lation mode on when dr iving through a tunnel or when sitting in traffic is recommended .&,. If recirculation mode is switched on before the engine starts, it will be switched off automatically after approx i mate ly 20 minutes. Recirculation mode is switched off in the defrost setting. QW Rear win dow defogger The rear window defogger only operates when the engine is running. It switches off automati-

0 co

......

"' ,....

"' ...... 0 0

:::, 00 53 Warm and cold Automatic climate control system Applies to: vehicles with automatic climate contro l Pressing AUTO button and setting the temperature to 72 F (22 C) is recommended. Fig. 66 Cente r console: cont rols for auto matic climate cont rol system The f unct ions can be switched on and off by pressing the buttons or adjusted by turning the knob. The LED in a button will light up when the function is switched on. Autom atic climate control system The automat ic climate control system automat cally maintains a temperatu re once it has been set . In all heat ing mode funct ions except defrost, the blower on ly switches to a higher speed once the engine coolant has rea ched a certa in temper ature . i OFF climate control system The OFF button switches the climate control sys tem on or off . Airflow from outside is blocked when the climate cont rol system is swit ched off . AUTO Automatic mode Automatic mode ma intains a constant ture ins ide the vehicle . Air temperature, tempera airflow and air distrib ution are controlled automatically . AUTO mode switches off once a button in the cli mate contro l system is pressed . A/C cooling mode The cooling mode only functions with the blower turned on . You can turn the cooling system on or off by pressing the A/C button . The a ir is not cooled and hum idity is not removed when cooling mode is sw itc hed off. This can cause fog o n the windows. The cooling mode sw itches off auto matically when there are cold outside tempera tures.

-

! - Temperature The tempe rature can be set for the dr iver and t he front passenger separately using the left/rig ht knob. Tempe ratu res can be set between a range of 60 F (+16 C) and 84 F (+28 C). If outside of th is range, LO or HI will appear in the climate contro l system display. At both of these settings,

..,_ 54 the climate contro l system runs continuously at maximum cooling or heating power. There is no temperature regulation. setting for the to the front passeng change to Synchronization: by pressing the AUTO button for two seconds, the temperature driver's side is transferred er's side. This applies a temperature the front passenger's side. Be Blower Using the regulator 8ft, you can manually adjust the volume of air generated by the blower to your preference. Use the left 8ft butto n to decrease the air speed, and use the right 8ft button to increase the air speed . The blower should always run at a low setting to prevent the windows from fogging and to ensure a continuous exchange of a ir inside the vehicle. To have the airflow regulated automatically, press the AUTO button.

!,.i/:,0/!,DAir distribution and vents The air distr ibut ion can adjusted with the but tons. To have the air d ist ribut ion regulated auto matica lly, press the AUTO button. You can open or close the center and rear vents in the cockpit and the vents in the rear center con sole using the ridged thumbwheels

. The levers adjust the direction of the airflow from the vents . To keep the front side windows from fogging up in damp weathe r, we recommend opening the side air vents and tilting them to the side.

~ MAX Defrosting The windshield and s ide windows are defrosted or cleared of condensation as quickly as possible. The maximum amount of air flows mainly from the vents below the windshie ld. Recirculation mode switches off. The temperature set at +72F (22() o r highe r. shou ld be The AUTO button sw itches the defroster off. 0 co

......

"' ,....

"' ...... 0 0

:::, 00 Warm and cold

~A Recirculation mode To switch on the recircu lat ion mode, press the button . The lower LED in the button turns

~A on . In rec irculat ion mode, the air inside the vehicle is circulated and filtered. This prevents the unfi l tered air outside the vehicle from entering the vehicle interior. Switching recirculat ion mode on when driving through a tunnel or when sitting in traffic is recommended

,&.. The AUTO button or@ button switches recircula tion mode off. reci rcu lat ion mode, button again. The upper LED in the To switc h on the automatic press the ~A button turns on. The system switches to recircu lation mode when driving in reverse when the en gine is cold. The air quality sensor that is de s igned for diese l and gasoline exhaust automati cally switches the recirculation mode on or off depending on the level of pollutants in the out s ide air . Automatic rec irculat ion mode is time re stricted when cooling mode (A/C) is sw itched off and frost temperatures are ide ntif ied. QW REAR Rear window defogger The rear window defogger on ly operates when the engine is running and will be automatically switched off after approximately 10 minutes. J Seat heating*

Pressing the button switches the seat heating on at the highest setting (level 3). The LEDs indicate the temperature duce the temperature, switch the seat heating off, press the button re peatedly until the LED turns off. press the button again. To level. To re Aft er approximately 10 minutes, the seat heating automatica lly switches from level 3 to level 2. Switching the temperature measurement units The temperature disp lay can be switched be tween C and F. Press and hold the ~A fig. 66 and turn the knob on the driver's side to

-

for three seconds. button

.., 55 Warm and cold

& WARNING

- You should not use the recirculation mode for an extended period of time, because no fresh air is drawn in and the windows can fog when cooling mode is switched off. This increases the risk of an accident .

- Individuals with reduced sensitivity to pain could develop burns when or temperature using the seat heating* function. To reduce the risk of injury, these individuals should not use seat heating*.

(D Note To avoid damaging the seat heating* ele ments, do not kneel on the seats or place heavy pressure on one area of the seat. 56

 

 

- Do not drive faster than walking speed. D r iving information A WARNING Driving General Breaking in A new vehicle must be broken in for the first 1,000 mi les (1,500 km). For the first 600 mi les

(1,000 km), do not drive at speeds that are more than 2/3 of the maximum permitted RPM, avoid full acce leration, and do not tow a trailer . You may gradually start increasing the RPM and the speed between 600 miles (1,000 km) and 1,000 miles (1,500 km) . During the first hours of use, the engine has a higher internal friction than later on when all moving parts have settled into place with each other. How the vehicle is driven during the first 1,000 miles (1,500 km) also affects the engine quality. Drive at moderate engine speeds after the initia l break-in period, particularly when running a cold engine . This will reduce eng ine wear and improve the m ileage . Do not drive at too low of an engine speed (RPM). Shift down if the engine stops running "smooth ly". Extremely high eng ine speeds are automati cally reduced. Reducing the risk of vehicle damage

([) Note When driving on poor roads, by curbs and on steep ramps , make su re that low-hang ing components such as the spoi ler and exhaust system do not come into contact with these or they could be damaged. This especially ap plies to vehicles with low ground clearance and vehicles that are heavily loaded. After driving through water or mud, the effec tiveness of the brakes may be reduced due to moisture on the brake rotors and brake pads. A few careful brake applications should dry off the brakes and restore the full braking ef fect .

(D Note Vehicle components such as the engine, transmission, can be severely damaged by driving through water.

(D Tips

- Determine the depth before driving through suspension or electrical system water.

- Do not stop the vehicle, drive in reverse or switch the engine off when driving through water.

- Keep in mind that oncom ing vehicles may create waves that raise the water level and make it too deep for your vehicle to drive through safely.

- Avoid dr iving through salt water, because this can cause corrosion . Economical and environmentally-friendly driving the environ The amount of fuel consumption, mental impact and the wear to the engine, brakes and tires depends mostly on your driving style. With an anticipatory and economic driving style, fuel consumption can be reduced by ap proximately 10-15% . The following tips will help you conserve the environment and your money at the same time . Driving through water on roads Anticipatory driving Note the following to reduce the risk of vehicle damage when driving through water, for example on flooded roads :

- The water must not be any higher than the bot tom of the vehicle body. A vehicle uses the most fuel when accelerating. When you drive with anticipation, you do not need to brake as often and so you accelerate less . When possible, let your vehicle coast with a gear engaged, for examp le when you notice that the next t raffic light is red. This produces an engine llll-

0 co

......

"' ,....

"' ...... 0 0

:::, 00 57 Dr iv ing braking effec t , which he lps to protect the brakes and tires and reduces the emissions and fuel con sumpt ion to zero (fuel shut-off during dece lera tion) . Shift effici ently Upshift ing earlier is an effective way to save fuel. Staying in a gear too long uses fue l unnecessari ly. Press down o n t he acce le rat or peda l slowly and avoid "kick-down " . approximately 3,0 0 0 miles (S,000 km) have been driven . Avoid short trips The eng ine and exhaust clean ing system mus t reach t heir optima l operating temperature to ef fe ct ively reduce consump ti on and emissions. A cold engine uses a d isp roportionately high amount of fue l. The engine reac hes operat ing temperat ure and cons umption no rmal izes on ly after approximate ly 2.5 m iles (4 km) . Avoid full acceleration Check the tire pressure You should rare ly trave l at the maximum vehicle speed. High speeds cause a d isproportionately high increase in fuel consump t ion, emissions and tr affic no ise. Slower driving saves fuel. Reduce idling time There are benefits to stopp ing the engine, for ex ample when at railroad crossings or traffic lights with longer red lights. Stopping the engi ne for 30 -40 seconds already saves mo re fuel than the amount of extra fuel needed to restart the en g ine. It takes a very long time in idle to wa rm the en g ine up to ope rat ing t empe ratu re. Wea r and emissions ar e especially high in the wa rm -up phase . Therefore, you should begi n driving im mediately after starting the engine. Avoid high RPMs while doing t his. Have maintenance performed regularly By having m ai nten ance perfo rmed regu larly on your ve hicle, you can he lp to reduce fuel con sumpt ion befo re you even start to dr ive. The maintenance condition of your vehicle not only affects traffic safety and long-te rm value but a l so impacts fuel consumpt ion . A poorly main tained engine can lead to fuel consumption is 10% higher than normal. that large ly on the engine load Also check th e oil level when refueling . The oil consumption depends and speed. It is normal for the oil consumpt ion of a new eng ine to reach its lowest point only af ter a certain amount of use. Therefo re, the oil consumpt ion can only be properly judged after 58 To save fuel, make sure the t ires are always in flated to the correct pressu re ~ page 175. The ion can increase by 5% if the pres fuel consumpt sure is on ly 0.5 bar t oo low. Due to the increased rol ling resis t ance, low tire pressures w ill also lead to greater behavior . tire wear and will affect driving Do not d rive on winter tires yea r-r ound, as t his will consume up t o 10% more fuel. Eliminate unnecessary weight Since every po und of ext ra weight increases fuel consump t ion , a quick inspect io n of the luggage compartmen t may be wo rth it t o avoid unneces sar y we ight. When not be ing used, a roof rack shou ld be re moved to decrease the w ind resistance of the ve hicle. This will save you ap prox imately 12% fue l at speeds from 6 2 - 75 mph (100 - 12 0 km/h). Save energy io n also increases The eng ine drives the generator, which generates electric ity; the fuel consumpt with t he demand for e lectricity . The refore, sw itch electrica l eq uipm ent off whe n you no longe r need it . Exa mples of eq uipme nt t ha t uses a lot of energy a re air blowe rs at a high setting, t he rea r window defogger and seat heating* .

([) Note

- Do not leave engine idling un attended aft e r sta rt ing. If warn ing ligh ts should come on to ind icate improper ope ration, they wou ld go unheeded . Extended idling also pro du ces

.,. heat , which could result in overheating or other damage to the vehicle or other prop erty.

- Have your vehicle maintained properly and in accordance with the service recommenda tions in your Warranty & Maintenance book let. Lack of proper maintenance as well as improper use of the vehicle will impair the function of the emission control system and could lead to damage .

- Do not alter or remove any component of the Emission Control System unless ap proved by the manufacturer

.

- Do not alter or remove any device, such as heat shields , switches, ignition wires, valves, which are designed to protect your vehicle's Emission Control System and other important vehicle components

. ion estimates as published by

@ Tips The consumpt ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY

(EPA) and Transport Canada may not corre spond to your actual consumption on the road, which will vary depending upon vehicle load and speed, road and weather conditions, trip length, etc. Steering Adjusting the steering wheel position The steering wheel position is adjustable up and down and forward and back. Driving

.,. Press the lever upward again until it locks in place . A WARNING Incorrect use of the steering wheel adjust ment and an incorrect seating position can cause serious injuries.

- Only adjust the steering column when the

-

vehicle is stationary so that you do not lose control of the vehicle.

- Adjust the driver's seat or steering wheel so that there is at least 10 inches (25 cm) dis tance between your chest and the steering wheel page 98, fig. 98 . If you do not maintain this d istance, the airbag system will not be able to provide its full protec tion . ~ page 98, fig. 98 .

- If your physical characteristics prevent you from sitting at least 10 inches (25 cm) or more away from the steering wheel, see if an authorized Audi dealer or authorized Audi Service Facility can provide adapters that will help.

- If your face is level with the steering wheel, the airbag does not provide as much protec tion during a collision. Always make sure that the steering wheel is level with your chest .

- Always hold the steering wheel with your hands in the 9 o'clock and 3 o'clock posi tions to reduce the risk of injury if the airbag deploys.

- Never hold the steering wheel in the 12 o'clock position or with both hands on the rim or the center of the steering wheel. Holding the steering wheel incorrectly sig nificantly increases the risk of injury to the hands, arms and head if the airbag deploys. Fig. 67 Lever un de r t he stee ring column

~ .,. Tilt the lever downward .&, . .....

~ .,. Bring the steering wh eel into the d esired posi-

N 8 0

::,

(X) tion. 59 Dr iv ing Starting the engine an ignition and stopping

(vehicles with lock) Starting the engine Applies to: vehicles with igni tio n lock The ignition is switched on and the engine start ed with the key in the ignition . Fig. 68 Ignit ion lock: position of the ignit ion key Switching the ignit ion on/ off To switch the ignition on, turn the ign ition key to posit ion (D. To switc h the ignition off, turn the ignit ion key to posit ion @ . Starting the engine Press the brake pedal and move the selector lever to the P or N position. Turn the key to posit ion @ . The ignition key au tomat ically returns to position (D. Do not press the accelerator pedal when doing this. Equipment that uses a lot of electricity is switch ed off temporari ly when you start the engine. If the engine does not start immediate ly, stop the starting procedure by turning the ignition key to position @ and repeat after 30 seconds.

&, WARNING

- To reduce the risk of poisoning, never allow the engine to run in confined spaces.

- Never remove the ignit ion key from the ign i t ion lock while the vehicle is moving. Other wise the stee ring lock w ill engage and you will not be able to steer t he vehicle, whi ch increased the risk of an accident . 60

(D Note Avoid high engine speed, full throttle, and heavy engine load if the engine has not reached operat ing temperat ure yet. You could damage the engine. For the sake of the environment Do not let the engine run wh ile parked to warm up. Begin driving immed iately. This re duces unnecessary emissions .

(D Tips

- If it is difficult to turn the key to position

(D, turn the steering wheel back and forth slightly to release the steering wheel lock.

- Some noise after starting the engine is nor mal and is no cause for concern. Stopping the engine Applies to: vehicles with ignition lock Stop ping the engine Bring the vehicle to a full stop. Turn the key to position @ co page 60, fig. 68. Engaging the ste ering lock Requirement: the selector lever m ust be in P. Remove the ign ition key in position @

co page 60, fig. 68 co,& . Turn the steering wheel until you hear the steer ing wheel lock. The locked steer ing helps prevent vehicle t heft .

&, WARNING

- Never turn off the engi ne bef ore the vehicle has come to a complete stop. The full func tion of the brake booster and the power steer ing is not guaranteed. You must use more force to turn or brake. Because you cannot steer and brake as you usually wou ld, this could lead to accidents and seri ous injuries.

- Never remove the ignition key from the igni tion lock while the vehicle is moving . Other w ise the steering lock will engage and you will not be able to st eer the vehicle.

- Always take the key with you whenever you leave your vehicle. Otherw ise, the engine could be started or electrical equ ipment such as the power windows could be operat ed . This can lead to serious injury.

- For safety reasons, always park the vehicle with the se lector lever in the P position . Otherwise, there is the ris k that the vehicle cou ld roll unintentionally. CD Note If the engine has been under heavy load for an exte nded per iod of t ime, heat bu ilds up in the engi ne compartment after the engine is switched off an d there is a risk of damaging t he engi ne. For t his reason, let t he eng ine run for at idle fo r ap proxim ately two minu t es be fore shutting it off .

(D Tips For up t o 10 minu t es after stopp ing the en gine, the radiat or fan may t urn on again auto matically or it may con t inue to run (even if the ignition is switched off) for the following reasons :

- The coolant tempera tu re is increasing due to trapped heat .

- If the engine is warm and the engine com partment also heats up from strong sun light . a co

...... N r--. N

.-<

0 0

::, co D r ivi ng Starting the engine a convenience and stopping

(vehicles with key) Starting the engine Applies to : vehicles with convenience key The !START ENGINE STOPI button switches the ignition on and starts the engine. Fig. 69 Center console: START ENGINE STOP butto n Starting the engine Press the brake pedal and move the selector lever to the P or N posit ion . Press t he !START ENGINE STOP ! button. The eng ine will start. If the engine does not start immediately, stop the starti ng procedure by pushi ng the

!START E N GINE STOP ! button aga in and repeat after 30 seconds . Switching the ignition on/ off If you would like to sw itch the ignition on with out sta rting the engine, follow these steps:

Press the !ST ART ENGINE STOP ! button with out press ing the brake pedal. To switch t he ignit ion off, press the button aga in. _&. WARNING

-To reduce the risk of poisoning, never allow

-

t he eng ine to run in confined spaces . CD Note Avoid high engine speed, full thrott heavy engine load if t he eng ine has not le, and 61 could be started or electrical equipment such as the power windows could be operat ed. This can lead to serious injury.

- For safety reasons, always park the vehicle with the selector lever in the P position. Otherwise, there is the risk that the vehicle could roll unintentionally .

(D Note If the engine has been under heavy load for an extended period of time, heat builds up in the engine compartment after the engine is switched off and there is a risk of damag ing the engine. For th is reason, let the engine run for at idle for approximately two minutes be fo re shutti ng it off.

(D Tips For up to 10 minutes after stopping the en gine, the radiator fan may turn on again auto matically or it may continue to run (even if the ignit ion is switched off) for the following reasons:

- The coolant temperature is increasing due to trapped heat.

- If the engine is warm and the engine com partment also heats up from strong sun light. Dr iv ing reached operating temperature yet. You could damage the engine .

@ For the sake of the environment Do not let the engine run while parked to warm up . Begin driving immediately . This re duces unnecessary emissions .

@ Tips Some noise after starti ng the engine is nor mal and is no cause for concern. Stopping the engine Applies to: vehicles with convenience key

~ Bring the vehicle to a fu ll stop.

~ Move the selector lever into the P position.

~ Press the I START ENGINE STOPI button page 61, fig. 69 . Engaging the stee ring lock1) The steering locks when you turn the engine off using the !START ENGINE STOPI button and open the dr iver's door. The locked steering helps prevent vehicle theft. Emergency off function*

If it is absolutely necessary, the engine can also be turned off while driv ing at speeds starting at 4 mph (7 km/h). To switch the engine off, press the lSTART ENGINE STOPlbutton twice in a row briefly or press and hold for longer than two sec onds . 8_ WARNING

- Never turn off the engine before the vehicle has come to a complete stop. The brake booster and power steering only work when the engine is running. If the engine is off, you have to use more force when steer ing or braking . Because you cannot steer and brake as you usually wou ld, this could lead to acci dents and serious injuries.

- Always ta ke the key with you whenever you leave your vehicle. Othe rwise, the engine l) This fun ct ion is not available in all coun tri es. 62 Starting the engine when there is a malfunction Applies to: vehicles with conven ience key Other circumstances can cause the engine not to start, such as the battery in the remote control key has drained , there is interference with the key or there is a system malfunction . Fig. 70 Steering column /re mote contro l key: st ar ti ng the en gi ne if t here is a m alfunc tion Requiremen t : the message No key identified . See owne r's manual must be disp layed and the II indicator light must be on. ,. Hold the remo t e contro l key vert ically in t he lo cation ind icated y>l) c::> fig. 70 . ,. Press the brake peda l. ,. Press the I ST AR T ENGINE STOP I button. The engine will start. ,. Drive to an authorized Audi dealer or author ized Audi Service Facility immediately to have the mal function corrected .

@ Tips You ca n view the message again by pressing the I START ENGINE STOP ! button. Messages Tur n off ignit ion. Battery discharging This message appears and a warning tone sounds if you open the driver's doo r when the ignition is switched on . Press brake pedal to start engine This message appears if you do not step on the brake pedal to sta rt the eng ine o n a vehicle wit h a n autom atic transm ission. a co

...... N r--. N

'"' 0 0

::, co D r ivi ng Please engage Nor P. This message appears when sta rt ing o r stopping t he e ngine if t he se lecto r lever is not in the N o r P pos ition. The e ngine will not star t /stop. IS Is key in the vehicle?

The ind icator light turns on and this message ap pears if the convenience key* was removed from t he veh icle when the e ngine was ru nning. If the convenience key is no longer in the veh icle, you cannot sw itch the ignition on or sta rt the eng ine once you stop it . You also canno t lock t he vehicle from t he outside. Shift to P, vehicle can roll away . Doors can only be locked in P. This message appears for safety reasons if the selector lever for the au t omatic transm ission is not in the P position after the ignition is switched off . Move the selector leve r to the P posi t ion. Otherwise the vehicle is not pro t ect ed from roll ing and it cannot be locked . II No key identified. See owner's manual. This message appears if there is no conven ience key* inside the vehicle or if the system does not recognize the key. The convenience key may not be recognized, for example, if it is covered by an obje ct tha t disrup ts the signa l (such as a br ief case), or if t he key batt ery is we a k. Electro nic de vices such as cell phones can a lso inte rfe re wit h the signal. To still be ab le to start or stop t he engine, refer to i=:>page 63 . Electromechanical parking brake Fig. 71 Cent er conso le: pa rking brake 63 Dr iv ing Your vehicle is equipped with an electromechani cal parking brake @ c> fig. 71. The parking brake is designed to prevent the vehicle from rolling un intent ionally and replaces t he hand brake . Setting / manuall y releasing the parking brake

... Pull the() switch to set the parking brake . The

(USA mod LED in the sw itch turns on. The -

els) . turns on in the instrument cluster display .

(Canada models) indicator light also

.,. To release the parking brake manually, press the brake or accelerato r pedal whi le the igni tion is switched on and press t he C) switch at the same time. The LED in t he button and t he indica t or light in the display turn off . Releasing the parking brake automatically the dr iver's door must be closed, Req uirement:

the dr iver's safety be lt must be latched and the pa rking brake must be set. .. To start driving and re lease the park ing brake ically, press the accele rato r pedal as automat us ua l. In addi t ion to releasing the park ing brake auto mat ically, other convenience and safety funct ions are available whe n you start driving c> page 65, Starting from a stop . Preventing the automatic parking brake release The vehicle could begin rolling unintentionally , dependi ng on the hill or if towing a trailer . .. To preve nt the parking brake from releasing au ically, pull and hold the ) sw itch and tomat press the accelerator pedal. The park ing brake remains set and prevents the veh icle from roll ing backward. ,. You can re lease t he() swi t ch aga in once you are sure that you are g iving eno ugh dr iving force to the wheels by pressing the accele rator pedal. Emergency braking function You can use t he emergency bra king funct ion in an emergen cy situ at ion , or if the stand a rd bra ke op era t ion mal func t ions or is disabled. 64

... Pull and ho ld t he C) swit ch. .. As soon as you re lease the C> switch or acceler-

ate, the braking stops. Pulli ng and ho ld ing t he C) switch wh ile driving the veh icle activates the eme rgency braking func tion . The vehicle is bra ked at a ll four wheels by activating the hydraulic brake system . The bra k ing effect is sim ilar to heavy brak ing c> ,&.. To reduce the risk of act ivat ing t he emergency bra king by mista ke, a warning tone (buzzer) sounds when the C) sw itch is pulled . Eme rgency braking stops as soon as the switch is released or the accelerator pedal is pressed. Parking

... Press t he brake peda l t o stop the ve hicle. .. Pull the C> switch to set the par king brake . .. Place the selecto r lever in the P position . .. Turn the engine off c> ,&.. .. Turn the steering w heel when parking on in clines so that the w heels w ill roll into the curb if the vehicle starts moving. 8,,. WARNING

- Do not press t he acce le rat or peda l inadve r tently if a ge ar is selected whe n t he vehicle is st ationary an d t he engine is running . Oth erwise, the vehicle will st art to move imme diate ly and this could result in an accident.

- Eme rgency brak ing s hou ld only be used in an emergency, when the norma l bra ke pe d al has failed or the bra ke peda l is obstructed . During eme rgency brak ing, your vehicle will brake s imilar to heavy braking. ESC and the associated components cannot ove rcome the laws of physics . Around curves a nd whe n road or wea t her conditions a re bad, a full brake applicat io n can ca use th e veh icle to skid or the rear end to swerve, w hich incr eases t he risk of an ac cident.

(ABS, ASR, EDL)

- If th e power supply fail s, you cannot set t he parking brake if it is released. In this case, pa rk the vehicle on leve l ground and secure it by placing the selector leve r in the P posi tion. See an authorized Audi dealer or au -

thorized Audi Service Facility for assistance. IIJ.

- Always take the vehicle key with you when leaving your vehicle, even if for a short pe ri od of time. This app lies particu larly when children rema in in the vehicle. Otherwise, children could start t he engi ne, release the par king brake or operate elect rical equip me nt su ch as powe r windows, which in creases t he risk of an accident.

- No one, esp ecially chi ldren, sho uld rema in in t he vehicle when it is locked. Locked doo rs make it more difficul t for emergency wor ke rs to ge t into the vehicle, which puts lives at risk.

(D} Tips

- When stop ping at a t raff ic signa l or stop ping in city tr aff ic, you can se t the par king bra ke ma nu ally . The vehi cle does not have to be held with the b rake pedal. The park ing brake elim inates the tendency to cree p when a selector lever position is engaged. As soon as you press the accelerator pedal, t he pa rking brake releases automatically and your vehicle starts to move c:> page 65.

- Occasiona l noises when the park ing brake is set and re leased a re normal and are not a cause for concer n .

- The park ing brake goes th rough a se lf-test cycle at regular intervals when t he vehicle is stoppe d . Any noises associated w it h this a re no rma l.

- If there is a power fa ilure, the pa rking brake will not set if it is re leased, a nd it will not rele ase if it is set c:> .&.. See a n auth orized Audi dealer or aut horized Aud i Service Fa cility for assista nee . Starting from a stop Various conven ien ce a nd safety functions may be ava ila ble when the vehicle begins driving, de pending on vehicle equipment

. Starting on hills with the parking brake set 0

~ Req uirement: the dr iver's doo r must be closed.

,.... 8 .,. To start driving comfortab ly when o n a hill, set g the parking brake and begin dr iving as usual. 00 D r iving The braking force of the parking b rake does not release a utomatically until the whee ls bui ld up enoug h d riving force . Starting on hills with hill hold assist Hill ho ld assis t makes it easier t o sta rt on hills. Requirement:

and the engine must be runn ing . the driver's door must be closed

.,. To act ivate hill hold assist, press and hold the brake pedal for severa l seco nds. The vehicle must be in an uphill d irect ion of travel. After re leas ing the brake pedal, the braking pow er is maintained for a brief moment &. to pre vent the veh icle from rolling back when start ing . During this t ime, you can easily begin to move you r vehicle . 8, WARNING Applies to: veh icles with hill hold assist

- If you do not beg in d riving immed iate ly or the engi ne stalls after releasing the bra ke pedal, your veh icle may begin to roll bac k ward. Press the brake pedal or set the park ing brake immediately .

- The intelligent technology of hill hold assist cannot ove rcome the limitat ions imposed by natural phys ical laws. The increased comfort offe red by hill ho ld assist should not cause you to ta ke safety risks.

- Hill hold ass ist cannot hold the vehicle in place on a ll hills (for example, if t he groun d is slippery or icy).

- To reduce the risk of an accident, always make sure th e vehi cle is s ituated safe ly while st at ionary. Driving offroad General information Applies to : vehicles with offroad mode The elect ronic stab ilizat io n control (ESC) func tions we re enhanced for d riving offroad . ESC off in driving sit uat ions road mode can be activated in which a whee l lock or a d ifferential lock func t io n is needed page 90 . The hill descent as-

sist is a lso available, wh ich au t omatically brakes II), 65 Dr iv ing the vehicle and maintains a constant speed as a result r=> page 91 . Driving information Applies to: vehicles with offroad mode However, your Audi is not an offroad vehicle. Only drive in terrain th at is suitable for th e vehi cle and your driving abilit y. Never tak e any un necessary risks!

After driving offroad

- After dr iving offroad, remove branches and other debr is from the radiator gr ille, unde r body, and whee ls. Look especially for foreign objects (such as stones) that may be stuck in the tire tread.

- Clean the vehicle body and underbody and in spect the vehicle for possible damage.

- Clean the windows, headlights, tail lig hts and the license plate if they are dirty.

- Perfo rm a brake test (especially after dr iving through water). A WARNING

- Be especially aware and attent ive when driv ing under difficult conditions. Vehicle dam age and injuries may occur when driving at excessively high speeds or with incorrect dr iving maneuvers .

- Always adjust your speed and driving style to the roads, terra in, traffic and weather condit ions. Drive especially slowly if there is low visibility when offroad .

- Please note that the wheels can spin more and the vehicle can swerve when in ESC off road mode, especially when the road is slip pery or has loose surface mate rial.

- Driving stability is reduced in the ESC Off road mode .

@ For the sake of the environment Avoid harming the environment and show considerat ion for nature.

(D Tips Only dr ive where it is all owed and always stay on the provided roads and paths. 66 There is only one right way to drive in difficult conditions: slo wly and with caution!

Observe the following when driving on unpaved roads :

.,. Only driv e in terrain that is suitable for the ve hicle and your driving ability. Never take any unnecessary risks!

.,. Drive slowly and caut iously!

.,. Pay attent ion to the ground clearance of your vehicle. The clearance may vary depending on the load, ground compos ition and the environ ment. The ground clearance is reduced for spe cial suspension systems, such as sport suspen sion. The dr iver is therefore responsible f or de ciding whether a vehicle can handle a specif ic situation . ,. Activate the ESC off road mode as needed r=>page90 . ,. Use the hill descent assist when driving down steep hills r=> page 91 . Difficult terrain When driving in unfamiliar areas and offroad, drive slowly and keep on the watch for unexpect ed obstacles (such as potholes, rocks, tree stumps , etc .) . To prevent th e vehicle from bottoming out and to reduce the risk of underbody damage, you should drive across uneven ground on only one side of the vehicle so that only two of your wheels cross the uneven area, instead of driving across the cente r of the uneven area with all four wheels . Drive quickly through sandy or marshy off-ro ad sections and do not stop, if at all possible. Driving through wat er on road s Also read the information found in r=> page 57. Automatic transmission Introduction The automatic transmission is controlled elec troni cally. Upshifting and downshifting occur au-

tomat ically . .,. When a moderate driving style is used, the transmission selects the most economical driving mode. The transm iss ion upsh ifts at a lower RPM and downshifts at a higher RPM to improve fuel efficiency . The transmission switches to a sporty mode after a kick-down or when the driver uses a sporty driving style character ized by quick accelerator pedal movements, heavy acceleration, frequent changes in speed and traveling at the maximum speed . If desired , the driver can also select the gears manually (tiptronic mode) page 70, Manual shifting (tiptronic mode) . Power is transferred using a torque converter. Selector lever positions Fig. 72 Inst rument cluste r: selector lever pos itions Fig. 73 Selector lever The selected selector lever position is shown next to the selector lever fig. 73 and in the instru ment cluster display fig . 72. The current gear will also be d isp layed in the instrument cluster. . Switch the ign ition on. . In the P/N position, you must release the selec tor lever lock page 67. a co

...... N r--. N

.-<

0 0

::, co Drivi ng

.. Move the selector lever into t he des ired posi tion. The engaged se lector lever position is shown in the shift gate . Selector lever lock The selec t or leve r lock prevents you from select ing a gear accidentally, causing the vehicle to roll. The selector leve r is locked in the P and N posi tio ns when the ignit ion is switched on. You mus t press the brake peda l to sele ct another position. You must also press the interlock button if you are moving from the P and N position. The selec t or leve r lock o nly functions when t he vehicle is stat ionary or at speeds be low approxi mately 1 mph (2 km/h) . At higher speeds, the lock is automatically deactivated in the N posi tion. The selec t or leve r is not locked whe n shifting quick ly through N, for example from R to 0/S. This makes it possib le to free the vehicle when it is stuck by "rocking" it. The selector lever lock en gages if the lever stays in the N pos ition longer than approximately 2 seconds when the brake peda l is not pressed . If the selector lever does not engage, there is a malfunction . The engine is disabled to prevent the vehicle from driving off un intent ionally. Press the brake pedal to have the se lector lever lock engage again . Place the selector lever in the P or N position and then engage a dr iving gear. Ignition key safety interlock*

Applies to: vehicles with ignition lock You can only remove the key from the ignition af ter switching the ignition off if the selector lever is in the P position . The selector leve r will be locked in the P position as long as the key is not in the ignit ion. Interlock button The interlock button in the selector lever handle prevents you from movi ng the selector lever in advertently wh ile in some selector lever posi tio ns. The positions that requ ire the interlock button to be pressed a re marked in color in the il-

lustrat io n fig. 73. ,. 67 Driving P - Park This selector lever position prevents the vehicle from rolling. You can only shift into Park when the vehicle is stationary &.. To shift in and out of the P selector lever posi tion, press the interlock button in the selector lever while pressing the brake pedal. R- Reverse Only shift into reverse gear when the vehicle is stationary and the engine is running at idle speed &,. To select the R selector lever position, press the interlock button while pressing the brake pedal. N - Neutral The transmission is in idle in this position. To engage the N selector lever position, press the button on the selector lever and shift into the N position. To move from selector lever position out of N, you must press the brake pedal and the vehicle must be traveling less than 1 mph (2 km/h) or be stationary. DIS - Normal position for driving forward In the D/S selector lever position, the transmis sion can be operated either in the normal D mode or in the S sport mode. To select the S sport mode, pull the selector lever back briefly. Pulling the lever back again will select the normal D mode. The instrument cluster display shows the selected driving mode . In the normal mode D, the transmission auto matically selects the suitable gear ratio. It de pends on engine load, vehicle speed and driving style. The engine's power reserves are used fully in the Sport mode S. Shifting may become noticeable when accelerating. To move from selector lever position N to D, you must press the brake pedal and the vehicle must be traveling less than 1 mph (2 km/h) o r be sta t ionary &,. 68 A WARNING

-

Read and follow all WARNINGS.

-The vehicle can roll even if the ignition is switched off.

- Never select R or P while driving, because this increases the risk of an accident.

- Power is still transmitted to the wheels when the engine is running at idle . To pre vent the vehicle from "creeping", you must keep your foot on the brake in all selector lever positions (except P) when the engine is running .

- Do not inadvertently press the accelerator if a gear is pedal when the vehicle is stopped engaged . Otherwise, the vehicle will imme diately start to move - sometimes even if the parking brake is firmly applied. This in creases the risk of an accident.

- To reduce the risk of an accident, do not press the accelerator pedal when changing the selector lever position while the vehicle is stationary and the engine is running.

- Never leave your vehicle with the engine running while in gear. If you must leave your vehicle when the engine is running, set the parking brake and move the selector lev er to the P position.

- Before you or other persons open the hood and work on a running engine, the selector lever must be in the P position and the park ing brake must be applied to reduce the risk of an accident . Always read and follow the applicable warnings page 155, Working in the engine compartment.

- Read and following all WARNINGS &. in Driving tips on page 69 .

(D Note Never let the vehicle roll downhill with engine off and the selector lever in the N position, because this could damage the automatic transmission and catalytic converter.

(D Tips

- If you accidentally select N while driving, take your foot off the accelerator pedal and

.,. wait for the engine to slow down to idle before selecting Dor S.

- If there is a power failure, the selector lever will not move out of the P position. The emergency release can be used if this hap pens page 72. Driving tips Starting the engine

~ The selector lever must be in the P or the N po sition. Starting from a stop

~ Press and hold the brake pedal.

~ Press and hold the lock button in the selector lever handle, select the desired selector lever position such as D page 67 and release the lock button.

~ Wait a moment until the transmission shifts . You will notice a slight movement when the gear engages .

~ Release the brake pedal and press the accelera-

tor pedal ,&. Various convenience functions are available for starting on hills page 65 . Stopping temporarily

~ Press the brake pedal to stop the vehicle, for example at a traffic light. Do not press the ac celerator pedal when doing this .

~ To prevent the vehicle from rolling when you start driving, set the parking brake when stop ping on steep hills 8. and 0.

~ The parking brake will release automatically and the vehicle will start moving once you press the accelerator pedal. Stopping/parking If the selector lever is not in the P position when you open the driver's door, the vehicle could roll. In vehicles with a convenience key*, the message Shift to P and turn off ignition, or vehicle can roll away appears.

~ Press and hold the brake pedal ,&.

~ Set the parking brake .

~ Select the P selector lever position . 0 co

......

"' ,....

"' ...... 0 0

:::, 00 Driving Under certain circumstances,

(such as driving in the mountains or towing a trailer), it may be use ful to switch temporarily to the manual shift pro gram in order to adjust the gears to the driving conditions by hand page 70. On inclines, activate the parking brake first and then move the selector lever to the P position page 64. This prevents the locking mechanism from being loaded too heavily and will make it easier to move the selector lever out of the P po sition. A WARNING

=

- The vehicle can roll even when the engine is

-

switched off.

- Unintended vehicle movement can lead to serious injuries .

- Never leave your vehicle with the engine running while in gear. If you must leave your vehicle when the engine is running, set the parking brake and move the selector lev er to the P position.

- Power is still transmitted to the wheels when the engine is running at idle. To pre vent the vehicle from "creeping", you must keep your foot on the brake in all selector lever positions (except P) when the engine is running.

- Do not inadvertently press the accelerator pedal when the vehicle is stopped if a gear is engaged. Otherwise the risk of an accident increases because the vehicle will start to move immediately, even if the parking brake is set.

- To reduce the risk of an accident, do not press the accelerator pedal when changing the selector lever position while the vehicle is stationary and the engine is running.

- Never engage the R or P selector level posi tions while driving. It could cause a crash.

- Before driving down a steep slope, reduce your speed and shift into a lower gear in tip tronic mode.

- Do not ride the brakes or press the brake pedal too often or too long when driving downhill. Constant braking causes the brakes to overheat and substantially

..,. 69 Driving reduces braking performance, braking distance or causes complete failure of the brake system. increases

- If you must stop on an incline, always hold the vehicle in place with the foot brake or parking brake to prevent it from rolling back.

- Never hold the vehicle on an incline with a slipping clutch. The clutch opens automati cally when it becomes too hot from the overload . The . indicator light turns on and a message appears ~ page 71 when the clutch is overloaded.

- Read and following all WARNINGS 9 &, .

(D Note

- When stopping on an incline, do not try to hold the vehicle in place by pressing the ac celerator pedal while a driving gear is se lected . This can cause the automatic mission to overheat and can damage it. Set the parking brake or press the brake pedal to prevent the vehicle from rolling. trans

- Allowing the vehicle to roll when the engine is stopped while the selector lever is in the N position will damage the automatic trans mission, because it is not lubricated under those circumstances ~ page 205, Towing with a tow truck.

- The transmission can overheat and be dam aged under certain driving and traffic condi tions s uch as frequent starts, creeping for a long time, or stop-and-go indicator light turns on, stop the vehicle at the next opportunity and let the transmis sion cool down ~ page 71. traffic. If the . Hill descent control technical limitations. adjust the speed with the brake pedal. If may still be necessary to Hill descent control switches off once the hill lev els out or you press the accel erator pedal.

&_ WARNING Hill descent control cannot overcome physical limitations, so it may not be able to maintain a constant speed under all conditions. Always be ready to apply the brakes . Manual shifting (tiptronic mode}

The tiptronic mode allows the driver to shi~ the gears manually . Fig. 7 4 Center conso le: sh ift ing manually with the selector lever Fig. 75 Steering whee l: shift ing ma nually with the shift paddles*

The hill descent control system assists the driver when driving down hills. Hill descent contro l is activated when the selec tor lever is in the Dor S position and you press the brake pedal. The transmission automatically selects a gear that is suitable for the hill. Hill de scent control tries to maintain the speed ach ieved at the time of braking, within physical and Shifting with the selector lever You can shift into tiptronic mode while stat ionary and while driving . . To shift int o tiptronic mode, push the selector lever from the 0/S setting to the right in the tiptronic shift gate. Once the transmission has switched modes, the selector lever position M is shown in the instrument cluster display

.,.. 70 page 67, fig. 72. For example, M4 means the fourth gear is engaged. Emergency mode Applies to: vehicles with automatic transmissions Driving

~ To shift up a gear, tap the selector ward 0 fig. 74.

~ To shift down a gear, tap the selector lever for lever to back Q . Shifting with the shift paddles*

the shift paddles in the D/S or M You can operate

(tiptronic shift gate) selector lever positions.

~ To shift up one gear, tap the shift paddle 0 fig. 75.

~ To shift down one gear, tap the shift paddle Q . If the shift paddles are tapped while in the D/S selector lever position, automatic mode switches off briefly. To switch from manually shifting back to automatic shifting immediately, paddle 0 c:> fig. 75 for 1 second. To keep shifting using the shift paddles, move the selector tion into the tiptronic shift gate. lever to the right out of the D/S posi tap the shift Description The transmission automatically before critical engine speed is reached. shifts up or down The transmission only allows manual shifting when the engine speed is within the permitted range. Kick-down Kick-down enables maximum acceleration . When you press the accelerator pedal down be yond the resistance point (called kick-down), the automatic into a lower gear, depending on vehicle speed and engine RPM. It shifts up into the next higher gear once the maximum specified engine RPM is reached . transmission downshifts A WARNING

,~

Please note that the wheels could spin on slick or slippery roads when kick-down is ac tive.

-

0 co

......

"' ,....

"' ...... 0 0

:::, 00 In the event of a system malfunction, there is an emergency program . in the instrument lever positions are highlight If all of the selector ed with a light background cluster display, there is a system malfunction and is running in the emer the S tronic transmission gency program . The vehicle can still be driven in emergency mode, but only with reduced speed and not in all gears . In some cases, the vehicle cannot drive in reverse.

([) Note runs in emergency mode, If the transmission drive to an authorized Audi dealer or author ized Audi Service Facility immediately the malfunction corrected. to have Transmission malfunction Applies to: vehicles with automatic transmissions Transmission overheating! Please stop vehi cle!

is too hot and can become dam The transmission aged. Stop and let the transmission cool with the engine running (at idle) in the P selector lever po sition. Then the indicator light and the message turn off, drive to an authorized Audi dealer or au thorized Audi Service Facility immediately to have the malfunction corrected . If the indicator light and the driver message do not turn off, do not continue driving. See an authorized Audi dealer or authorized Audi Service Facility for assistance. 71 Dr iv ing Selector lever emergency release Applies to: vehicles with automat ic tra nsm issions If the vehicle's power supply fails, the selector Lever can be released in an emergency. Fig. 76 Selector lever: remov ing th e cover Selector lever emergency release

.,. Press and hold t he ye llow release button r:!.>fig. 77 . ,. Press the button on the selector lever and move the lever into N pos ition . ,. Clip the frame to the cover again. A WARNING

- Only activate the emergency release while on a level surface or a slight slope .

- Only move the selector lever out of the P po sition when the parking brake is set. If it is not f unct ioning, secu re the ve hicle from ro lling using the bra ke pedal or other suita ble mea ns, such as blocking a front and a rear wheel. An unsecured vehicle may roll away, which increases t he risk of a n acci de nt . Fig. 77 Selec tor lever: eme rgency release To maneuver or tow the vehicle, the emergency release must be used to move the selector lever from the P position. Using t he emergency rele ase can be compli cated. We recommend contacting an a uthorized Audi dealer or authorized Audi Service Facility for as sistance , if necessary . A ma intenance tool from t he vehicle tool kit must be used to re lease page 191 . Preparations

.,. To preve nt your vehicle from ro lling uninten t iona lly, set t he par king brake() or press the brake peda l r:!.>

,& . ,. Inse rt the fla t side of t he maintenance too l sideways in the s lot near the s hift cover and pry off the shift cover fig. 76 . . Pull the frame and the cover upward. You can fold the cover up over the shifter knob. 72 towing Trailer Driving with a trailer General information Your vehicle is primarily intended for transport ing people and luggage . However, if you drive with a trailer , follow the technical requirements, the operation and driving tips, and the legal reg ulations. Driving with a trailer affects the vehicle's fuel consumption, performance and wear. It also re quires higher concentration from the driver. A WARNING Do not transport any people in a trailer due to the risk of fatal injury. Technical requirements Certain requirements must be met when towing a trailer. Trailer hitch Only use a trailer hitch with a removable ball hitch mount and ball hitch. The trailer hitch must be permitted for the vehicle , the trailer and the permitted pulled. Above all, it must be securely and safely attached total weight of the trailer being to the vehicle trailer. Never mount a trailer hitch on the bumper. The trailer hitch must be mounted in a way that does not impair the function of the bumper. Do not make any changes to the exhaust system and the brake system. Check regularly if the trailer hitch is securely mounted. Always follow the instructions given by the trailer hitch manufacturer. Trailer brakes If the trailer has its own brake system, then fol low the manufacturer specifications. However, the brake system on the trailer must never be connected to the vehicle brake system. 0 co

......

"' ,-...

"' ...... 0 0

:::, 00 Trailer towing Engine cooling system Driving with a trailer means a higher load on the engine and the cooling system. The cooling sys tem must be designed for additional contain enough coolant c::>(D. load and A WARNING

- Never mount a "weight-distributing"

-

"load-balancing"

trailer coupler as the trail er hitch . The vehicle was not designed for these types of trailer hitches . The trailer hitch can malfunction and the trailer can break off from the vehicle. or

- If the trailer is equipped with electronic brakes, these brakes cannot be activated by a factory-installed control system, which in creases the risk of an accident.

- To reduce the risk of injury, always remove the ball hitch mount if no trailer is mount ed.

(D Note Longer inclines cannot be driven without a suitable cooling system, especially if the out side temperatures this increases the risk of engine damage. are high. otherwise,

' Operating instructions Several things must be noted when towing a trailer. Towing capacity The permitted out brakes is 1,650 lbs (750 kg). towing capacity for trailers with The permitted brakes is 2,200 lbs (1,000 kg) . towing capacity for trailers with These values apply to roads with up to 12% in cline. Tongue weight The maximum permitted trailer drawbar on the trailer hitch ball head may not be exceeded. tongue weight of the

..,. 73 T railer towing If the tongue we ight is too low, this affects the trai ler's handling. For driving safety, we recom mend to always utilize the maximum permitted tongue we ight, but not exceed it. You can reach it, for example, by d istributing the cargo in the tra iler cor rectly . You can determ ine the tongue we ight, for exam ple, with a bathroom scale or a public weigh sta tion . The permitted 220 lbs (100 kg) . tongue weight for your vehicle is Load distribution Poor cargo load and dist ribution can negatively impact veh icle ha ndling. To have the lowest im pact as possib le, load the trai ler according to these criteria :

- Store objec t s prefe rab ly in t he vehicle lugg age

. The vehicle shou ld always carry compartment the heaviest possible load and the trai ler sho uld have the lightest possible load .

- Distribute the load in the tra iler so t hat the heavy objects are as close to the axle as possi ble .

- Secure objects from sliding out of place.

- Utilize t he max imum perm itted tongue we ight if poss ible . Tires Set the tire pressure on your vehicle for a "full load"; see the t ire pressu re sticker r=:;, page 176 . If ne cessa ry, also adjust t he tire pressure on the tr ailer according to t he manufactu rer's recom mendation. Winte r ti res s hou ld be mounted on the vehicle a nd on the trailer dur ing winte r temperatures. Outside mirrors If you cannot see the traff ic be hind the tra iler with the standard exterior mirrors, then you must attach addit ional exte rior m irrors. Adjust them so you have a sufficient visibility behind you . Exterior lighting Follow the legal regulat ions regarding the light ing eq uipment on your trailer. Contact an author-

74 ized Audi dealer or author ized Audi Service Facili ty for more information . Befo re st art ing to dr ive, check all lighting eq uip ment on the hitched trailer. The head light range cont rol adj usts automat ly to the light range of the headlights . ical Safety chains Make sure the safety chains are correct ly applied whe n pu lling a trailer . The cha ins should hang enough so that the trailer can drive around curves. Howeve r, they must not touch the ground.

(D Tips

- Use chocks when park ing on inclines if the t railer is loaded .

- We recommend also having the vehicle in spected between t he inspection intervals if you a re towing a trailer frequently.

- Avoid driving with a tra iler dur ing the veh i cle break-in per iod. Driving with a trailer Driving with a trailer requires extra caution . Speed Adhere to the lega l speed limits. Follow the legal regu lations specific to the country. As the speed increases, the dr iving stab ility of the trai ler decreases . Therefore you should not exceed the maximum lega l speed limit when there are unfavorable road, weather and/or wind cond it ions. This especially applies when driving downh ill. You m ust always reduce your speed as soon as you notice even the slightest swinging motion of the tra iler . Never try to "stra ighten out" the trai l er by acce lerating. The weight d istribution is very poor if the vehicle is empty and the trai ler is loaded. However if you must drive under these circumstances, then dr ive especially slowly . .,. Tra iler towing Brakes Brake in a t imely man ner. Downsh ift before driv ing downhill so that t he engine can assist wit h braking ~ .&.. When using a tra ile r with ove rrun brakes, first bra ke gen t ly the n qu ickly . This red uces th e risk of je rking wh ile braking if the trailer wheels loc k up. Engine coolant temperature Pay att ention specifica lly to t he coolant tempera ture d isp lay when t here are high ou t side tempe r atures, a nd when dr iving on long inclines

~ page 8. Shift to a highe r g ear in a t imely m a n ne r.

,&. WARNING Constant braking causes the brakes to ove r heat and substant ia lly reduces braking per formance, es complete fa ilure of the brake system . increases braking distance or caus

-

0 co

......

"' ,-...

"' ...... 0 0

:::, 00 75 A ss is tance s y s tems Assistance Speed warning systems system Description Applies to: veh icles with speed warning system The speed warning system helps you to stay be low a specified maximum speed that can be set, changed or deleted in the Infotainment system. The speed warning system warns you if you are exceeding the maximum speed that you have set . A warning tone will sound as soon as your speed exceeds the stored value slightly. The lGJ (USA models) I lj (Canada mode ls) indicator light and a message appear in the instrument cluster d isp lay at the same time . ThP lGl{t] indicator light and the message turn off if the speed falls back below the stored maximum speed . if you would is recommended Sett ing a threshold like to be reminded when you reach a certa in maximum speed. Situations where you may want to do so include driving in a country with a gener al speed limit or if there is a specified maximum speed for winter tires.

(Car) System s*

Sett ing the warning thresho ld Select: !CARI function button>

control button > Driver assist > Speed warning .

@ Tips Regardless of the speed warning system, you should always monitor your speed using the speedometer the legal speed limit. and make sure you are following 76 Cruise control system Switching on Applies to: vehicles with cruise control system The cruise control system makes it possible to drive a constant speed that is 30 km/h or higher . 5:

"' 0

<t m 0 f l 0 Fig. 78 Operat ing lever : cruise contro l syste m

.. To switch the system on , pull the lever into po-

sition (D ~ fig. 78. . Drive at the speed to be maintained. . To store the speed, press the button @ . The (ij;\1)~1~

indicator light turns on in the instrument cluster .

(USA mode ls)/ B (Canada models) 8_ WARNING

- Always pay attention to the traffic around

-

you when the cruise contro l system is in op erat ion. You are always respons ible for your speed and the distance between your veh i cle and other vehicles.

- For safety reasons, cruise control should not be used in the city, in stop -and -go traff ic, on winding roads and when road conditions a re poor (such as ice, fog, gravel, heavy rai n and hyd roplaning), because this increases the risk of an accident.

- Switch the cruise control off temporarily when dr iving in turning lanes, highway exits or in constru ction zones.

- Please note that "rest ing" your foot on the accelerator pedal un intent iona lly can result in acceleration that overrides t he cruise con-

trol system . ,.

@ Tips The cruise control system cannot maintain the speed cons istently if you are driving on steep hills. The vehicle weight causes the speed to increase. Due to th is, shift into a lower gear in t ime or apply the brakes . Changing the speed Applies to: vehicles with cruise control system To increase or decrease the speed in incre me nts, push the lever tow ar d 0 10 c> page 76, fig. 78. To increase or decrease the speed qu ickly, hold the leve r in the 0 10 direction un t il the de sired spee d is displayed . Overriding the speed Applies to: vehicles with cruise control system You can a lso press the accelerator pedal down to increase you r speed, for example if you want to pass someone. The speed you set earlier will re sume as soo n as you release the accelerator ped a l. However, if you are driving cons iderably faster than the stored speed for a long period of time, the cruise cont rol system will temporarily switch off . The A;[l)~i4

(USA models) !l'I (Canada mod e ls) indica t or light in the inst rument cluste r turns off and t he stored speed is main t aine d . Preselecting a speed Applies to : vehicles with cruise control system You can pre-select your desired spe ed when the vehicle is stationary. ,. Switch the ign ition on . . Pull the lever into position c> page 76, fig. 78 . ,. To increase or decrease the speed, push t he lev-

er towar d 0 10 . . To store t he speed disp layed, release the lever . This funct io n ma kes it poss ible, for examp le, to save t he spee d you wan t before dr iving on the highway. Once on t he highw ay, act ivat e the 0 co

......

"' ,....

"' ...... 0 0

:::, 00 Assistance systems cruise contro l system by pull ing the lever towa rd the position -

Switching off Applies to: vehicles with cruise control system Deactivating temporarily Press the brake pe dal, or Press the lever into position @ (not clicked into place) c> page 76, fig. 78, or Drive for longer t han five minutes at more than 6 mph (10 km/h) above the sto red speed . Switching off completely Press the lever into position @ (clicked into place), or Switch the ignit ion off. The speed you stored will be maintained cruise contro l has been switched off temporarily. To resume the stored speed, re lease the bra ke pedal and pull the lever into pos ition -

if the Switching t he ignition off will erase the stored speed. A WARNING

,_ You should only resume the sto red speed if it is not too high fo r existing t raff ic conditions. Ot he rwise you can increase the risk of an acci dent. 77 A ss is tance s y s tems Audi side assist Description Applies to: vehicles with Audi side assist Fig. 79 Sensor detection range Fig. 80 Display on t he exterio r mirr or Side assist helps you monitor your blind spot and traffic behind your vehicle . Within the limits of the system, it warns you about vehicles that are coming closer or that are traveling with you with in sensor range (D fig. 79: if a lane change is classified as critical, the display @ in the exter io r mirror fig. 80 turns on. The display in the left exter ior mirror provides as sis t ance whe n mak ing a lane change to the left, while the disp lay in t he right exterior mirror pro vides assistance when making a lane cha nge to the right . Information stage As long as you do not activate the turn signal, side assist informs you abou t veh icles t hat a re detected and class ified as crit ical. The disp lay in the mi rror turns on, but is dim . The display remains dim in t he info rmat ion stage so that your view t oward the front is not distur bed. 78 Warning stage If you activate the turn signal, side assist warns you about vehicles that are detected and classi fied as critica l. The d isp lay in the respective mir ror blinks bright ly. If this happens, check traffic by g lancing in the exter ior mirrors and over your shou lder c:> .& in General information on page 79.

{!) Tips

- You can adjust the brightness on of the dis play on the rea rview mirror c:> page 80 .

- Please refer to the instructions for towing a trailer located in page 79. General information Applies to : vehicles with Audi side assist Fig. 81 Driving sit uati ons Fig. 82 Rear of t he vehicle: posit ion of the sensors Side assist functions at speeds above approxi mately 19 mph (30 km/h).

@ Vehicles that are approaching In certain cases, a vehicle will be classified as critica l for a lane change even if it is still some what far away . The faste r a vehicle approaches, the sooner the display in the exterior mirror will turn on.

@ Vehicles traveling with you Vehicles traveling with you are indicated in the exterior mirror if they are classified as critical for a lane change. All vehicles detected by side assist are indicated by the time they enter your "blind spot", at the latest. Vehicles you are passing If you slowly pass a vehicle that side assist has detected (the difference in speed between the vehicle and your vehicle is less than 9 mph (lS km/h)), the display in the exterior mirror turns on as soon as the vehicle enters your blind spot . The display will not tu rn on if you quickly pass a vehicle that side assist has detected (the differ ence in speed is greater than 9 mph (15 km/h)). Functional limitations The radar sensors are desig ned to detect the left lan es when the road lanes are and right adjacent the normal width . In some situations, the display in the exterior mirror may turn on even though there is no vehicle located in the area that is criti cal for a lane change. For example:

- If the lanes are narrow or if your are driving on the edge of your lane. If this is the case , the system may have detected a vehicle in another lane that is not adjacent to your current lane.

- If you are driving through a curve . Side assist may react to a vehicle that is one lane over from the adjacent lane .

- If side assist reacts to other objects (such as high or displaced guard rails).

- In poor weather conditions . The side assist functions are limited. Do not cover the radar sensors c!:> fig. 82 with stickers, deposits, bicycle whee ls or other ob-

0 co

......

"' ,....

"' ...... 0 0

:::, 00 Assistance systems jects, because they will impair the function. Do not use side assist when towing a trai ler. For in formation on cleaning, see c!:> page 185 . A WARNING

=

- Always pay attention to traffic and to the

-

area around your vehicle. Side assist cannot replace a driver's attention. The driver alone is always respons ible for lane changes and similar dr iving maneuve rs .

- In some situations, the system may not function or its function may be limited. For examp le:

- If vehicles are approaching or being left behind very quickly. The disp lay may not turn on in time.

- In poor weather conditions such as heavy rain, snow or heavy mist.

- On very wide lanes, in tight curves, or if there is a rise in the road surface. Vehicles in the adjacent lane may not be detected because they are outside of the sensor range.

(D Note The sensors can be displaced by impacts or damage to the bumper, wheel housing and underbody. This can impair the system. Have an authorized Audi dealer or author ized Audi Service Facility check their funct ion .

(D Tips

- If the window glass in the dr iver's door or front passenger's door has been tinted, the display in the exterior mirror may be incor rect .

- For an explanation on conform ity with the FCC regulat ions in the United States and the Industry Canada regulat ions, see c!:> page 215. 79 Assistance systems Switching on and off Applies to: vehicles with Aud i side assist Fig. 83 Driver's door : side assist butto n

.,. Press the button to switch the system on and off <=> & in General information on page 79 . The LED in the button turns on when side assist is swit ched on. Adjusting the display brightness Applies to: vehicles with Audi side assist The display brightness can be adjusted in the In fotainment system . ,. Select : the ICARI function button > (Car) Sys tems* control button > Driver assist > Audi side assist. The display brightness adjusts automatically to the br ightness of the surroundings, both in the information and in the warning stage. In very dark or very br ight surroundings, the automat ic adjustment will set the display t o the min im um or maximum level. I n such cases, you may not ice no change when adjusting the brightness, or the change may only be noticeable once the sur roundings change. Adjust the brightness to a level where the display in the information stage will not disrupt your view ahead. If you change the brightness, the dis play in the exter ior mirror wi ll briefly show the brightness level in the information stage . The brightness of the warning stage is li nked to the brightness in the information stage and is adjust ed along with the information stage . 80

@ Tips

- Side assist is not active while you are mak ing the adjustment.

- Your settings are automatically stored and assigned to the remote control key being used. Messages Appli es to : vehicles with Audi side assist If side assist switches off by itself, the LED in the button turns off and a message will appear in the instrument cluster display:

Audi side assist: Unavailable . Sensor vision The radar sensor vision is impaired. Do not cover the area in front of the sensors with bike wheels, stickers, dirt or other objects. Clean the area in front of the sensors, if necessary i::> page 78, fig. 82 . Audi side assist: Unavailable. Side assist cannot be switched on at this time be cause there is a malfunction (for example, the battery charge level may be too low). Audi side assist: System fault!

The system cannot guarantee that it will detect vehicles correct ly and it has switched off . The sensors have been moved or are fa ulty . Have the system checked by an authorized Audi dealer or authorized Audi Service Facility soon . Audi side assist: Unavailable when towing Side assist switches off automatically when a fac tory- installed trailer hitch is connected to the electrical connector on the trailer. There is no guarantee the system will switc h off when using a retrofitted trailer hitch. Do not use side assist when towing a trailer . Audi drive select Introduction Appl ies t o: vehicles wit h Audi drive select Drive select makes it possible to experience dif ferent types of vehicle sett ings in one vehicle. The driver can select from three modes, Comfort, ..,. Assistance systems Selecting the driving mode Applies to: vehicles with Audi drive select Fig. 84 Center console : drive select button

.,. To set the mode, press the ~:1;:e'i button repeat edly until the desired mode is d isplayed in the instrument cluster. Or

.,. Select in the Infotainment system: ICARlfunc-

tion button > Comfort, Auto or Dynamic. You can change the driving mode when the vehi cle is stationary or while driving . If traff ic per mits, after changing modes, briefly take your foot off the accelerator pedal so that t he recently selected mode is also activated for the engine. Comfort - provides a comfort-or iented vehicle setup and is suited fo r long drives on h ighways. Automatic - provides an overall comfortable yet dynamic driving feel and is suited for everyday use. Dynamic - gives the driver a sporty driving fee l and is suited to a sporty driving style. A WARNING Pay attention drive select to reduce the risk of an accident. to traffic when operating the Auto and Dynamic, using the r:l.l'e'i button in the center console or by using the Infotainment sys tem . This allows you to switch between a sporty and a comfortable driving mode, for examp le. Description Applies to: vehicles with Audi drive select The following systems, among other things, are influenced by drive select:

Engine and automatic transmission Depending on the mode, the engine and auto mat ic transmission more balanced manner to accelerator pedal movements. In the sporty dynamic mode, the transmission shifts at higher speed ranges . respond more quickly or in a Suspension control*

The suspension control uses sensors to record in formation regarding steering movements, brak ing and accelerat ion operations by the driver, as well as information about the road surface, dr iv ing speed, and load. With dr ive select, you can adjust the suspension control to sporty (dynam ic), comfortable (comfort) or balanced (auto). Steering The steering adapts in terms of steering assis tance . Indirect steering that moves easily as in comfort mode is especially su ited to long dr ives on a highway. In contrast, dynamic mode pro vides sporty, direct steering. Cornering light*

The cornering light adapts to driving on curves. The pivot ing action and the lighting also adapt to the mode.

(D Tips The S selector lever position automatically en gages if the dynamic mode is selected. a co

...... N r---. N

.-<

0 0

::, co 81 Parking systems Parking General Applies to: vehicles with a rea r parking syste m/pa rking sys tem plus/rearv iew camera systems information Depending on your vehicle's equipment, various parking aids will help you when parking and ma neuvering. The rear parking system is an audible parking aid that warns you of obstacles behind the vehicle page 83. The parking system plus assists you when park ing by audibly and visually indicating objects de tected in front of and behind the veh icle page 83. The rearview camera shows the area behind the vehicle in the Infotainment system display . The lines in the rearview camera image help you to park or maneuver page 84. _& WARNING

- Always look for traff ic and check the area

-

around your vehicle by looking at it directly as well . The parking system cannot replace the driver's attention. The driver is always responsible when entering or leaving a park ing space and during similar maneuvers.

- Please note that some surfaces, such as clothing, are not detected by the system.

- Sensors and cameras have blind spots in which people and objects cannot be detect ed. Be especially cautious of small children and animals.

- Always pay attention to the area around the vehicle - using the rearview mirror, too.

- The sensors can be displaced by impacts or damage to the radiator grille, bumper, wheel housing and the underbody . The park ing system may be impaired as a result. Have an authorized Audi dealer or author ized Audi Service Facility check their func t ion.

- Make sure the sensors are not obstructed by stickers, deposits or other materia ls. If they are, the sensor function could be impaired. 82 For additional information on cleaning, see page 185 .

(D Note

- Some objects are not detected or displayed by the system under certain circumstances:

- objects such as barrier chains, trailer draw bars, vertical poles or fences

- objects above the sensors such as wall ex tensions

- objects with certain surfaces or structures such as chain link fences or powder snow

- If you continue driving closer to a low ob ject, it may disappear from the sensor range. Note that you will no longer be warned about th is obstacle.

@ Tips

- The system may provide a warning even though there are no obstacles in the cover age area in some situations, such as:

- certain road surfaces or when there is tall grass

- external ultrasonic sources such as from cleaning vehicles

- in heavy rain, snow, or thick vehicle ex haust

- We recommend that you practice parking in location or parking lot to be a traffic-free come familiar with the system . When doing this, there should be good light and weath er conditions.

- The sensors must be kept clean and free of snow and ice for the parking aid to operate . For information on cleaning, see page 185.

- You can change the volume and pitch of the signals as well as the display page 87.

- Please refer to the instructions for towing a trailer located in page 88.

- What appears in the infotainment display is somewhat time-delayed. Parking systems Rear parking system Parking system plus Description Applies to: vehicles with rear parking system Description Applies to: veh icles with park ing system plus The rear parking system is an audible parking aid . Parking system plus provides audio and visual signals when parking. There is a sensor in the rear bumper cover . If these detect an obstacle, audible signals warn you . Make sure the sensors are not covered by stick ers, deposits or any other obstructions as it may impair the sensor function. For information on cleaning , see page 185 . The range at which the sensors begin to measure is approximately:

rear side center 3 ft (0.90 m) 5.2 ft (1.60 m) The closer you get to the obstacle, the shorter the interval between the audible signals . A con tinuous tone sounds when the obstacle is less than approximately 1 foot (0.30 meters) away. Do not cont inue back ing up .& in General infor mation on page 82, c:>(D in General information on page 82!

If the distance to an obstacle remains constant, the volume of the distance warning gradually drops after about four seconds (th is does not ap ply in the continuous tone range) . Activating The parking system activates automatically when the reverse gear is selected. A br ief confirmation tone will sound . a co

...... N r--. N

'"' 0 0

::, co Fig. 85 Illust rat io n:

Sensors are located in the front and rear bump ers. If these detect an obstacle, audib le and visu al signals warn you. Make sure the sensors are not covered by stick ers, deposits or any other obstructions as it may impair the sensor function. For information on cleaning, see c:>page 185. The display fie ld begins approximately at :

@

4 ft (1.20 m) 3 ft (0 .90 m) 5.2 ft (1.60 m) 3 ft (0 .90 m) The close r you get to the obstacle , the shorter the int erval between the audible signals . A con tinuous ton e sounds when the obs ta cle is less than approximately 1 foot (0.30 meters) away. Do not continue driving forward or in reverse

.& in General information on page 82, (D in General information on page 82!

If t he distance to an obstacle remains constant , the volume of the distance warn ing gradually drops after about four seconds (this does not ap ply in the continuous tone range). 83 Parking systems Switching on/off Applies to: vehicles with park ing system plus Rearview camera Introduction Applies to: vehicles with parking system plus with rearview came ra Fig. 86 Center conso le: park ing aid button Fig. 88 Illustrat ion: cross parking Fig. 87 Infota inm ent system: visua l dista nce display Switching on Fig. 89 Illust rat ion: para llel parking In addition to parking system plus r=>page 83, this parking system also has a rearview camera. You can use cross parking for example, to park in a parking space or in a garage q fig. 88. You can use parallel parking if you would like to park on the side of the road q fig. 89 . . Shift into reverse, or

.. Press the P"'A button in the center console c> fig. 86. A short confirmat ion tone sounds and the LED in the button tur ns on. Switching off

.. Drive faster than 6 mph (10 km/h), or

.. Press the p,,.,A button, or

.. Switch the ignition off . Segments in the visual display The red segments in front of and behind the vehi cle 9 fig. 87 help you to determine the distance between you and a detected obstacle. As your ve hicle comes closer to the obstacle, the segments move closer to the vehicle. The collision area has been reached when the next to last segment is displayed . Do not continue driving forward or in reverse q .&. in General information on page 82, q (J) in General information on page 82!

84 General information Applies to: vehicles with parking system plus with rearv iew camera Fig. 90 Area covere d (D and are a not covered @ by the rea rview camera.

,.._ 0 0

::'>

co OJ

"' ~

0

::'>

co OJ Fig. 91 Luggage compartment view camer a lid : locat ion of the rear The rearview camera is located above the rear li ce nse plat e bracket. Make sure t hat the lens for the park ing system c> fig. 91 is not covered by de posi t s or any other obstructions because t his can affect the function of the parking system . For in formation on clean ing, see c>page 185 . Area (D represents the rearview camera coverage area c> fig . 90 . Only this area is shown in the Info tainment display. Objects that are in area @ , which is not covered, are not d isplayed . A WARNING

- Always read and follow the applicable warn ings c> .&. in General information on page 82.

- If the position and the installat ion ang le of the rearview came ra was changed, for ex amp le after a collis ion, do not contin ue to use the system for safety reasons. Have it checked by a n author ized Audi dealer or au thorized Audi Service Facility. a co

...... N r-,. N

'"' 0 0

::, co Parking syst ems

- Only use the rearv iew camera to ass ist you if it shows a good, clear picture. For example, the image may be affected by the sun shin ing into the lens, by dirt on the lens, or if there is a malfunction .

- Use the rearv iew camera on ly if the luggage compa rtment lid is comp letely closed . Make sure any objects you may have mounted on the luggage compar t ment lid do not block the rea rview camera.

- The camera lens enlarges and d istorts the f ield of vision . The object appears both a l t ered and inac curate on the screen.

- In ce rt ain s itu ations, people or objects in the display appea r closer or fa rther away:

- For objects that do not touc h the grou nd, such as the bumper of a parked vehicle, a trailer hitch or the rear of a truck . Do not use the orie ntation lines in this case .

- If driven from a level s urface onto an in cline, or a downward slope .

- If driven toward protruding objects.

- If the vehicle is carrying too much load in the rear.

(D Note

- Always read and follow the applicable wa rn ings c>(D in General information on page 82.

- The orange-co lored orientation lines in t he Infotainment display show the vehicle path based on the steering wheel ang le . The front of the vehicle swings out more than the rear of the vehicle. Maintain plenty of distance so that a n exterior m irror or a cor ner of the vehicle does not coll ide with any obstacles. Switching on/off Applies to: vehicles with parking system plus with rearview camera Switching on

... Shift into reverse, or

... Press the Pw.A. but t on in t he center console c> page 84, fig . 86 . A short confirmation sounds and the LED in the butto n tur ns on. tone Ill>-

85 Parking systems Switching between the rearview camera and optical display

.. Press the Graphic control button t=:> page 86, fig. 92 to see the optical display. Press the Rear view control button to see the rearview camera image. Switching off

.. Drive faster than 6 mph (10 km/h), or

.. Press the p,,.,.6. button, or Switch the ignition off .

@ Tips The visual display in the left part of the dis play should help you detect the critical veh icle areas. . The orange orientation lines (D show the direc lines appear tion of travel of the vehicle. Turn the steering wheel unt il the orange orientation in the parking space t=:> fig. 92 . Use the mark ings @ to help you estimate the distance from an obstacle . Each marking represents approx i mately 3 ft (1 m). The blue area represents an extension of the vehicle's outline by approxi mately 16 ft (5 meters) to the rear . lines for assistance

.. While driving in reverse gear, adjust the steer ing wheel angle to fit the park ing space using the orange orientation A in General information on page 85, (D in General information on page 85 . @ marks the rear bumper . Stop the veh icle, at the latest, when the red orientation line borders an ob ject . Perpendicular parking Applies to: vehicles with parking system plus with rearv iew camera This view may be used when parking in a garage or in a parking space. Parallel parking Applies to : vehicles with parking system plus with rearview camera This view may be used when parallel parking along the side of a street. Fig. 92 Infota inme nt system: aimin g at a parking space Fig. 94 Infotainment space

: blue surfaces aligned in the pa rking Fig. 93 Info tainme nt system: align ing the veh icle

.. Turn the Infotainment system on and shift into reverse gear. Fig. 95 Infotai nment: contact of t he blue curved line with the curb II-

86 Parking on the right is described here . It is identi cal when parking on the left. If the re is an obstacle next to the pa rking space

(such as a wa ll), refer to "Information next to obstacles" page 87. for par king

~ Activate the tu rn signal.

~ Pos ition your vehicle next to a parked veh icle in front of the desired parking space. The d istance to this vehicle should be approximately 3 ft. (1 m) .

~ Turn the Infotainment system on and sh ift into reverse gear. The parking system is turned on and the Cross parking view is displayed.

~ Press the control button on the Infotainment unit (D fig. 94 . The Parallel parking view is displayed .

~ Backup and align you r vehicle so the blue a rea

@ borders on the rear end of the veh icle be hind you or on the parking space line .&. in General information on page 85, -Ol) in Gen eral information on page 85 . The blue area rep resents an extension of the veh icle's outline by approxim ately 16 ft (5 meters) to the rear. The long side of t he blue area shou ld be on the curb . The entire blue area must fit into the park ing space.

~ With the veh icle stopped, turn the steer ing whee l to the right as far as it will go.

~ Back int o the park ing space unti l the blue curve fig. 95 tou ches the curb .&. in General in formation on page 85, (Din General infor mation on page 85 . Stop the vehicle.

~ With the veh icle stopped, turn the steer ing wheel to the left as far as it will go .

~ Cont inue to back into the parking space unt il the veh icle is parked parallel to the curb &. in General information on page 85 , (Din General information on page 85 . @ ma rks the rea r bumpe r. Stop t he veh icle, at the lat est, when the red or ien t at io n line @ bo rders an ob ject . Keep an eye on the front of your vehicle whi le doing this. Parking next to obstacles

~ If the re is an obstacle (such as a wall) next to the

......

~ pa rking space, pos ition t he vehicle so t here is 8 mo re space on t hat side. Posi t ion the long side of g the blue surface so that the re is sufficient space 00 Parking sy stem s from the obstacle. The surface must not be touching . You will a lso need to start turning the stee ring wheel earlier . The blue curve r:=:> fig. 95 must not touch the obstacle and shou ld have suf ficien t room .

@ Note Keep eno ugh distance from the curb to re duce the risk of damage to the rims.

(D Tips The left or right orientation will be d isp layed , depend ing on the tu rn sig nal be ing used. lines and surfaces the display Adjusting and the warning Applies to : vehicles wit h parking system plus/rearview cam era tones The display and warning tones can be adjus ted in the Infotainment.

~ Select: the I CARI funct ion button > (Car) Sys tems* control butt on > Driver assist > Parking aid. Display On* - an optical display is shown for the parking system plus, a rearview came ra image is shown for parking system plus with rearview camera*. Off - when the parking system is switched off, only audib le signals are given . Signal tones Front volum e* - vol ume for the front area Rear volume - volume for the rear area Front frequency* - frequency for the front area Rear frequency - frequency for t he rea r a rea Music volume while parking - when t he par king system is turned on, the volume of t he audio/v id eo source is lowered The newly se lected level is demonstrated by the sound gene rat or. briefly

.,. 87 Parking system plus and rearview camera *

There is no distance warning for the rear. The front sensors remain activated . The visua l display switches to trailer mode . The rearview camera image will not show the orientation blue surfaces.

(D Tips Tra iler hitches that are not installed at the factory may cause the parking system to mal funct ion or they may restr ict its function. lines and the Parking sy stem s

(D Tips

- The warning tones can also be adjusted d i rect ly from the visua l display or the rearv iew camera image*. Simply press the Settings control button.

- Changed settings are act ivated when the parking system is switched on again.

- The settings are automatically stored and assigned to the remote control key that is in use. Error messages Applies t o: vehicles with parkin g system plus/rearview cam era There is an error in the system if the LED in the P,#A button is blinking and you hear a continuous alarm for a few seconds after switching on the parking system or when the parking system is al ready act ivated. If the error is not corrected be fore you switch off the ignit ion, the LED in the p,,;A button will blink the next t ime you sw itch on the pa rking system by s hift ing into reverse . symbol will appear in If a sensor is faulty, the~

front of/behind the vehicle in the Infotainment d isplay. If a rear sensor is faulty, only obstacles that are in areas @ and @ are displayed page 83, fig. 85. If a front sensor is faulty, on ly obstacles that a re in areas and @ are dis played. Drive to an authorized Audi dea ler or authorized Audi Serv ice Facility immediately malfunct io n corrected. to have t he hitch Trailer App lies to: vehicles with parkin g system plus/rearview cam era and t railer hitc h For veh icles using the trailer socket, the parking system rear sensors are not activated when you shift into reverse gear or whe n you press the p,,;A button . This results in the follow ing restr ictions . Parking system plus*

There is no d istance warning for the rear. The front sensors remain activated . The visual display sw itches to tra iler mode . 88 Intelligent Electronic control

(ESC) Technology stabilization Description Electronic stabilization control (ESC) supports driver safety . It reduces the risk of slipping and improves driving stability. ESC detects critica l sit uations such as the vehicle oversteering and un dersteer ing or the wheels are spinning. The vehi cle is stabilized by apply ing the brakes or reduc ing engine torque . When the ESC engages, the G1 indicator light blin ks in the instrument clus ter. The follow ing systems are integrated in the ESC:

Ant i-lock braking system (ABS) ABS prevents the wheels from locking when brak ing. The vehicle can still be steered even during hard brak ing. Apply steady pressure to the brake pedal. Do not pump the pedal. A pulsing in the brake pedal indicates that the system is acting to stabilize the vehicle . Brake assist system The brake assist system can decrease braking dis tance. It increases brak ing power when the driver presses the brake pedal quickly in emergency sit uations . You must press and hold the brake pedal unti l the dangerous sit uat ion is over. Anti-Slip Regulation (ASR) ASR reduces engine power when the drive wheels begin spinning and adapts the force to the road conditions . This makes it easier to start, acceler ate and dr ive up hills . Electronic differential lock (EDL) The EDL applies the brakes to a wheel that starts spinning and transfers the drive power to the other driving wheel or wheels (if the vehicle is equipped w ith all wheel dr ive*) . This function is not available at higher speeds. 0

~ In extreme cases, EDL automatically switches off

~ to keep the brake on the braked wheel from over-

N 8 heat ing. The vehicle is still work ing correctly . EDL 0

:::, 00 Intellig e nt Technology will switch on again automatically when condi tions have returned to normal. Steering recommendation The ESC helps to st abilize t he vehicle by changing t he steer ing torque . Selective wheel torque control Selective wheel torque control is used when driv ing on curves. The front wheel on the inside of t he curve or both wheels on the inside of the curve are braked selectively as needed. This al lows more precise dr iving in curves. Automatic post-collision braking system The "automat ic post -collis ion braking system"

can help to reduce the risk of sliding and of addi tiona l collisions after an accident. If the air bag contro l modu le detects a collision above a certa in vehicle speed, the vehicle is braked by the ESC. The vehicle does not brake automatically if:

- the dr iver presses the accelerator pedal, or

- the braking fo rce generated by the pressed brake pedal is greater than the braking force that would be initiated by the system, or

- the ESC, the brake system or the vehicle electri cal system are not functioning. A WARNING

- The ESC and its integrated systems cannot overcome the lim its imposed by natura l physical laws. This is especially impo rtant on slippery or wet roads. If the systems be gi n acting t o st abilize your vehicle, you should immedi at ely alter your speed to match t he road and t raffic conditions. Do not let the increased safety provided tempt you into taking risks. This could increase your risk of a collis ion.

- Please note the risk of a coll ision increases when dr iving fast, especially t hrough curves and on slippery or wet roads, and when dr iv ing too close to objects ahead. The ESC and its integrated systems cannot always pre vent collisions - t here is st ill a risk of acci dents!

89 Intelligent Technology

- Press the accelerator pedal carefully when accelerating on even, slippery surfaces such as ice and snow. The drive wheels can spin even when these control systems are instal led and this can affect driving stability and increase the risk of a collision.

{D) Tips

- The ABS and ASR only function correctly when all four wheels have a similar wear condition. Different tire sizes can lead to a reduction in engine power.

- You may hear noises when the systems de scribed are working . Switching on/off SC turns on automatically when you start the engine . The following examples are unusual situations where it may make sense to switch offroad mode on to allow the wheels to spin:

- Rocking the vehicle to free it when it is stuck

- Driving in deep snow or on loose ground

- Driving on rough te rrain when much of the car's we ight is lifted off the wheels (axle artic ula tion)

- Driving downh ill wh ile braking on loose g round For your safety, sw itch the offroad mode off in advance. Fig. 96 Center console : OFF~ button to function in levels. Depend The ESC is designed ing on the level selected, function is limited or switched off . The amount of stabilization control will differ depending on the level. the ESC stabilization Offroad mode on ESC/ASR off Offroad mode off or ESC/ASR on The ESC and ASR stabiliza-

tion functions are limited

.&.. Press the C; button briefly. II turns on. function The stabilization not available .&.. ESC and ASR are switched off. Press and hold the C; button longer than three seconds. II and lfilU~

turn on. is The fu ll stabilization func-

tion of the ESC and ASR is availab le again. Press the C; button again. II turns off or II and lfill~i turn off . Stabilization control (ESC): Stabilization control (ESC): Stabilization control (ESC):

offroad. Warning! Reduced Off . Warning! Reduced sta- On stability bility

... ESC levels Behavior Operation Indicator lights Messages 90 A WARNING You should only switch offroad mode on or switch ESC/ ASR off if your driving abilities and the traffic conditions perm it. There is a risk of slid ing.

- The stabilization function is limited when offroad mode is switched on. The driving wheels could spin and the vehicle could swerve, especially on slick or slip pery road surfaces.

- There is no vehicle stabilization when ESC/

ASR are switched off. Hill descent assist Applies to : vehicles with hill hold assist Hill descent assist makes it possible to drive down a hill at a constant speed. Intelligent Technology the vehicle speed within these limits by pressing the accelerator or brake pedal. However, there must be enough tract ion. Hill de scent assist cannot function as expected, if for example the hill is icy or if the surface is loose

,&.. in the instrument A blinking indicato r light. cluster w ill indicate if the system if actively regu lating a specific speed up to approximately 19 mph (30 km/h). The indicator light stays on continuously when in the ready mode. The system does not work at speeds between 19 and 37 mph (30 and 60 km/h) . The system is then in ready-mode . This is indicated by the LED in the button turning on. The system automat i cally switched off when you drive faster than 37 mph (60 km/h) . The LED will also turn off in this scenario . Hill descent assist is automatically activated un der the following conditions:

- the LED in the button turns on

- the vehicle speed is lowe r than 19 mph (30 km/

h)

- the incline angle is at least around 10%

Fig. 97 Center console : hill descent assist butto n

- Always adapt your speed to the weather, A WARNING

-

To switch the hill descent assist on, press the

~ button in the center console c} fig. 97. The LED in the button turns on. Press the button again to switch it off. The LED in the button turns off . Hill descent assist brakes all four whee ls auto matically in order to limit speed when driving ei ther forward or reverse on hills with a grade up to approximately 50% . When hill descent assist is on, the speed your ve hicle was traveling when it entered the hill is maintained . It is only possible to switch on the assist when driving slower than 37 mph (60 km/

h). The assist begins shortly after you start driv-

ing and continues up to approximate ly 19 mph

(30 km/h) . The driver can increase or decrease e

'.::

N r--. N .... 0 0

::,

(X) road and traffic conditions. Do not let the increased safety provided tempt you into taking risks, because this increases the risk of an accident.

- The hill descent assist system cannot over come the laws of physics. Your driving style must always be adapted to the current road and traffic conditions .

- Hill descent assist may not be able to hold your vehicle at a constant speed under all conditions while dr iving on a hill (for exam ple if ground under the vehicle is loose). Brakes New brake pads New brake pads do not achieve their full braking effect during the first 250 mi (400 km) . They must be "broken in" first . However, you can IJ,, 91 Inte l ligent Technology for the slightly reduced brak ing compensate force by pressing firmly on the brake peda l. Avoid heavy braking during the break -in per iod . W ear largely on t he way the Brake pad wear depends veh icle is driven and on operat ing cond it ions. This is especially t rue if you are driving frequently in the city and on curves or with a sporty driving style. Operating noise Noises may occur when bra king depend ing on the speed, braking force and outs ide cond itions such as temperature and humidity. Effect of water or road salt In ce rtain situations, fo r example after driving through water, in heavy ra in, afte r ove rnig ht con densat ion or after washing your car, the braking effe ct can be red uced by moisture or ice on the brake rotors and brake pads. The brakes must be

"dr ied" first with a few careful brake applica tions. At highe r speeds and with the windshie ld wipers turned on, the brake pads press against the brake rotors for a short amount of time . This action, which is not felt by the driver, happens at regular intervals and ensures a better reaction time for the brakes in wet weather. The braking effect can also be reduced if you are driving on salted roads and you do not apply the brakes for long periods of time. The laye r of salt on the brake rotors and brake pads must be worn off first when t he brakes a re applied ,& . Corrosion Leaving the vehicle par ked for long periods of time, low mi leage and avo id ing heavy brak ing can contribute to corrosion on the brake rotors and to d irty brake pads . If you usually avoid heavy braking or if there is corros ion present, occasional heavy braking at high speeds is recommended rotors and pads ,&. to clean the brake 92 Brake system malfunction if you no t ice th at the brake peda l t ravel has sud denly gotten failed .&.. larger, then a brake circuit may have Low brake fluid level When the brake fluid level is low, malfunctions in t he brake system may occur. The brake fl uid leve l is e lect ron ically moni t ored. Brake booster The brake booster amplifies the pressure you ap ply to the brake pedal. It only works when the en gine is runni ng ,&. 8, WARNING

- Only app ly t he bra kes for t he purpose of cleaning the brake sys t em when road and t raffic conditions permi t. You mus t not en danger other roa d users . This increases the risk of an accident.

-

- Never let the ve hicle roll whi le the engine is stopped because t his increases the risk of an accident .

(D Note

- Never let the brakes "rub'' by pressing the peda l lightly when braking is not actually necessary . This causes t he brakes to over heat and increases braking distance and causes wear.

- Before driving downhill a long d istance on a steep hill, decrease your speed and select a lower gear. This makes use of the engine brak ing effect and relieves the brakes . If you need to bra ke add it iona lly, bra ke in in te rvals and not cont inuous ly.

(D Tips

- If the brake booster is not working, you must press the brake peda l with much more forc e than normal.

- If you retrofit your veh icle with a front spo il er, wheel covers or sim ila r items, make su re t hat the air flow to t he fro nt wheels is not inter rup t ed. Ot herwise t he brake system can be come too hot. Electromechanical steering The electromechanical steering supports the driver's steering movements. Power steering adapts electronically based on the veh icle speed . Ind icator lights and messages Steering fault! Do not drive vehicle!

If th is ind icator light tu rns on and stays on a nd this message appears, the power steer ing may have failed. Do not cont inue d riving. See an authorized Aud i dea ler or autho rized Aud i Serv ice Facility fo r as sis t ance. If the indicator light turns on, the steering wheel may be more diff icult to move or more sensitive than usual. The steering wheel may also be at an angle when dr iving straight

. Drive s low ly to an author ized Audi dealer or au thor ized Audi Service Facility to have the mal function co rrected. kr-ij Steering lock: System fault ! Please contact dealer. There is a malfunction lock. in the electronic steering Drive to an authorized Aud i dea ler or aut horized Audi Service Facility immediately malfunction corrected. to have the Intellig e nt Technology All wheel drive Applies to: vehicles with all wheel drive

(quattro) In all wheel drive, all four wheels are powered. General information In all whee l dr ive, the dr iving power is divided be tween all fou r wheels . This happens automatical ly depending on your driving behavior as we ll as the cur rent road conditions . Also see page 89 . The all whee l dr ive concept is des igned for high engine power. Your vehicle is except iona lly pow erfu l and has excellent driving characteristics both under normal driving conditions and on snow and ice. Always read and follow safety pre cautions q .&,. Winter ti res By using all whee l dr ive, your veh icle has good forward motion w ith standard tires in winter con ditions . However, using winter or all season tires on all four wheels in the winter is recommended, because th is w ill improve the braking effect. Snow chains If there a re snow chain laws, snow cha ins m ust also be used on ve hicles with all wheel drive page 181, Snow chains . Replacing tires For vehicle s wit h a ll wheel d rive, o nly wheels wit h the same roll ing circu mfe rence sho uld be used. Avoid using tires with diff eren t tread depths page 173, New tires or wheels. A WARNING A WARNING Have the system malfunction corrected as soon as possible by an author ized Audi dealer or authorized Aud i Service Facility, as this in creases the risk of a n accident

(D Tips If the . indicator light only stays on for a short time, you may continue dr iving. or i1:.ij

. 0 co

......

"' ,....

"' ...... 0 0

:::, 00

-

- Also, in vehicles with all whee l drive, adapt your driving style to the current road and traffic cond itions. Do not let the increased safety prov ided tempt you into taking risks, because t his increases the risk of an acc i dent.

- The braking ab ility of your vehicle is limited to the tr ac t ion of t he wheels. In this way, it is not different from a two w heel d rive vehi to a cle. Do not be t empte d to accelerate high speed when t he ro ad is s lippery, be -

cause t his increases t he risk of an acci den t. .., 93 Inte l ligent Technology

- Note that on wet streets, the front wheels can "hyd roplane" if driving at speeds that are too high. Unlike front wheel drive vehicles, the engine does not rev highe r sud denly when the vehicle begins hydroplaning. For this reason, adapt your speed to the road conditio ns to reduce t he risk of an acci dent. Energy management The starting ability is optimized The energy management system manages the electrical energy distribution and optimizes the availability of electrical energy for starting the engine. When a vehicle w ith a conventional energy sys tem is not driven f or a long time, the vehicle bat tery is drained by equipment (for example, the immobilizer) . In certain circumstances, there could may not be enough energy to start the en gine . Your vehicle is equipped with an intelligent ener gy management system for distr ibut ing electric i ty . This significantly improves the starting ability and increases t he vehicle battery life . The energy management system Is made up of battery diagnosis, idling current management, and dynamic energy management . Battery diagnosis The batte ry diagnosis determines the vehicle bat tery charge level. The sensors dete rmine the bat tery voltage, the battery current, and the battery temperature. The current charge level and the performance of the vehicle battery are deter mined based on th is. Idling current management The idling current management decreases the energy used wh ile parked . With the engine switched off, it manages the energy distribution to the differe nt elect rical components. Data from t he batte ry diagnos is is taken into account fo r this. 94 Depending on t he vehicle batte ry charge level, electrica l equipment is switched off one item af te r the other to prevent t he vehicle battery from draining and to mainta in the starting abili ty. Dynamic energy management W hile driv ing, dynam ic energy manageme nt dis tribu t es the appropr iate amo unt of energy to t he electrica l equipment . It contro ls t he battery charge level so that the amount of energy is not greater than the amount being generated in or der to maintain an opt imal vehicle battery charge level.

(D Tips

- Energy management cannot overcome the laws of physics. Not e that the charge level and length of the vehicle bat te ry life are limited .

- Wh en the starting ability is endangered, the

() indicator light t urns on c::> pag e 13. What you should know Maintaining the starting ability is the highest priority. A lot of st ress is placed on the vehicle battery whe n driving short distances, during city driving, and at cold times of t he year. A lot of energy is used but lit t le is generated . It is also critical whe n the engi ne is not running but electrical equipmen t is swit ched on. In t his case, energy is used but none is generate d. In situ ati ons like t his, energy management w ill act ively regulate the distr ibution of energy. Long periods without use If you do not dr ive your vehicle f or several days or weeks, electrica l equipment is gradually scaled back or switched off . This reduces energy use and ensures t he vehicle will be able t o st art aft er long periods of t ime. Some convenience f unct ions, such as int erior lig htin g, may not be available un der cert ain circumsta nces. These convenience f unct ions w ill be available again once you switch t he ignit ion on and start the engine. ,. With th e engine switched off The vehicle battery will d rain if you use Infota in ment functions such as listening to the radio while the engine is switched off . The vehicle 's ability to start may be impaired by the energy use, a message will appear in the In fotainment system disp lay. ind icates that the system will The message switch off au t omati cally soon. If you wou ld like to continue using the funct ions, you must st art the engine. With the engine running Although electrical energy is gene rated whi le d riving, the vehicle battery can drain. This can happen if little energy is gene rated but much is used, and the charge leve l of the veh icle ba t tery is not optima l. To restore the ba lance of energy, components that requ ire large amo unts of energy are tempo rar ily scaled bac k or switched off. Heating sys tems in part icular requi re a g reat deal of energy. If you notice, for example, that the seat heating*

or rear window defogger has been temporarily These systems are available again as soon as the e nergy supply has been restored. reduced or switched off. is not working, then it In addition, you may notice that the idle speed has slightly increased. That is norma l and no cause for concern. By increasing the idling speed, the add itional required energy will be generated and the vehicle battery will be cha rged. Notice about data recorded Data Recorder vehicle control modules by the Event and Event Data Recorder This vehicle is equipped with an Event Data Re corder (EDR). The main purpose of an EDR is to record, in certain crash or near crash-like situa tions, such as an a irbag deployment or hitting a road obstacle, data that will assist in understand ing how a veh icle's systems performed. The EDR 0 co

......

"' ,....

"' ...... 0 0

:::, 00 Intellig e nt Technology is des igned to record data related to vehicle dy namics and safety systems for a short period of t ime, typ ically 30 seconds or less. The EDR in this vehicle is designed to record such data as:

- How various systems in your vehicle were oper ating;

- W het her or not t he drive r and passenge r safety be lts were buckled/fastened;

- How far (if at al l) the driver was depressing the accelerator and/or brake pedal; and,

- How fast t he vehicle was traveling. These data can help provide a better understand in wh ich crashes and in ing of the circumstances juries occur. NOTE: EDR da t a a re recorded by your vehicle on ly if a non-trivial crash situation occurs;

no data are re corded by t he EDR under normal driving conditions and no persona l data (e .g ., name, gender, age, and crash location) are re corded. However, other parties, such as law en forcement, could comb ine the EDR data with the type of personally quired during a crash investigation . identifying data rout inely ac To read data recorded by an EDR, special equip ment is required, and access to the vehicle or the EDR is needed. In addition to the vehicle manu fact urer, other pa rt ies, such as law e nforcement, that have t he special eq uipment, can read the in fo rmat ion if they have access to the vehicle or the EDR. Some state laws restrict the retrieval o r down load ing of data sto red by ED Rs installed cle for t he exp ress purpose of retriev ing data af te r an accident or cras h event without the ow n er's consent

. in a ve hi Audi will not access the EDR and/or sim ila r data or give it t o others -

- unless the ve hicle owner (or lessee if the vehi cle has been leased) agrees; or

- upon the official request by the police; or

- upon the order of a court of law or a govern-

ment agency; or

- for the defense of a lawsuit thro ugh t he judicia l discovery process.

- Audi may a lso use the data for research abo ut veh icle operation and safety performance or

.,,. 95 Inte l ligent Technology provide the data to a third party for research purposes without identifying the specific vehi cle or information about the identity of its own er or lessee and only after the recorded vehicle data has been accessed. Vehicle control modules Your vehicle is also equipped with a number of electronic contro l mod ules for various vehicle systems, such as engine management, emission control, airbags, and safety belts. These electronic control modules record data during normal vehicle operation that may be needed by trained technicians for diagnostic and repair purposes. The recording capability of these modules is limited to data (no sound is record ed) . Only a small amoun t of data is actually re corded over a very limited per iod of time, or stor ed when a system fau lt is detected by a control module. Some of the data sto red may relate to vehicle spee d, direct ion, or braking, as well as re straint system use and perfo rmance in the event of a crash. Stored data can also only be read and downloaded with special equipment that is di rectly connected to the vehicle.

(D Tips Your vehicle may be equipped with Audi con nect . Your use of certain Audi connect fea tures requires wireless se rvices that are pro vided by a third party wireless te lecommuni cations provider. For detai ls regarding how in forma tion obtained th rough Audi connect is collected, processed, t ransmitte d, used , and shared, please see your contrac t with the wireless telecommunic at ions provider an d the

"About Audi connect" tab in your vehicle's MMI: !ME N UI button> Audi connect > About Audi connect. 96 safety Driving Basics Safe driving habits Please remember - safety first!

The individual safety features of your vehicle can work together as a system to help protect you and your passengers in a wide range of accidents. These features cannot work as a system if they are not always correctly adjusted and correctly used. This chapter contains important information, tips, instructions and warnings that you need to read and observe for your own safety, the safety of your passengers and others . We have summar ized here what you need to know about safety belts, airbags, child restraints as well as child safety. Your safety is for us priority number 1. Al ways observe the information and warnings in this section - for your own safety as well as that of your passengers. The information in this section applies to all model versions of your vehicle. Some of the fea tures descr ibed in this sections may be standard equipment on some models, or may be optional equipment on others. If you are not sure, ask your authorized Audi dealer. Driving safety Important things to do before driving Safety is everybody's job! Vehicle and occupant safety always depends on the informed and care ful driver. For your safety and the safety of your passen gers, before driving always:

.. Make sure that all lights and signals are operat ing correctly. . Make sure that the tire pressure is correct . . Make sure that all windows are clean and afford good visibility to the outside . ,. Secure all luggage and other items carefully page 102, page 45. ,. Make sure that noth ing can interfere with the pedals. . Adjust front seat, head restraint and mirrors correctly for your height. . Instruct passengers to adjust the head re straints according to their height. . Make sure to use the right child restraint cor rectly to protect children page 134, Child safety. ,. Sit properly in your seat and make sure that your passengers do the same page 42, Front seats. . Fasten your safety belt and wear it properly. Al so instruct your passengers to fasten their safe ty belts properly page 106 . A WARNING

- Always make sure that you follow the in structions and heed the WARNINGS in this Manual. It is in your interest and in the in terest of your passengers .

- Always keep the complete Owner's Litera ture in your Audi when you lend or sell your vehicle so that this important information will always be available to the driver and passengers.

- Always keep the Owner's literature handy so that you can find it easily if you have ques tions. 0 co

......

"' ,....

"' ...... 0 0

:::, 00

-

What impairs driving safety?

Safe driving is directly related to the condition of the vehicle, the driver as well as the driver's abili ty to concentrate on the road without being dis tracted. The driver is responsible for the safety of the ve hicle and all of its occupants. If your ability to drive is impaired, safety risks for everybody in the vehicle increase and you also become a hazard to everyone else on the road _&.. Therefore:

.. Do not let yourself be distracted by passengers or by using a cellular telephone . . NEVER drive when your driving ability is im paired (by med ications, alcohol, drugs, etc .). . Observe all traffic laws, rules of the road and speed limits and plain common sense . ,. 97 Dr iv ing sa fety ALWAYS adjust your speed to road, traffic and Adj ust the steering wheel so that the steer ing weather conditions. Take frequent breaks on long trips. Do not drive wheel and airbag cover points at your chest and not at your face . for more than two hours at a stretch. Grasp the top of the steering wheel with your Do NOT drive when you are tired, under pres elbow(s) slightly bent. sure or whe n you are stressed . A WARNING Impaired dr iving safety increases t he risk of ser ious persona l inju ry and death whenever a vehicle is being used. Correct passenger positions seating Proper seating position for the driver The proper driver seating position is important for safe, relaxed driving . Fig. 98 Correct seating pos it ion For your own safety and to reduce the risk of in jury in the event of an accident, we recommend that you adjust the driver 's seat to the following position :

Adjust the dr iver's seat so tha t you can easily push the pedals all the way to the floor whi le keeping your knee(s) s light ly bent ~ ,A . Adjust the angle of the seatback so that it is in an upright position so that your back comes in full contact with it when you drive. Adjust the steering wheel so that there is a dis tance of at least 10 inches (25 cm) between the stee ring wheel and your breast bone ~ fig . 98 . If not possib le, see you r authorized Audi dea le r about adapt ive eq uipment. 98 Adjust the head restraint so the uppe r edge is as even as possib le with the top of your head . If tha t is not possib le, try to adjust the head re strai nt so t hat it is as close to this pos it ion as possible. Fasten and wear safety belts correctly r=>page 109. Always keep both feet in the footwell so that you are in contro l of the veh icle at all t imes . For de tailed informa t ion on how t o adju st t he dr iver's seat, see r=!) page 42 .

-

A WARNING Drivers who are unbelted, out of position or too close to the airbag can be seriously in jured by an airbag as it unfo lds. To help re duce the risk of serious personal injury:

- Always adju st the driver 's seat and the steering whee l so that there are at least 10 inches (25 cm) between your breastbone and the steering wheel.

- Always hold the steering wheel on the out side of the steering wheel rim with your hands at t he 9 o'clock and 3 o'clock posi tions to help reduce t he risk of personal in jury if the driver's airbag inflates.

- Never hold t he stee ring wheel at the 12 o'clock position or wit h you r hands at ot her posi t ions ins ide the steer ing whee l rim or on the steeri ng wheel hub. Holding the steering wheel the wrong way can cause serious inju ries to the hands, arms and head if the drive r's airbag dep loys.

- Pointing the steering wheel towa rd your face decreases the ability of the supplemen tal driver's airbag to protect you in a coll i sion.

- Always sit in an upright pos ition and never lean aga inst or place any part of your body too close to the area where the airbags are located.

- Before driving, always adjust the front seats and head restraints properly and make sure that all passengers are properly restrained.

- Never adjust the seats while the vehicle is moving. Your seat may move unexpectedly and you could lose control of the vehicle.

- Never drive with the backrest reclined or tilted far back! The farther the backrests are tilted back, the greater the risk of injury due to incorrect positioning of the safety belt and improper seating position .

- Children must always ride in child safety seats page 134 . Special precautions ap ply when installing a child safety seat on the front passenger seat page 114 . Proper seating position for the front passenger The proper front passenger seating position is important for safe, relaxed driving. For your own safety and to reduce the risk of in jury in the event of an accident, we recommend that you adjust the seat for the front passenger to the following position:

Adjust the ang le of the seatback so that it is in an upright position and your back comes in full contact with it whenever the vehicle is moving. Adjust the head restraint so the upper edge is as even as possible with the top of your head. If that is not possible, try to adjust the head re straint so that it is as close to this position as possible page 43. Keep both feet flat on the floor in front of the front passenger seat . Fasten and wear safety belts correctly page 109. For detailed information on how to adjust the front passenger's seat, see page 42 . A WARNING Front seat passengers who are unbelted, out of pos ition or too close to the airbag can be ser iously injured or killed by the airbag as it unfolds . To help reduce the risk of serious personal injury:

0 co

......

"' ,....

"' ...... 0 0

:::, 00 Driving safety

- Passengers must always sit in an upright po sition and never lean against or place any part of their body too close to the area where the airbags are located .

- Passengers who are unbelted, out of posi tion or too close to the airbag can be seri ously injured by an airbag as it unfolds with great force in the blink of an eye.

- Always make sure that there are at least 10 inches (25 cm) between the front pas senger's breastbone and the instrument panel.

- Each passenger must always sit on a seat of their own and properly fasten and wear the safety belt belonging to that seat .

- Before driving, always adjust the front pas senger seat and head restraint properly .

- Always keep your feet on the floor in front of the seat . Never rest them on the seat, in strument panel, out of the window, etc. The airbag system and safety belt will not be able to protect you properly and can even in crease the risk of injury in a crash.

- Never drive with the backrest reclined or tilted far back! The farther the backrests are tilted back, the greater the risk of injury due to incorrect positioning of the safety belt and improper seating position.

- Childr en must always ride in child safety seats page 134. Special precautions ap ply when installing a child safety seat on the front passenger seat page 114. Proper seating positions for passengers in rear seats Rear seat passengers must sit upright with both feet on the floor consistent with their physical size and be properly restrained whenever the ve hicle is in use. To reduce the risk of injury caused by an incorrect seating position in the event of a sudden braking maneuver or an accident, your passengers on the rear bench seat must always observe the follow ing :

Make sure that the seatback is securely latched in the upright position page 47 . ,. 99 Driving safety If there is a passenger on the rear center seat ing position, slide the center head restraint up ward at least to the next notch page 44. Keep both feet flat in the footwell in front of the rear seat . Fasten and wear safety belts properly page 109. Make sure that children are always properly re strained in a child restraint that is appropriate for their size and age page 134. A WARNING Passengers who are improperly seated on the rear seat can be seriously injured in a crash.

- Each passenger must always sit on a seat of their own and properly fasten and wear the safety belt belonging to that seat.

- Safety belts only offer maximum protection when the seatback is securely latched in the upright position and the safety belts are properly positioned on the body. By not sit ting upright, a rear seat passenger increases the risk of personal injury from improperly positioned safety belts!

- Always adjust the head restraint properly so that it can give maximum protection. Proper adjustment of head restraints Correctly adjusted head restraints are an impor tant part of your vehicle's occupant restraint sys tem and can help to reduce the risk of injuries in accident situations . Fig. 99 Head restraint: viewed from the front The head restraints must be correctly adjusted to achieve the best protection. 100 Adjust the head restraints so the upper edge is as even as possible with the top of your head. If that is not possible, try to adjust the head re straint so that it is as close to this position as possible fig. 99. If there is a passenger on the rear center seat ing position, slide the center head restraint up ward at least to the next notch . Adjusting head restraints page 43. A WARNING All seats are equipped with head restraints . Driving without head restraints or with head restraints that are not properly adjusted in creases the risk of serious or fatal neck injury dramatica lly. To help reduce the risk of injury:

- Always drive with the head restraints in place and properly adjusted.

- Every person in the vehicle must have a properly adjusted head restraint.

-Always make sure each person in the vehicle properly adjusts their head restraint. Adjust the head restraints so the upper edge is as even as possible with the top of your head. If that is not possible, try to adjust the head restraint so that it is as close to this position as possible.

- Never attempt to adjust head restraint while driving. If you have driven off and must adjust the driver headrest for any rea son, first stop the vehicle safely before at tempting to adjust the head restraint.

- Children must always be properly restrained in a child restraint that is appropriate for their age and size page 134. Examples of improper seating positions The occupant restraint system can only reduce the risk of injury if vehicle occupants are properly seated. Improper seating positions can cause serious in jury or death . Safety belts can only work when they are properly positioned on the body. Im proper seating positions reduce the effectiveness of safety belts and will even increase the risk of injury and death by moving the safety belt to

.,.. critical areas of the body . Improper seating posi tions also increase the risk of serious injury and death when an airbag deploys and strikes an oc cupant who is not in the proper seating position. A driver is responsible for the safety of all vehicle occupants and especially for children . Therefore:

~ Never allow anyone to assume an incorrect seating position when the vehicle is being used c>&,. The following bulletins list only some sample po sitions that will increase the risk of serious injury and death. Our hope is that these examples will make you more aware of seating positions that are dangerous . Therefore, whenever th e vehicle is moving:

- never stand up in the vehicle

- never stand on the seats

- never kneel on the seats

- never ride with the seatback reclined

- never lie down on the seats

- never lean up against the instrument panel

- never sit on the edge of the seat

- never sit sideways

- never lean out the window

- never put your feet out the window

- never put your feet on the instrument panel

- never rest your feet on the seat cush ion or back of the seat

- never ride in the footwell

- never ride in the cargo area A WARNING Improper seating positions increase the risk of serious personal injury and death whenever a vehicle is being used.

-Always make sure that all vehicle occupants stay in a proper seat ing pos ition and are properly restrained whenever the vehicle is being used. 0 co

......

"' ,....

"' ...... 0 0

:::, 00 Driving safety Pedal area Pedals The pedals must always be free to move and must never be interfered with by a floor mat or any other object. Make sure that all pedals move freely without in terference and that nothing prevents them from returning to their original positions . Only use f loor mats that leave the pedal area free and can be secured with floor mat fasteners . If a brake circuit fails, increased brake pedal trav el is required to bring the vehicle to a full stop.

-

A WARNING

-

Pedals that cannot move freely can cause loss of vehicle control and increase the risk of seri ous injury.

- Never place any objects in the driver's foot well. An object could get into the pedal area and interfere with pedal funct ion. In case of sudden braking or an accident, you would not be able to brake or acce lerate!

-Always make sure that nothing can fall or move into the driver's footwell. Floor mats on the driver side Always use floor mats that can be securely at tached to the floor mat fasteners and do not in terfere with the free movement of the pedals.

~ Make sure that the floor mats are properly se cured and cannot move and interfere with the pedals c> &,. Use only floor mats that leave the pedal area un obstructed and that are firmly secured so that they cannot slip out of position . You can obtain suitable floor mats from your author ized Audi dealer. Floor mat fasteners are installed in your Audi. Floor mats used in your vehicle must be attached to these fasteners . Properly securing the floor 101 Driving safety mats will prevent them from sliding into posi tions that could interfere with the pedals or im pair safe operation of your vehicle in other ways. A WARNING Pedals that cannot move freely can result in a loss of vehicle control and increase the risk of serious personal injury.

- Always make sure that floor mats are prop erly secured.

- Never place or install floor mats or other floor coverings in the vehicle that cannot be properly secured in place to prevent them from slipping and interfering with the ped als or the ability to control the vehicle.

- Never place or install floor mats or other floor coverings on top of already installed floor mats. Addit ional floor mats and other coverings will reduce the size of the pedal area and interfere with the pedals.

- Always properly reinstall and secure floor mats that have been taken out for cleaning.

- Always make sure that objects cannot fall into the driver footwell while the veh icle is moving. Objects can become trapped under the brake pedal and accelerator pedal caus ing a loss of vehicle control. Storing cargo correctly Loading the luggage compartment All luggage and other objects must be properly stowed and secured in the luggage compart ment. a,

~

~

0

::i 00 OJ Fig. 100 Safe load positioning : place heavy objects as low and as far forward as possible. 102 Loose items in the luggage compartment can shift suddenly, changing vehicle handling charac teristics. Loose items can also increase the risk of serious personal injury in a sudden vehicle ma neuver or in a collision. ,. Distribute the load even ly in the luggag e com partment. ,. Always place and properly secure heavy items in the luggage compartment as low and as far for ward as possible fig . 100 . ,. Secure luggage using the t ie-downs provided page 47 . ,. Make sure that the rear seatback is securely latched in place. A WARNING Improperly stored luggage or other items can fly through the vehicle causing serious per sonal injury in the event of hard braking or an accident. To help reduce the risk of serious personal injury:

- Always put objects, for example, luggage or other heavy items in the luggage compart ment.

-Always secure objects in the luggage com partment using the tie-down eyelets and suitable straps. A WARNING Heavy loads will influence the way your vehi cle handles. To help reduce the risk of a loss of control leading to serious personal injury:

-Always keep in mind when transporting heavy objects, that a change in the center of gravity can also cause changes in vehicle handling:

- Always distribute the load as evenly as possible.

- Place heavy objects as far forward in the luggage compartment as possible.

- Never exceed the Gross Axle Weight Rating or the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating specified on the safety compliance sticker on the left door jamb. Exceeding permissible weight standards can cause the vehicle to slide and handle differently. Ill>-

- Please observe information on safe driving

- The tire pressure must correspond to the Driving safety

~ page 97. A WARNING To help prevent poisonous exhaust gas from being drawn into the vehicle, always keep the rear lid closed while driving .

- Never transport objects larger than those fitting completely into the luggage area be cause the rear lid cannot be fully closed .

- If you absolutely must drive with the rear lid open, observe the following notes to reduce the risk of poisoning:

- Close all windows,

- Close the Panoramic sliding sunroof*,

- Open all air outlets in the instrument pan-

el,

- Switch off the air recirculation,

- Set the fresh air fan to the highest speed . A WARNING

-

Always make sure that the doors, all win dows, the Panoramic sliding sunroof* and the rear lid are securely closed and locked to re duce the risk of injury when the vehicle is not being used.

- After closing the rear lid, a lways make sure that it is properly closed and locked.

- Never leave your vehicle unattended espe cially with the rear lid left open. A chi ld could crawl into the vehicle through the lug gage compartment and close the rear lid be coming trapped and unable to get out. Be ing trapped in a vehicle can lead to serious personal injury.

- Never let children play in or around the vehi cle .

- Never let passengers ride in the luggage compartment. Vehicle occupants must al ways be properly restrained hicle's seating positions. in one of the ve

(D Tips

- Air circulation helps to reduce window fog ging. Stale air escapes to the outside through vents in the trim panel. Be sure to keep these slots free and open. 0 co

......

"' ,-...

"' ...... 0 0

:::, 00 load. The tire pressure is shown on the tire pressure label. The t ire pressure label is lo cated on the driver's side B-pillar . The tire pressure label lists the recommended cold tire inflation pressures for the vehicle at its maximum capac ity weight and the tires that were on your vehicle at the time it was man ufactured. For recommended tire pressures for normal load conditions, please see chap ter ~ page 176. Tie-downs

'

The luggage compartment is equipped with four tie-downs to secure luggage and other items. Use the t ie-downs to secure your cargo properly

~ page 102, Loading the luggage compartment. In a collision, the laws of physics mean that even smaller items that are loose in the veh icle will become heavy m issiles that can cause serious in jury. Items in the vehicle possess energy which vary with vehicle speed and the weight of the item. Vehicle speed is the most significant factor. For example, in a frontal collision at a speed of 30 mph (48 km/h), the forces acting on a 10- lb

(4.5 kg) object are about 20 times the normal weight of the item. This means that the weight of the item would sudden ly be about 200 lbs. (90 kg). You can imagine the injuries that a 200 lbs. (90 kg) item flying freely through the passenger compartment could cause in a col lision like th is. A WARNING

-Weak, damaged or improper straps used to secure items to tie-downs can fail dur ing hard braking or in a collision and cause serious per sona l injury.

- Always use suitable mounting straps and properly secure items to the tie-downs in the luggage compartment to help prevent items from shifting or flying forward as dan gerous missiles .

- When the rear seat backrest is folded down, always use suitable mounting straps and properly secure items to the tie-downs in 103 Driving safety t he luggage compartmen t to hel p prevent items from f lying forwa rd as dangerous missiles into the passenger compartment

.

- Never at tach a child safety seat tethe r strap to a tie-down. Reporting Safety Defects Applicable to U.S.A. If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death, you should immediately in form the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) in addition to notifying Audi of America, Inc. If NHTSA receives similar com plaints, it may open an investiga tion, and if it finds that a safety defects exists in a group of vehicles, it may order a recall and remedy campaign . However, NHTSA cannot become involved in individual problems between you, your dealer , or Audi of America, Inc. To contact the NHTSA, you may either call :

Tel.: 1-888-327 -4236 (TTY:

1-800-424-9153 ) or 1-800 -424 -9393 or you may write to:

104 NHTSA U.S. Department of Transporta tion 1200 New Jersey Ave., S.E. West Building Washington, DC 20590 You can also obtain other infor mation about motor vehicle safe ty from:

http:/ /www. safercar.gov Applicable to Canada If you live in Canada and you be lieve that your vehicle has a de fect that could cause a crash, in jury or death, you should immedi ately inform Transport Canada, Defect Investigations and Recalls. You should also notify Audi Cana da . Canadian customers who wish to report a safety-related defect to Transport Canada, Defect Investi gations and Recalls, may either call Transport Canada toll -free at:

Tel.: 1-800-333-0510 or Tel.: 1-819-994-3328 gion and from other countries) TTY for hearing impaired:

1-888-67 5-6863

(Ottawa re or contact Transport Canada by mail at:

Transport Canada Motor Vehicle Safety Investiga tions Laboratory 80 Noel Street Gatineau, QC J8Z OAl For addit ional road safety infor mat ion, please visit the Road Safety website at:

http:/ /www.tc.gc.ca/eng/

roadsafety/menu

.htm Driving safety 105 0 C0 -N " N -0 0 ::, a)

 

 

S a fety belt s Safety belts General information Always wear safety belts!

Wearing safe ty belts correctly saves lives!

This chapte r explains why safety be lts a re neces sary, how they work and how to adjust and wear them correct ly. . Read all the information that follows and heed all of the instructions and WARNINGS.

&_ WARNING Not wea ring safety belts or wearing them im properly increases the risk of ser ious personal injury and dea t h .

- Safety belts are the s ingle most effective mea ns ava ilab le to reduce the risk of serious injury and dea t h in automob ile accidents . For your protect ion and that of your passe n gers, always corre ct ly wea r safety be lt s when the veh icle is moving .

- Pregnant wom en , inj ured, o r physically im paired persons mus t als o use safety be lt s. Like a ll vehi cle occupants, they are mo re likely t o be serio us ly injure d if t hey do not wea r safety be lts. The best way to protect a fetus is to protect the mothe r - t hroughout the ent ire pregnancy . Number of seats Your Aud i has a total of five seating positions:

two in the front and three in the rear. Each seat ing position has a safety belt.

&_ WARNING Not wea ring safety bel t s or weari ng them im properly increases t he risk of ser ious personal inju ry and dea t h.

- Never st rap more tha n one perso n, includ ing small ch ildren, into a ny be lt . It is espe cia lly dan gerous to pla ce a safety bel t over a child s itt ing on you r lap.

- Never let mo re people ride in t he vehicle t han t he re are saf ety bel t s availab le. 106

- Be sure everyone riding in the vehicle is properly restrained with a separate safety be lt or ch ild restraint. Safety belt warning light Your vehicle has a warning system for the driver and front seat passenger to remind you about the importance of buckling-up.

<D N

"' 0 ,;, .. m Fig. 101 Safety belt wa rning light in t he inst rument clus ter enlarged Before driving off , always:

.. Fasten your safety belt and make sure you are wearing it properly. . Make sure that your passengers also buckle up and properly wear t heir safety belts. . Protect your chi ldren with a child restraint sys tem app ropr iate for the size and age of the chil dren . in the inst rument cluste r The wa rning light . lights up when the ignit ion is switched on as a re minde r to fas t en the safety be lts . In addition, you will hear a wa rning tone for a certain per iod of time . Fasten your safety belt now and make sure that your passenger s also properly put on their safe ty belt s.

&_ WARNING

- Safety bel t s are the sing le mos t effective

-

means available t o redu ce t he risk of serio us injur y and dea t h in a utomobile accidents. For your protection and t hat of your passen ge rs, a lways cor rect ly wear safety belts when the vehicle is movin g .

- Failure to pay attention to the warn ing light that come on, could lead to persona l injury. Why use safety Frontal collisions and the law of physics belts?

Frontal crashes create very strong forces for peo ple riding in vehicles . Fig. 102 Unbe lted occupants in a vehicle heading for a wall Safety belts The same principles apply to people sitting in a vehicle that is involved in a fronta l collision. Even at city speeds of 20 to 30 mph (30 to 50 km/h), the forces acting on the body can reach one ton

(2,000 lbs. or 1,000 kg) or more. At greater speeds, these forces are even higher . People who do not use safety belts are a lso not attached to the ir vehicle. In a frontal collis ion they will also keep moving forward at the speed their vehicle was travelling just before the crash . Of course, the laws of physics don't just apply to frontal collisions, they determine what happens in all kinds of accidents and collisions . What happens to occupants not wea ring safety belts?

In crashes unbelted occupants cannot stop themselves from flying forward and being in jured or killed. Always wear your safety belts!

Fig. 103 The vehicle crashes into the wall The physical principles are simple. Both the vehi cle and the passengers possess energy which var ies with vehicle speed and body weight. Engi neers call this energy "kinetic energy."

The higher the speed of the vehicle and the greater the vehicle's we ight, the more energy that has to be "absorbed" in the crash. Vehicle speed is the most significant factor. If the speed doubles from 15 to 30 mph (25 to 50 km/h), the energy increases 4 t imes!

Because the passengers of this veh icle are not us ing safety belts fig . 102, they will keep moving at the same speed the vehicle was moving just before the crash, until something stops them -

here, the wall fig. 103 . a co

...... N r--. N .... 0 0

::, co Fig. 104 A driver not wearing a safety belt is violently th rown forwar d Fig. 10S A rear passe nger not wearing a safety belt will fly forward a nd strike t he driver Unbelted occupants are not able to resist the tre mendous forces of impact by holding tight or bracing themselves . Without the benefit of safe ty restraint systems, the unrestrained occupant will slam violently into th e steering wheel,

.,. 107 Sa f e ty belts instrument panel, windshield, or whatever else is in the way r:!> fig. 104. This impact with the vehi cle interior has all the energy they had j ust be fore the crash. plied to the body in an accident , and help prevent the uncontrolled movement that can cause seri ous injuries. In add ition, sa fety belts red uce the danger of being thrown out of the vehicle. Never rely on airbags alone for protection . Even when they deploy, airbags provide only additional protection. Airbags are not supposed to dep loy in all kinds of accidents. Although your Audi is equipped with airbags, all vehicle occupants, cluding the driver, must wear safety belts cor rectly in order to minimize the risk of severe in jury or death in a crash . in to the car and g ive Safety be lts attach passengers them the benefit of being slowed down more gently or "soft ly" thro ugh the "give" in the safety belts, crush zones and other safety feat ures engi neered into today's vehicles. By "absorbing"

the kinet ic energy over a longer per iod of t ime, the safety belts make the forces on the body more

"tole rab le" and less likely to cause inju ry. Remember too, that airbags will deploy only once and that your safety belts are always there to offer protect ion in those accidents in wh ich airbags are not supposed to deploy or when they have a lready deployed . Unbel ted occupants can also be thrown out of the veh icle where eve n mo re severe or fatal injuries can occur . It is also important for the rear pass engers to wear safety belts correctly. Unbelted passengers in t he rear seats endanger no t on ly themse lves but also the drive r and other passengers

~ fig. 1 OS. In a frontal collision they will be thrown forward violently, where they can hit and inj ure the driver and/or front seat passenger. Safety belts protect People think it's possible to use the hands to brace the body in a minor collision. It's simply not true!

Fig. 10 6 Driver is corr ectly restrai ned in a sudden brak ing maneuver Safety belts used properly can make a big d iffer ence. Safety belts help to keep passengers in their seats, gradually reduce energy levels ap-

108 Although these examples are based on a frontal collision, safety be lts ca n also substantially re duce the risk of injury in ot her kinds of crashes . So, whethe r you're on a long trip or just goi ng to the cor ne r store, a lways buckle up and make sure othe rs do, t oo. Acciden t st at ist ics show that veh i cle occupants prope rly wearing safety bel t s have a lowe r risk of being injured and a much better chance of surviving an acc ident . Properly using safety be lts also great ly increases the ability of the supp lemental airbags to do their job in a col lis ion. For this reason, wearing a safety belt is le gally required in most countries including much of the United States and Canada . Although your Audi is equipped with airbags, you still have to wear the safety belts provided. Front airbags, for examp le, are activated only in some frontal collisions. The front airbags are not act i vated in all frontal collisions, in side and rear col lis ions, in roll overs or in cases where the re is not eno ugh deceler ation t hroug h impa ct t o the front of t he vehicle . The same goes for the other a irbag systems in your Audi. So, always wear your safety belt and make sure everybody in your vehicle is properly rest rained!

Important safety instructions about safety belts Safe ty belts must always be correctly positioned across the strongest bones of your body. ,. Always wear safety belts as illustrated and de scribed in this chapter. ,. Make sure that your safety be lts are always ready fo r use a nd are not damaged . A WARNING Not wearing safety belts or wearing them im properly increases the risk of serious personal injury and death. Safety belts can work only when used correctly.

-Always fasten your safety belts correctly be fore driving off and make sure all passen gers are correctly restrained.

- For maximum protection, safety belts must always be positioned properly on the body.

- Never strap more than one person, includ ing small children, into any belt.

- Never place a safety belt over a child sitting on your lap.

- Always keep feet in the footwell in front of the seat while the vehicle is being driven.

- Never let any person ride with their feet on the instrument panel or st icking out the window or on the seat.

- Never remove a safety belt while the vehicle is moving . Doing so will increase your risk of being injured or killed.

- Never wear belts twisted.

- Never wear belts over rigid or breakable ob-

jects in or on your clot hing , such as eye glasses, pens, keys, etc., as these may cause injury.

- Never allow safety belts to become dam aged by being caught in door or seat hard ware.

- Do not wear the shoulder part of the belt under your arm or otherwise out of position .

- Several layers of heavy clothing may inter fere with correct positioning of belts and re duce the overall effectiveness of the system.

- Always keep belt buckles free of anything that may prevent the buckle from latching securely .

- Never use comfort clips or devices that cre ate slack in the shoulder belt. However, spe cial clips may be required for the proper use of some child restraint systems.

- Torn or frayed safety belts can tear, and damaged belt hardware can break in an acci dent. Inspect belts regularly. If webbing, bindings, buckles, or retractors are dam-

a co

...... N r--. N

'"' 0 0

::, co Safety belts aged, have belts replaced by an authorized Audi dealer or qualified workshop.

- Safety belts that have been worn and loaded in an accident must be replaced with the correct replacement safety belt by an au thor ized Audi dealer. Replacement may be necessary even if damage cannot be clearly seen. Anchorages that were loaded must al so be inspected.

- Never remove, modify, disassemble, or try to repair the safety belts yourself.

-Always keep the belts clean. Dirty belts may not work properly and can impair the func tion of the inertia reel~ table Interior cleaning on page 187. Safety belts Fastening safety belts Safety first - everybody buckle up!

Fig. 107 Belt buckle and tongue on the driver's seat To provide maximum protection, safety belts must always be positioned correctly on the wear er's body . . Adjust the front seat and head restraint proper ly page 42, Front seats. . Make sure the seatback of the rear seat bench is in an upright position and securely latched in place before using the belt ,&. . Pull the safety belt evenly across the chest and pelvis ,&. . Ins ert the tongue into the correct buckle of your seat until you hear it latch securely. . Pull on the belt to make sure that it is securely latched in the buckle . IIJ,, 109 Sa f e ty belts Automatic safety belt retractors Every safety belt is equ ipped with an automa t ic be lt retractor on the shoulder belt. This feature locks the belt when the belt is pulled out fast, during hard braking and in a n accident . The belt may a lso lock when you drive up or down a steep hill or through a sharp curve. During normal driv ing the belt lets you move freely . Safety belt pretensioners Safety belts with pretensioners he lp to tighten the safety belt and remove s lack when the pre tensioners are activated page 112 . The func tion of the pretensioner is monitored by a warn ing light page 14 . Convertible locking retractor Every safety belt except the one on the driver seat is equipped with a convertible locking retrac tor that must be used when the safety belt is used to attach a child safety seat. Be sure to read the impo rtant information about this feature page 144 . &_ WARNING Improperly pos itioned safety be lts can cause ser ious injury in an accident page 110, Safety belt position.

- Safety belts offer optimum protection only when the seatback is upright and belts are properly positioned on the body.

- Always make sure that the rear seat bac k rest to which the center rea r safety belt is attached is secure ly latched whenever the rear center safety belt is being used. If the backrest is not securely latched, the passen ger will move forward with the backrest dur ing sudden braking, in a sudden maneuver and especially in a crash.

- Never attach the safety belt to the buckle for another seat. Attaching the belt to the wrong buckle will reduce safety belt effec t iveness and can cause serious persona l in jury.

- A passenger who is not properly restrained can be seriously inj ured by the safety be lt it self when it moves from the stronger parts 110 of the body into critical areas like the abdo men.

- Always lock the convertible locking retractor when you are securing a child safety seat in the vehicle page 146. Safety belt position Correct belt position is the key to getting maxi mum protection from safety belts .

-"' .... 9 I ... a, Fig. 108 Safety belt posit ion Standard features on your vehicle help you adjust the position of the safety belt to match your body size. for the front seats,

- belt height adjustment

- height-adjustab le front seats . &_ WARNING Improperly positioned safety belts can cause serious pe rsonal injury in an acc ident .

- The shoulder belt should lie as close to the center of the collar bone as possib le and should fit well on the body. Hold the belt above the latch tongue and pull it evenly across the chest so that it s its as low as pos sible on the pe lvis and t here is no pressure on the a bdomen . The belt sho uld a lways f it snug ly fig. 108. Pull on the belt to tig hten if necessary .

- The lap be lt portion of the safety belt must be positioned as low as possible across pel vis and never over the abdomen. Make sure the belt lies flat and snug fig. 108. Pull on the belt to tighten if necessary.

- A loose-fitting safety belt can cause serious injuries by sh ifting its position on your body

..,_ from the strong bones to more vulnerable, soft tiss ue and cause serious injury.

- Always read and heed all WARNINGS and information 9 page 108. other important Pregnant women must also be correctly restrained The best way to protect the fetus is to make sure tha t expectant mothers always wear safe ty belts correctly - throughou t the pregnancy . Safet y bel ts

- Always read and heed all WARNINGS and other important ing safety belts on page 110. informat ion c::> A in Fasten Unfastening safety belts Unbuckle the safety belt with the red release button only o~er the vehicle has stopped. Fig. 10 9 Safety belt position during pregnancy To provide max imum protection, safety belts must always be positioned correctly on the wear e r's body c::> page 110 . Adjust the front seat and head restra int cor rect ly c::> page 42, Front seats . Make sure the seatback of the rear seat bench is in a n upright position and secure ly latched in place before using th e belt. Pull the safety belt evenly across the chest so that it sits as low as possible on the pelvis and there is no pressure on the abdomen c::>fig. 109, c::> .&_. Inse rt the tongue into the cor rect buckle of you r seat until you hea r it latch secure ly. Pullon the be lt to ma ke sure that it is secu rely latched in the bu ckle. _& WARNING Improperly posit ioned safety be lts ca n cause serious personal injury in an accident .

- Expec t ant mot hers mus t a lways wear the lap portion of the safety belt as low as pos sible across the pelvis and below the round ing of the abdomen . a co

...... N r--. N

.-<

0 0

::, co Fig. 110 Releasing t he to ngue from t he buckle

.,. Push the red re lease but t on on the buck le c::> fig. 110 . The belt tongue will spr ing out of t he buck le c::> _&.. Let the belt wind up on the retra ctor as you guide the belt tongue to its stowed posit ion. _& WARNING Never unfasten safety belt whi le the vehicle is moving . Doing so will increase your risk of be ing injured or killed . Adjusting safety belt height With the aid of the safety belt height adjust ment, the three point safety belt strap routing can be fitt ed to the shoulder area, according to body size . 0 0 0

... 6 ... a, Fig. 11 1 Safety belt height adju stm ent for t he fro nt seat s

- loop -around fitt ings Ill>

111 S a fety belts The shou lder belt should lie as close to the center of th e collar bone as possib le and should fit well on the body c::> A in Safety belt position on page 110.

"' Push the loop -a round fittings up c::> fig. 111 @, or

"'squeez e together the (D button, and push the loop-around fittings down@ .

"'Pull the belt to make sure that the upper at tachment is properly engaged . A WARNING informat ion c::>page 108 . Always read and heed all WARNINGS and oth er important

(D Tips With the front seats, the height adjustment of the seat can also be used to adjust the po sition of the safety belts. Improperly worn safety belts Incorrectly positioned safety belts can cause se vere injuries . Wearing safety belts improperly can cause seri ous injury or death . Safety belts can only work when they are correctly positioned on the body. Improper seating positions reduce the effect ive ness of safety belts and will even increase the risk of injury and death by mov ing the safety belt to crit ica l areas of the body. Improper seating positions a lso increase the risk of serious injury and death when an airbag deploys and strikes an occupant who is not in the correct seating pos i tion . A drive r is responsible for the safety of all veh icle occupants and especially for children. Therefore :

"' Never permit anyon e to assume an incorrect sitting position in the vehicle while traveling c>_&. A WARNING Improperly worn safety belts increase the risk of serious personal injury and death whenever a vehicle is being used. 112

- Always make sure that all vehicle occupants are correctly restrained and stay in a correct seating position whenever the vehicle is be ing used.

- Always read and heed all WARNINGS and informat ion c::> page 108 . other important Belt tensioners How safety belt pretensioners work Seat belts with pyrotechnic safety be lt preten sioners are tensioned automatically lisions, depending on the circumstances . This helps to reduce the forward motion of the occu pants. in severe col A WARNING

- It is possible for the pretensioners to deploy incorrectly .

- Any work on the tensioner system or remov al and installation of system components for other repairs must be performed by a qualified workshop .

- The pyrotechnic system can only provide protection for one collision. If the pyrotech nic pretens ioners deploy, the pretensioning system must be replaced.

(D Note Never let the belt remain over a rear seatback that has been folded forward.

(D Tips

- A fine dust is released when the pyrotechnic safety belt pretensioners deploy . This is nor mal and is not caused by a fire in the veh i cle.

- The relevant safety requirements must be observed when the vehicle or components of the system are scrapped . A qualified dealership is familiar with these regulations and will be pleased to pass on the informa tion to you. Service and disposal of safety belt preten sioner that you have your dealer perform this service for you . S a fet y b e lts The safety belt pretens ioners are parts of the safety be lts on your Audi. Installing, removing, servicing or repairing of belt pretensioners can damage the safety belt system and prevent it from working correctly in a collision . things you have to There are some important know to make sure that the effectiveness of the system will not be impaired and that discarded components do not cause injury or pollute the environment. A WARNING

-

Improper care, serv icing and repa ir proce dures can increase the risk of personal injury and death by preven t ing a safety be lt preten sioner from activating when needed or acti vating it unexpectedly:

- The be lt pretensione r system can be act ivat ed only once. If belt pretensioners have been act ivat ed, the system must be re placed.

- Never repair, adjust, or cha nge any parts of the safety be lt system .

- Safety belt systems includ ing safety belt pretens ioners cannot be repaired. Specia l procedures are req uired for removal, insta l lation and disposa l of this system.

- For any work on the safety bel t system, we strongly recommend that you see your au thorized Aud i dea ler or qualified technician who has an Audi approved repair manual, train ing and spec ial equ ipment necessary.

@ For the sake of the environment Undep loyed airbag modu les and pretension ers might be classified as Perch lorate Materi al -spec ia l handling may apply, see www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlo rate. When the veh icle or parts of the re straint system including air bag modules safe ty belts with pretensioners are scrapped, all app licabl e laws and regula t ions must be ob served. Your authorized Audi dealer is familiar wit h these req uirements and we recommend 0 co

......

"' ,....

"' ...... 0 0

:::, 00 113 Airb a g syste m system Airbag Important information Importance of wearing safety belts and sitting properly Airbags are only supplemental restraints . For airbags to do their job, occupants must always properly wear their safety belts and be in a prop er seating position. For your safety and the safety of your passen ge rs, before driving off, always :

"' Adjust the dr iver's seat and steering wheel properly page 98,

"' Adjust the front passenge r's seat properly page 99 ,

"' Wear safety belts properly page 108 ,

"' Always properly use the proper child restraint to protect children page 134 . In a coll isio n airbags must inflate wit hin the blink of an eye and with cons iderable force . The sup plemental airbags can cause injuries if the driver or the front seat passenger is not seated proper Ly. Therefore in order to help the airbag to do its job, it is important, both as a dr iver and as a pas senger to sit properly at all t imes . By keeping room between your body and the steering whee l and the front of the passenger compartment, the a irbag can inflate fully and completely and provide supplemental protect ion in certain frontal coll is ions page 98, Correct passenger seating positions . For details on the operation of the seat adjustment controls page 42. It's especially important ly restra ined page 134 . that children a re proper There is a lot that the driver and the passengers can and must do to help the ind ividual safety fea tures installed in your Audi work together as a system . Proper seating posit ion is important so that the front airbag on the drive r side can do its job. If you have a physical impairment or cond ition that prevents you from sitting properly on the driver seat with the safety be lt properly fastened and 114 reaching the peda ls, special modifications your vehicle may be necessary. to Contact your autho rized Audi dea le r, or call Audi Customer Relat ions at 1-800 -82 2 -2834. When the airbag system dep loys, a gas generator will fill the airbags, break open the padded cov ers, and inflate betwee n the steeri ng wheel and the driver a nd between the inst rument panel and the front passenger . The a irbags will deflate im mediate ly after dep loyment so t hat the front oc cupants can see through the windsh ie ld again without interruption. All of th is takes place in the blink of an eye, so fast that many people don't even realize that the airbags have deployed. The airbags a lso inflate with a great deal of force and nothing should be in the ir way when they deploy. Front airbags in combination with properly worn safety belts slow down and lim it the occupant's forward move ment . Together they he lp to prevent the driver a nd front seat passenger from hitti ng pa rt s of t he ins ide the veh icle while reducing the fo rces acti ng on the occupant dur ing the cras h. In th is way they help to reduce the risk of inju ry to the head and uppe r body in the crash. Airbags do not protect the arms or the lower parts of the body. Both front airbags will not inflate in all frontal collisions. The trigge ring of the airbag system de pends on the vehicle deceleration rate caused by the collis ion and registered by the electronic con tro l unit . If this rate is below the reference value programmed will not be trigge red, even though the car may be badly damaged as a resu lt of the collision . Vehi cle damage, repa ir costs or even the lack of vehi cle damage is not necessari ly an indica t ion of whethe r an a irbag should inflate or not. into the contro l unit, the airbags It is not possib le to define a range of vehicle speeds that will cove r every possible kind and an gle of impa ct that will always tr igger the airbags, since the circumst an ces will vary cons iderably be tween one collision and another. Important tors include, for example, the natu re (hard or soft) of the object which the car hits, the angl e of impact, vehicle speed, etc . The front airbags will fac

..,_ also not inflate in side or rear coll isions, or in roll-overs. Always remember: Airbags will deploy only o nce, and on ly in certain kinds of coll isions. Your safety be lts are always there to offer protection in those in which airbags are not supposed to situations deploy, or when they have a lready deployed; for examp le, when your vehicle str ikes or is struck by another after the first collis ion. This is just one of the reasons why an airbag is a supp lementary restraint and is not a substitute for a safety belt. The airbag system works most effect ively when used with the safety belts. Therefore, always properly wear your safety belts r:::;,page 106 . A WARNING Sitting too close to the steer ing whee l or in st rument panel will decrease the effect ive ness of the airbags and will increase t he risk of persona l injury in a collision.

- Never sit closer than 10 inches (25 cm) to the steering wheel or instrument panel.

- If you cannot sit mo re than 10 inches

(2 5 cm) from the steering wheel, inves t i gate whethe r adaptive equipment may be available to help you reach the pedals and increase your seating distance from the steering wheel.

- All veh icle occupants and especially children must be restrained properly whenever riding in a vehicle. An unrestrained or improperly restra ined child could be injured by stri king the inte rior or by being ejected from the ve hicle d uring a sudden maneuver or impact. An unrestrained or imp roperly restrained child is also at greate r risk of inju ry or death through contact with an inflating airbag .

- If you are unrest rained, leaning fo rwa rd, sit t ing s ideways or out of pos ition in any way, your risk of inju ry is mu ch higher.

- You will also receive serious injur ies and cou ld even be killed if you are up ag ainst the airbag or too close to it when it inf lates -

even with an Advanced Airbag. 0 co

......

"' ,....

"' ...... 0 0

:::, 00 Airb a g sys tem

- To reduce the ris k of injury when an airbag inflates, always wear sa fety belts prope rly r:::;, page 109, Safety belts.

- Always make certain that children age 12 or younger always ride in the rear seat. If chil dren are not properly restrained, they may be severely injured or killed when an airbag inflates.

- Never let children ride unrestrained or im properly restrained front seats properly. in the vehicle. Adj ust the

- Never ride with the back rest recl ined .

- Always sit as far as possible from the steer-

ing wheel or the instrument panel r:::;,page 98.

- Always sit upright with your back against the backrest of your seat .

-

- Never place your feet on the instrument panel or on t he seat. Always keep both feet on the floor in front of the seat to help pre vent ser ious injuries to the legs and hips if the airbag inflates.

- Never recl ine the front passenger's seat to transport objects, Items can also move int o the area of the side a irbag or the front air bag d uring braking or in a sudden maneu ver. Obje cts ne ar the airbags can be come project iles and cause injury when an airbag inflates . A WARNING

,.___

-

Airbags that have deployed in a crash must be replaced.

- Use on ly original equipment airbags ap proved by Audi and installed by a t rained technician who has the necessary tools and d iagnostic equipment any airbag in your vehicle and assure system effect iveness in a crash . to properly replace

- Never permit salvaged or recycled airbags to be installed in your vehicle. Child restraints on the front seat - some important things to know

.,. Be sure to read the impo rt an t info rmat ion and he ad the WARNINGS for impo rtant deta ils 115 Airbag system about children and Advanced Airbags c:>page 134. Even though your vehicle is equipped with an Ad vanced Airbag System, make certain that all chi l dren, especially those 12 years and younger, al ways ride in the back seat proper ly restrained for their age and size. The airbag on the passenger side makes the front seat a potentially dangerous place for a child to ride. The front seat is not the safest place for a child in a forward-facing child safety seat . It can be a very dangerous place for an infant or a child in a rearward-fac ing seat. The Advanced Airbag System in your veh icle has been cert ified to comply with the requirements of United States Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard (FMVSS) 208, as well as Canada Motor Vehicle Safety Standard (CMVSS) 208 as applica ble at the time your vehicle was manufactured. According to requirements, the front Advanced Airbag System on the passenger side has been certified for "suppression"

for infants of about 12 month old and younger and for "low risk de ployment" for children aged 3 to 6 years old (as defined in the standard)

. The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light in the instru ment panel tells you when the front Advanced Airbag on the passenger side has been turned off by the electronic control unit. Each time you switch on the ignition, the PAS SENGER AIR BAG OFF light will come on for a few seconds and:

- will stay on if the front passenger seat is not occupied,

-will stay on if there is a small chi ld or child re straint on the front passenger seat,

- will go off if the front passenger seat is occu pied by an adult as registered by the weight sensing mat c:> page 124, Monitoring the Ad vanced Airbag System. The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light comes on when the control unit detects a tota l we ight on the front passenger seat that requires the front airbag to be turned off. If the total weight on the front passenger seat is more than that of a typical 1 year-old child but 116 less than the weight of a sma ll adult, the front airbag on the passenger side can dep loy (the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light does not come on). If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light does not come on, the front airbag on the passenger s ide has not been turned off by the electron ic control unit and can deploy if the control unit senses an impact that meets the conditions stor ed in its memory. For example, the airbag may deploy if:

- a small ch ild that is heav ier than a typica l 1 year-old child is on the front passenger seat

(regardless of whether the child is in one of the child safety seats listed c:> page 136), or

- a child who has outgrown ch ild restraints is on the front passenger seat. If the front passenger airbag is turned off, the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light comes on in the instrument cluster and stays on. The front airbag on the passenger side may not deploy (the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light does not illuminate and stay lit) even if a small adult or teenager, or a passenger who is not sitting up right with their back against a non-reclined back rest with the ir feet on the vehicle floor in front of the seat is on the front passenger seat c:> page 98, Proper seating position for the driver. If the front passenger a irbag deploys, the Feder al Standard requires the airbag to meet the "low risk" deployment criteria to reduce the risk of in jury th rough interact ion wit h the airbag. "Low risk" dep loyment occurs in those crashes that take place at lower decelerations as defined in the e lectronic control unit c:> page 125, PASSEN GER AIR BAG OFF light. Always remember, a child safety seat or infant carrier inst alled on th e front seat may be struck and knocked out of position by the rapidly inflat ing passenger's airbag in a frontal collision . The airbag could greatly reduce the effectiveness of the child restraint and even seriously injure the child during inflation. For this reason, and because the back seat is the safest place for children - when proper ly restrain ed according to their age and size - we strongly Ill>

recommend that children a lways sit in t he back seat ~ page 134, Child safety . A WARNING A child in a rearward-faci ng child safety seat installed on the front passen ger seat will be seriously injured and can be killed if the front airbag inflates - even with an Advanced Airbag System .

- The inflating a irbag will hit the child safety seat or infant carrier with great force and will smash the ch ild safety seat and child against the backrest, center armrest, door or roof.

- Always install rear-facing child safety seats on the rear seat.

- If you must install a rearward fac ing ch ild safety seat on the front passenger seat be cause of exceptiona l circumstances and t he PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light does not come on and stay on, immed iate ly install the rear-fac ing ch ild safety seat in a rear seating posit ion and have the airbag system inspected by your authorized Audi dea ler.

- Forward-fac ing ch ild safety seats installed on the front passenger's seat may interfere with the deployment of the airbag and cause serious personal injury to the child. A WARNING If, in except ional circumstances, you must in stall a forward-facing child restraint on the front passenger's seat:

- Always make sure the forward-fac ing seat has been designed and ce rt ified by its man ufacturer fo r use on a fron t seat with a pas senger front and s ide a irbag.

- Never put the forward-facing child restraint up against or very near the instrument pan el.

- Always move the front passenger seat to range and move it back to t he the highest position in t he up an d down ad justment rear most position in the se at's fore and aft adjustment range, as far away from the air bag as possib le, before insta lling the for ward-facing child restraint

. 0 co

......

"' ,....

"' ...... 0 0

:::, 00 Airb a g sys tem

- Always make sure that the safety be lt upper anchorage is behind the ch ild restraint and not next to or in front of the child restraint so that the safety be lt will be properly posi tioned .

- Make sure that the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light comes on and stays on a ll the time wheneve r the ignit ion is switched on. A WARNING

-To reduce the risk of serious injury, ma ke sure that the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF ligh t will be d isplayed whenever a child rest raint is in st alle d on the front passenger seat a nd the ignit ion is switched on.

- If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light does not stay on, perform the checks de scribe d q page 124, Monitoring the Advanced Air bag System .

- Take the child restra int off the front passen ger seat and install it properly at one of the rear seat positions if the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light does not stay on.

- Have the airbag system inspected by your author ized Audi dealer immed iate ly.

- Always carefully follow instructions from child restraint manufacturers when instal ling child restra ints. A WARNING

-

If, in exceptional circumstances, you must in stall a forward or rearward-facing child re stra int on the front passenger's seat :

- Improper installat ion of child restraints can reduce the ir effectiveness or even prevent them from providing any protect ion.

- An improperly installed child restra int can interfere with the airbag as it deploys and serio us ly injure or even kill the child - even with an Advanced Airbag Syst em.

- Always carefully follow the manufacturer's instr uctions provided with the child safe ty seat o r ca rrie r.

- Never place add itiona l items on the seat that can increase t he total weight registered by t he weight-sensing mat and can caus e in jury in a crash . 117 Airbag syste m Front airbags Description of front airbags The airbag system can provide supplemental protection to properly restrained front seat occu pants. Fig. 112 Location of driver airbag: in steering wheel Fig. 113 Location of fro nt passenger's airbag: in t he in strument panel Your veh icle is equipped with an "Adva nced Air bag System " in compliance with United States Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard

(FMVSS) 208 , as well as Canada Motor Vehicle Safety Standard (CMVSS) 208 as applicable at the time your vehicle was manufactured. The airbag for the driver is in the steer ing whee l hub~ fig. 112 and the airbag for the front pas senger is in the instrument panel ~fi g. 113. The general location of the airbags is marked "AIR BAG". There is a lot you need to know about the airbags in your vehicle . We urge you to read the detailed information about airbags, safety belts and child safety in this and the other chapters that make up the owner 's literature. Please be sure to heed the WARNINGS - they are extreme ly important 118 for your safety and the safety of your passengers, especially infants and small children. A WARNING

-

Never rely on airbags alone for protection.

- Even when they deploy, airbags provide only supplemental protection.

- Airbag work most effectively when used with proper ly worn safety belts.

- Therefore, always wear your safety be lt s and make sure that everybody in your veh icle is proper ly restrained. A WARNING A person on the front passenger seat, espe cially infants and small chi ldr en, will receive serious injuries and can even be killed by be ing too close to the airbag when it inflates.

- Although the Advanced Airbag System in

-

your veh icle is designed to turn off the front passenger airbag if an infant or a small child is on the front passenger seat, nobody can absolutely guarantee that deployment un der these special conditions is impossible in all conceivable situations during the useful life of your vehicle. that may happen

- The Advanced Airbag System can dep loy in accordance wit h the "low risk" option under the U.S. Federal Standard heavier than the typical one-year old chi ld is on the front passenger seat and the other conditions for airbag deployment are met. if a chi ld that is

-Accident statistics have shown that children are generally safer in the rear seat area than in the front seat ing position.

- For their own safety, all children, especially 12 years and younger, should always ride in the back properly restrained for their age and size. Advanced front airbag system Your vehicle is equipped with a front Advanced Airbag System in compliance with United States Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 208, as well as Canada Motor Vehicle Safety Standa rd

(CMVSS) 208 as applicable at the t ime your vehi cle was manufactured . The front Advanced Airbag System supp lements the safety belts to provide additional protection for the driver's and front passenger's heads and upper bodies in frontal crashes. The airbags in flate only in frontal impacts when the veh icle de celerat ion is high enough. The front Advanced Airbag System for the front seat occupants is not a substitute for your safety belts. Rather, it is part of the overall occupant re straint system in your vehicle. Always remember that the a irbag system can only help to protect you, if you are sitting upr ight, wear ing your safe ty belt and wear ing it properly. This is why you and your passengers m ust always be properly re stra ined, not just because the law requ ires you to be . The Advanced Airbag System in your veh icle has been certified to meet the "low risk" requ ire ments for 3 and 6 year-o ld children on the pas senger side and very sma ll adults on the driver side . The low risk dep loyment criteria are intend ed to he lp reduce the risk of injury through inter action with the front a irbag that can occur, for examp le, by being too close to the steering wheel and instrument panel when the airbag inflates . In addition, the system has been certified to comp ly with the "suppression"

requirements of the Safety Standard, to turn off the front a irbag for infants 12 months old and younger who are restrained on the front passenger seat in child re stra ints that are listed in the Standard

~ page 136, Child restraints and Advanced Air bags.

"Suppress ion" requ ires the front a irbag on t he passenger side to be turned off if:

- a ch ild up to about one year of age is restra ined on the front passenger seat in one of the rear facing or forward-fac ing infant restra ints listed in Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 208 with wh ich t he Advanced Airbag System in your vehicle was ce rtified. For a listi ng of the ch ild restraints t hat were used to certify your vehi cle's compliance with the US Safety Standard

~ page 136, 0 co

......

"' ,....

"' ...... 0 0

:::, 00 Airb a g sys tem

- weight less than a threshold leve l stored in the control unit is detected on the front passenger seat. When a person is detected on the front passen ger seat, weigh ing more than the total weight of a chi ld that is about 1 year old restrained of the rear -facing or forward-fac ing infant re straints (listed in Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 208 with which the Advanced Airbag System in your veh icle was certified), the front airbag on the passenger side may or may not de ploy. in one The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light comes on when the electronic control unit detects a tota l we ight on the front passenger seat that requ ires the front a irbag to be turned off. If the PASSEN GER AIR BAG OFF light does not come on, t he front airbag on the passenger side has not been turned off by the con t rol unit and can dep loy if the control unit senses an impact that meets the conditions stored in its memory. If the to t al weight on the front passenger sea t is more than that of a typ ical 1 year-old, but less than the weight of a small adult, the front airbag on the passenger side may deploy (the PASSEN GER AIR BAG OFF light does not come on). For example , the airbag ma y deplo y if:

- a small ch ild that is heav ier than a typ ica l 1 yea r-old child is on the front passenger seat

(regardless of whethe r the child is in one of the child safety seats liste d ~ page 136),

- a child who has outgrown child rest raints is on t he front passenge r seat. If the front passenger a irbag is turned off, the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light in the center of t he instr ument pane l will come on and st ay on. The front airbag on the passenger side may not deploy (the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light does not illumi nate and st ay lit) if:

- a small adult or teenager is on the front pas senger seat

- a passenger who is not s itting upright with their back against a non -reclined backrest with their feet on the vehicle floor in front of the seat is on the front passenger seat . ,,. 119 Airb a g syste m If the front passenger airbag deploys , the Feder al Standard requires the airbag to meet the "low risk" deployment criteria to help reduce the risk of injury through interaction with the airbag.

"Low risk" deployment occurs in those crashes that take place at lower decelerations as defined in the electronic control un it . ~ page 124 Always remember: Even though you r veh icle is equipped with Advanced Airbags, the safest place for children is properly restrained on the back infor seat. Please be sure to read the important mat ion in the sections that follow and be sure to heed a ll of the WARNINGS. _& WARNING To reduce the risk of injury when an airbag in flates, a lways wear safety belts properly .

- If you are unrestrained, leaning forwa rd, s it t ing s ideways or out of pos ition in any way, yo ur risk of injury is much higher .

- You will also receive serious injur ies and could even be killed if you are up aga inst the airbag or too close to it when it inflates -

even with an Advanced Airbag r:!> page 114. _& WARNING A child in a rearward-facing chi ld safety seat installed on the front passenger seat will be ser iously injured and can be killed if the front airbag inflates - even with an Advanced Airbag System .

- Although the Advanced Airbag System in your vehicle is designed to turn off the front airbag when a rea rward-facing child re straint has been insta lled on the front pas senger seat, nobody can absolutely guaran tee that deployment is impossible in all con ceivable s ituations that may happen during the useful life of you r vehicle .

- The inflating a irbag will hit the child safety seat or infant carrier with great force and will smash the chi ld safety seat and child against the backrest, center armrest, door, or roof.

- Always install rearward-facing chi ld re straints in the back seat. 120

- If you must install a rearwa rd facing child safety seat on the front passenger seat be cause of exceptional circumstances and the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light does not come on and stay on, immediately install the rea r-facing child safety seat in a rear seating position and have the airbag system inspected by your authori zed Audi dealer. _& WARNING If, in exceptional circums t ances , you must in stall a forward-facing child restraint on the front passenger's seat :

- Always make sure the forward-facing sea t has been des igned and certified by its man ufacturer for use on a front seat with a pas senger front and side airbag.

- Never put the forward -facing child restraint up against or very near the instrument pan el.

- Always move the front passenger seat to range and move it back to the the highest posit ion in the up and down ad justment rearmost posit ion in the seat's fore and aft adjustment range, as far away from the a ir bag as poss ible, before installing the for ward-facing chi ld restrain t .

- Always make sure that the safety be lt upper anchorage is behind the ch ild restraint and not next to or in front of the child rest raint so that the safety be lt will be properly posi tioned.

- Always move the passenge r seat into its rearmost posit ion in t he seat's fo re and aft adj ustmen t range, as far away from the a ir bag as poss ible, before install ing the for ward-facing chi ld restraint. The backrest must be adjusted to an upright position.

- Make sure that the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light comes on and stays on all the time whenever the ignit ion is switched on.

' Advanced Airbag System components The front passenger seat in your veh icle has a lot of very impo rtant parts of the Advanced Airbag System in it . These parts include the weight-

sensing mat, sensors , wiring, brackets, and

.,. more. The function of t he system in the front passenger seat is checked by the electronic con trol unit when the ignition is on . The control unit monitors the Advanced Airbag System and turns the airbag indicator light on when a malfunct ion in the system components is detected . The func tion of the airbag indicator light is descr ibed in greater detail below . Because the front passen ge r seat contains important parts of the Ad vanced Airbag System, you m ust take care to pre vent it from being damage d. Damage to the seat may prevent the Advanced Airbag for the front passenger seat from doing its job in a crash. The front Advanced Airbag System consists of the following :

- Crash sensors in the front of the vehicle t hat measure vehicle acceleration/deceleration to provide information to the Advanced Airbag System a bout the severity of the crash.

- An electronic control un it, with integrated crash sensors for front and side impacts. The contro l unit "decides" whether to fire the front airbags based on the information received from the crash sensors. The control unit a lso "de cides " whether the safety be lt pretens ione rs sho uld be activated .

- An Advanced Airbag with gas generator and contro l valve for the d river ins ide the st eer ing whee l hub.

- An Advanced Airbag with gas generator and contro l valve inside the instrument pa ne l for the fron t passenger.

- A weig ht-sensing mat unde r the upho lstery padding of the front passenge r seat cushion that meas ures the to tal weight on the sea t . The informa t ion registered is sen t continuously to the e lectronic cont rol unit to reg ulate dep loy ment of the front Adv a need Airbag on the pas senger side.

- An airbag monitoring system and indicator light in the instrument cluster page 124 .

- A sensor in each front seat reg isters the dis tance between the respective seat and the steering wheel or instrument pane l. The infor mation reg istered is sent continuously to the electronic control unit to regulate deployment of the fro nt Advanced Airbags . o co

......

~

N 8 0

:::, 00 Airb a g sys tem

- The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF ligh t comes on and stays on in the center of the instrument pane l page 125, fig. 115 and te lls you when the front Advanced Airbag on the passenger side has been turned off.

- A sensor below the safety be lt latch for the front seat passenger to measure the tension on the safety belt. The t ension on the safety belt and the we igh t registered by the weight -sens ing mat help the contro l unit "decide" whethe r the front airbag fo r t he fron t passe nger seat should be tu rned off or not page 115, Child restrain ts on the front seat - some impor tant things to know.

- A sensor in t he safety be lt latch for the dr iver an d for the front seat passenger that senses whether tha t safety be lt is lat ched or not and transmits control un it. this information to the e lectronic A WARNING

,-

Damage to the front passenge r seat can pre-

vent the front airbag from working properly.

- Improper repair or disassembly of the front passenger and driver seat will prevent the Advanced Airbag System from f unct ion ing properly .

- Repairs to the front passenger seat must be performed by qualified and proper ly trained wo rkshop personne l.

- Never remove the front passenger or d river seat from the vehicle.

- Never remove the upholstery from the front passenger seat.

- Never d isassemble or remove parts from the seat or disconnect wires from it.

- Never carry sharp objects in your pockets or place them on the seat . If the weight-sens ing mat in the passenger seat is punctu red it cannot work proper ly.

- Never carry things on your lap or carry ob jects on the passenge r seat . Such items can increase the weight reg istered by the weight-sensing mat and send the wrong in formation to the a irbag control unit.

- Never store it ems unde r the front passenger seat. Parts of the Advanced Airbag System un d er t he passenger se at could be

~

121 Airb a g syste m damaged, preventing them and the airbag system from working properly.

- Never place seat covers or rep lacement up holstery that have not been specifically ap proved by Audi on the front seats .

- Seat covers can prevent the Advanced Air bag System from recognizing child re straints or occupants on the front passenger seat and prevent the side a irbag in the seat backrest from deploying properly.

- Never use cush ions, pillows, blankets or similar items on the front passenger seat. The add it ional padding will prevent the weight-sens ing mat in the seat from accu rately reg istering the ch ild restraint or per son on the seat and prevent the Advanced Airbag System from funct ioning properly.

- If you must use a child rest raint on the front passenge r seat and t he child restraint man ufacturer 's instructions require the use of a towel, foam cushion or something else to properly position the ch ild restraint, make certain that the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light comes on and stays on whenever the child restraint is installed on the front pas senger seat.

- If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light does not come on and stay on, immed iately in stall child restraint in a rear seating position and have the airbag system inspected by yo ur autho rized Audi deale r. How the Advanced Airbag System components work together eration as well as the mass and stiffness of the vehicle or object involved in the crash . in the electronic control unit . The front On the passenger side, regard less of safety be lt use, the airbag will be turned off if the weight on the passenger seat is less than the amount pro grammed airbag on the passenger side will also be turned off if one of the child safety seats that has been certified under Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 208 has been recogn ized on the seat . The PASSENGER AI R BAG OFF light comes o n and stays on to te ll you when the front Advanced Airbag on the passenger side has been turned off q page 115, Child restraints on the front seat some important things to know. A WARNING To reduce the risk of injury when an airbag in f lates, always wea r safety belts properly.

- If you are un restrained, leaning forward, sit ting sideways or out of position in any way, your risk of injury is much higher.

- You will a lso receive serious injuries and could even be killed if you are up against the airbag or too close to it when it inflates -

even with an Advanced Airbag q page 114. More important things to know about front airbags the protection offered by the The front Advanced Airbag System and the side airbags supplement front three-po int safety belts and the adjustable head restraints to help reduce the risk of injury in a wide range of acc ident and crash s ituations . Be sure to read the important safety and heed the WARNINGS in th is chapter. information about Deployment of the Advanced Airbag System and the act ivat ion of the safety belt pretensioners de pend on the deceleration measured by the crash sensors and registered by the electronic control un it. Crash severity depends on speed and de cel-

122 Fig. 114 Inflated front airbags Safety be lts are important to help keep front seat occupants in the proper seated position so that airbags can unfold properly and prov ide sup-

plemental protection in a fronta l collision . .,. The front airbags are designed to provide addi tional protection for the chest and face of the driver and the front seat passenger when:

- safety belts are worn prope rly,

- the seats have been positioned so that the oc-

cupant is properly sea t ed as far as possible from the airbag,

- and the head restra ints have been properly ad-

justed. Because airbags inflate in the blink of an eye with g reat fo rce, things you have on your lap or have placed on the seat cou ld become dangerous pro jectiles, and be pushed into you if the airbag in flates. When an a irbag deploys, fine dust is released. This is normal and is not caused by a fire in the vehicle. This dust is made up mostly of a powder used t o lubricate the airbags as they deploy. It could irritate skin. to remember It is important that whi le t he sup plemental air bag system is designed t o reduce the likel ihood of ser ious injuries, other inj uries, for example swelling, bruising and minor abra sions, can a lso happen when airbags inflate . Air bags do not protect the arms or the lower parts of the body. Front airbags only supplement the three po int safety belts in some frontal collisions in which the ve hicle decelerat to deploy the airbags . io n is high enough Front airbags will not deploy:

- if the ignit ion is switched off when a crash oc-

curs,

- in side collisions,

- in rear-end collisions,

- in rollove rs,

- when the crash decelerat ion meas ured by the airbag system is less t han the minimum t hresh o ld needed for airbag deployment as registered by the electronic contro l unit. The front passenger airbag will also not deploy:

- when the front passenger seat is not occupied,

- when the we igh t on t he fron t passenge r seat as sensed by t he Advanced Airbag System indi-

0 co

......

"' ,....

"' ...... 0 0

:::, 00 Airb a g sys tem cates that the front a irbag on the passenger side has to be turned off by the e lectronic con trol unit (the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light comes on and stays on). A WARNING Sitting in the wrong position can increase the risk of ser ious injury in crashes .

- To reduce the risk of injury when the airbags inflate, the driver and passengers must al ways sit in an upright posit ion, must not lean aga inst or place any part of their body too close to the area where the airbags are located.

- Occupants who are unbelted, out of posit ion or t oo close to the airbag can be serio us ly injur ed by an airbag as it unfolds with g reat force in t he blink of an eye r=> page 115.

-

A WARNING A child in a rearward-facing child safety seat insta lled on the front passenger seat will be seriously injured and can be killed if the front airbag inflates - even with an Advanced Airbag System.

- The inflating airbag will hit the child safety seat or infant carr ier with great force and will smash the child safety seat and child aga inst the backrest, center armrest, door or roof.

- Always install rear-fac ing child safety seats on the rear seat.

- If you must install a rearward facing child safety seat on the front passenger seat be cause of exceptional circumstances and the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light does not come on and stay on, immedia t ely insta ll the rea r-facing child safety se at in a rear seating posi t ion and have t he air bag system inspected by your au t horized Audi dealer. A WARNING

=

Objects between you and the airbag will in-

crease the risk of injury in a crash by interfer ing with the way the airbag unfolds or by be ing pushed into you as the airbag inflates.

-

123 Airb a g syste m

- Never hold things in your hands or on your lap whe n the vehicle is in use.

- Never transport items on or in the area of the front passenger seat. Objects could move into the area of the front airbags dur ing brak ing or other sudden maneuver and become dangerous projectiles that can cause serious personal injury if the a irbags inflate.

- Never place or attach accessor ies or other telephone objects (such as cupholders, brackets, large, heavy or bulky objects) on the doors, over or nea r the area marked

"AIRBAG" on the steering wheel, instru ment pane l, seat backrests or between those areas and yourself. These objects could cause injury in a crash, especially when the airbags inflate.

- Never recline the front passenger's seat to transport objects. Items can also move into the area of the side airbag or the front a ir bag dur ing braking or in a sudden maneu ver. Objects near the airbags can become projectiles and cause injury, particularly when the seat is reclined. A WARNING The fine dust created when airbags deploy can cause breathing problems for people with a his t ory of a sthma or ot her breathing condi tions .

- To reduce the risk of brea t hing problems, those with asthma or ot her respiratory con ditions should get fresh air right away by getting out of the vehicle or o pening win dows or doors.

- If you are in a collision in which airbags de ploy, wash your hands and face with mild soap and water before eat ing.

- Be careful not to get the dust into your eyes, or into any cuts or scratches.

- If the resid ue should get into your eyes, flush them with water . 124 the Monitoring Advanced

!f Airbag monitoring indicator light Airbag System Two separate indicators monitor the function of the Advanced Airbag System: the airbag moni toring indicator light and the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light. The Advanced Airbag System as well as the side airbags and s ide curta in a irbags with ejection mitigation features (including the electronic con tro l unit, sensors and system wiring) a re all monitored cont inuo usly to make sure that they are functioning properly whenever the ignition is on. Each time you turn on the ignit ion, the airbag monitoring few seconds (self d iagnostics) . indicator light m will come on for a The system must be inspected when the indicator light E,I:

- does not come on when the ignition is sw itched on,

- does not go out a few seconds after you have sw itched on the ignit ion, or

- comes on while driv ing. If an airbag system malfunction the indicato r light will come on to serve as a constant reminder to have the system inspected immedi ate ly. is detected, If a ma lfunction occurs that turns the front air bag on the passenger side off, the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light will come on and stay on whenever the ignition is on. A WARNING An airbag system that is not functioning prop erly cannot provide sup plemental prot ect ion in a fro nta l crash.

- If the airbag ind icator light page 14 comes when the veh icle is being used, have the system inspected immediately by your author ized Audi dealer. It is possib le t hat t he air bag will inflate when it is not sup posed t o, or will not inflate when it should . PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light Fig. 115 Section from the instrument panel: PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF lig ht The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF ligh t is located in the center of the instrument pane l fig. 115 . The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light will come on and stay on to tell you when the front Advanced Airbag on the passenger side has been tu rned off by the electronic control unit . Each time you turn on the ignition, the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light will flash for a few seconds and:

- will stay on if the front passenger sea t is not occupied,

- will stay on if the re is a small child or child re straint on t he front passenger seat,

- will go out if the front passenge r seat is occu pied by an adul t as reg istered by the weight sensing mat. The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light mu st come on and stay on if t he ignition is on and

- a car bed has been installed on t he front seat, or

- a rearward-facing child restraint has been in stalled on the front passenger seat, or

- a forward-facing child restra int has been instal led on the front passenger seat, or

- the weight registered on the front passenger seat is equal to or less than the combined weight of a typical 1 year-old restrained of the rear-facing or forward-fac ing infant re straints listed in Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Sta ndard 208 with which the Advanced Airbag System in your veh icle was certified. in one Airb a g sys tem AIR BAG OFF light will stay on. Never install a rearward-facing child restraint on the front pas senger seat, the safest place for a ch ild in any kind of child restraint sitions on the rear seat page 115, Child re straints on the front seat - some important things to know and page 134, Child safety. is at one of the seating po If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light comes on when one of the conditions listed above is met, be su re to check the light regularly to make cer ta in that the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light stays on continuously whenever the ignition is on. If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light does not appear and not st ay on a ll the time, stop as soon as it is safe to do so and

- reactivate the system by turning the ignit ion off and then t urning it on again;

- remove and re insta ll the child restraint

. Make sure that the child restraint is properly insta l led and t hat the safety belt for the fro nt pa s senger seat has bee n correct ly routed around the child rest raint as desc ribed in the child re stra int man ufactu rer's instructions;

- make sure that the convert ible locking retrac t or on the safety belt for the front passenger seat has been activated and that the safety belt has been pulled tight. The belt must not be loose or have loops of slack so that the sensor below the safety belt latc h on the seat can do its job page 144 .

- make sure that things that may increase the weight of the child and ch ild safety seat are not be ing transported on the front passe nger seat;

- make sure that the safety be lt tens ion sensor is not blocked . Shake the safety belt latch on the front passe nger seatback and forth;

- If a strap or tether is being used to tie the child safety seat to the front passenger seat, make sure that it is not so tight that it causes the weight-sens ing mat to measu re more weight t han is actually on the seat. I f th e PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light still does not come on and does not stay on continuously

(whe n the ignition is switc hed on), If the front passenger seat is not occupied, the front a irbag will not deploy, and the PASSENGER

- take the child restraint off the front passenger seat and insta ll it properly at one of the rear Iii--

125 a co

...... N r--. N

'"' 0 0

::, co Airb a g syste m seat positions. Have the airbag system inspect ed by your authorized Audi dealer immediately .

- move the chi ld to a rear seat position and make sure that the child is properly restrained child restraint that is appropriate and age . in a for its size The PASSE NGER AIR BAG OFF light shou ld NOT come on when the ignition is on and an adult is sitting in a proper seating position on the front passenger seat. If the PASSENGER AI R BAG OFF light comes on and stays on or flashes for about 5 seconds while driving, under these circumstan ces, make sure that:

- the adu lt on the front passenger seat is proper ly seated on the center of the seat cushion with his or her back up aga inst the backrest and the backrest is not recl ined c> page 98, Correct pas senger seating positions,

- the adult is not taking weight off the seat by holding on to the passenger assist handle above the front passenger door or supporting their we ight on the arm rest ,

- the safety belt is be ing properly worn and that there is not a lot of slack in the safety belt web bing,

- accessory seat covers or cushions or other th ings that may cause an inco rrect read ing o r imp ression on t he weight-sens ing mat under the upho lst ery of t he seat have been removed from the front passenger seat,

- a safety be lt extende r has not been left in the safety belt latch for the front passenge r seat . In addition to the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light in the center of the inst rument panel, the message PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF or PASSEN GER AIR BAG ON will briefly appear in the inst ru ment cluster display . This is to inform the driver of th e current front passenger airbag status. Important safety instructions on monitoring the Advanced Airbag System _& WARNING An airbag system that is not funct ion ing prop er ly cannot provide supplemental protection in a frontal crash. 126

- If the airbag indicator light c> page 14 comes when the veh icle is being used, have the system inspected immediately by your author ized Audi dealer. It is possible that the airbag will inflate when it is not sup posed to, or will not inflate when it should. _& WARNING If the front a irbag inflates, a ch ild without a chi ld restraint, in a rea rward-facing chi ld safe ty seat or in a forward -fac ing chi ld restrain t that has not been proper ly inst alled will be seriously injured and can be killed .

- Even tho ugh you r vehicle is equipped with an Advanced Airbag System, make certain that a ll children, espec ia lly 12 years and younger , always ride on the back seat prop erly restrained for their age and size .

- Always install forward or rear-facing child safety seats on the rear seat - even with an Advanced Airbag System .

- If you must insta ll a rearward-facing child safety seat on the front passenger seat be cause of exceptional circumstances and the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light does not appear and stay on, immediately rear-facing child safety seat in a rear seat ing position and have t he a irbag system in spected by yo ur a utho rized Audi dea le r. install the

- A t ight tether or other strap on a rearward facing chi ld restraint attached to the front passenger sea t can put too much pressure on the weight-sensing mat in the seat and register more weight than is actually on the seat. The heavier weight registered can make the system work as though an adu lt were on the seat and deploy the Advanced Airbag when it must be suppressed causing serious or even fatal injury to the child .

- If, in exceptional circumstances, you must install a forward-facing child restraint on the front passenger seat, always move the seat into its rearmost position in the seat 's fore and aft adj ustment range, as far away from the air bag as poss ible. The back res t must be adjus t ed to an upr ight position. Make sure that the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light comes on and stays on all the time whenever the ignition is switched on. A WARNING

- If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light does not go out when an adult is sitting on the front passenger seat after taking the steps described above, make sure the adult is properly seated and restrained at one of the rear seating positions .

- Have the airbag system inspected by your authorized Audi dealer before transporting anyone on the front passenger seat.

{D) Tips If the weight -sensing mat in the front passen ger seat detects an empty seat, the front air bag on the passenger side will be turned off, and PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF will stay on. Repair, care and disposal of the airbags Parts of the airbag system are installed at many different places on your Audi. Installing, remov ing, servicing or repairing a part in an area of th e vehicle can damage a part of an airbag system and prevent that system from working properly in a collision . things you have to There are some important know to make sure that the effectiveness of the system will not be impaired and that discarded components do not cause injury or pollute the environment. A WARNING

-

Improper care, servicing and repair proce dures can increase the risk of personal injury and death by preventing an airbag from de ploying when needed or deploying an airbag unexpectedly:

- Never cover, obstruct, or change the steer ing wheel horn pad or airbag cover or the in strument panel or modify them in any way.

- Never attach any objects such as cupholders to the surfaces cov or telephone mountings ering the airbag units. 0 co

......

"' ,....

"' ...... 0 0

:::, 00 Airbag system

- For cleaning the horn pad or instrument panel, use only a soft, dry cloth or one mois tened with plain water . Solvents or cleaners could damage the airbag cover or change the stiffness or strength of the material so that the airbag cannot deploy and protect properly.

- Never repair, adjust, or change any parts of the airbag system.

-All work on the steering wheel, instrument panel, front seats or electrical system (in cluding the installation of audio equipment, cellular telephones and CB radios, etc.) must be performed by a qualified technician who has the training and special equipment necessary.

- For any work on the airbag system, we strongly recommend that you see your au thorized Audi dealer or qualified workshop.

- Never modify the front bumper or parts of the vehicle body.

- Always make sure that the side airbag can inflate without interference:

- Never install seat covers or replacement upholstery over the front seatbacks that have not been specifically approved by Audi .

- Never use additional seat cushions that cover the areas where the side airbags in flate.

- Damage to the original seat covers or to the seam in the area of the side airbag module must always be repaired immedi ately by an authorized Audi dealer.

- The airbag system can be activated only once. After an airbag has inflated, it must be replaced by an authorized Audi dealer or qualified technician who has the technical information, necessary. training and special equipment

- The airbag system can be deployed only once. After an airbag has been deployed, it must be replaced with new replacement parts designed and approved especially for your Audi model version. Replacement of complete airbag systems or airbag compo nents must be performed by qualified work-

shops only. Make sure that any airbag 127 Ill-

Airbag syste m service action is entered ranty & Maintenance book let under AIRBAG REPLACEMENT RECORD. in your Audi War

@ For the sake of the environment Undeployed airbag modules and pretension ers might be classified as Perchlorate Materi al -special handling may apply, see www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlo rate. When the vehicle or parts of the re straint system including airbag modules safe ty belts with pretens ioners are scrapped, all applicable laws and regulat ions must be ob served. Your authorized Audi dealer is familiar with t hese requ irements and we recommend that you have your dealer perform this service for you. Other things that can affect Advanced Airbag performance Changing the vehicle's suspension system can change the way that the Advanced Airbag System performs in a crash. For examp le, using t ire-rim combinations not approved by Audi, lower ing the veh icle, changing the stiffness of the suspens ion, including the springs , suspension struts, shock absorbers etc . can change the forces that are measured by the airbag sensors and sent to the electronic control unit. Some suspension changes can, for example, increase the force levels meas ured by the sensors and make the airbag system deploy in crashes in which it would not deploy if the changes had not been made . Other kinds of changes may reduce the force levels measured by the sensors and prevent the airbag from deploy ing when it should . A WARNING including Changing the vehicle's suspension use of unapproved tire-rim combinations can change Advanced Airbag performance and in crease the risk of serious personal inj ury in a crash.

- Never install suspension components that do not have the same performance charac teristics as the components originally instal led on your veh icle . 128

- Never use tire-rim combinations that have not been approved by Audi. A WARNING Items stored between the safety belt buckle and the center conso le can cause the sensors in the buckle to send the wrong information to the electronic control module and prevent the Advanced Airbag System from wo rking properly.

-Always make sure that nothing can interfere with the safety belt buckles and that they are not obstructed. Side airbags Description of side airbags The airbag system can provide supplemental protection to properly restrained occupants. Fig. 116 Side airbag location in the dr iver's seat The side airbags are located in the s ides of the front seat backrests ~ fig. 116 facing the doors . They are identified by the word "AIRBAG". The side airbag system basically consists of:

- the electronic control module and external side impact sensors

- the two airbags located in the sides of the front backrests

- the airbag warning light in the instrument clus-

ter. The airbag system is mon itored electron ically to make certain that it is functioni ng properly at a ll times. Each time you turn on the ignition, the air bag system indicator light will come on for a few seconds (self diagnostics). ,,_ Airb a g sys tem you r safety belts are always there to offer protec tion in those accidents in which airbags are not supposed to deploy or when they have already deployed . The side airbag system w ill not deploy:

- when t he ignit io n is t urned off

- in side collisions whe n the acceleration meas-

ured by the sensor is too low

- in front -end coll isio ns

- in rear-end col lisions

- in rollovers . In some types of accidents the front airbags, side curtain airbags and side airbags may be triggered together

.

-

A WARNING

- Safety belts and the airbag system will only provide protect ion when occupants are in the prope r seat ing pos ition r::;;, page 130 .

- If the airbag ind icator light r::;:,page 14 comes when the veh icle is being used, have the system inspected immedia t ely by your author ized Audi dealer. It is possib le t hat t he airbag will inflate when it is not sup posed to, or will not inf late when it should. How supplemental side airbags work Side airbags deploy instan tly and can help re duce the risk of upper torso injuries for occu pants who ore properly restrained. The side airbag system suppl e ments the safety be lts and can help to reduc e th e risk of injury to the dr iver's and front passenge r's upper torso on t he side of t he vehicle th at is struck in a side col lision . The airbag deploys on ly in s ide impac t s and only when the vehicle acceleration reg istered by the control unit is high enough. If this rate is be low the reference va lue programmed into the control unit, the side airbags will not be tr ig gered, even t hough the car may be badly dam aged as a result of the collision. It is not possib le to define an airbag triggering range that will cov er every possible angl e of impact, since t he cir cumstances will vary conside rably between one coll is ion a nd another . Important for example , t he nature (hard or soft) of the im pacting object, the ang le of impact, vehicle speed , etc . r::;;, page 130 , Important safety in structions on the side airbag system . factors include , Aside from their normal safety fun ction, safety be lts work to he lp keep the driver or front pas senger in pos it ion in the event of a side collision so that the s ide a irbags can provide protection . The airbag syst em is no t a substitu t e for your safety belt . Rather, it is part of the overall occu pant restraint system in your veh icle . Always re member that the side airbag system can only he lp t o protect yo u if you a re wea ring your safety be lt and wea ring it properly. This is another rea son why you shou ld always wear your saf ety be lts, not just because the law requi res you to do so r::;;, page 106 , General information. t o remember It is important that while the s up plemental side airbag system is designed to re duce the likelihood of serious injur ies, oth er inju ries, for example, swe lling , bru ising, and minor abrasions can a lso be associated with deployed side airbags. Remember too , side airbags will de ploy only once and only in certain kinds of acci dents - your safety belts are always t here to offer protection . Vehicle damage , repair costs or even the lack of vehicle damage are not necessarily an indication

~ of over -sensitive or failed airbag activation . In

~ some coll is io ns, both front and s ide a irbags may r--.

~ inflate. Remember too, that airbags will deploy 0 g only once and only in cert ain kinds of coll is ions -

(X) Fig. 117 Inflated side airba gs on left side of vehicle When the system is triggered, the airbag is filled with prope lla nt gas and breaks through a seam in the seat s urface area marked "AIRBAG". It ex-

pands between the side trim panel a nd the

.,. 129 Airb a g syste m side airbag could passenger. In order to he lp provide this add ition al protection, the side airbag must inflate within a fraction of a second at very high speed and with great force. The supplemental injure you if your seating position is not proper or upright or if items are located in the area where the supplemental side airbag expands . This ap plies especially to children q page 134, Child safety. Supplemental side airbags inf late be tween the occ upan t and the door pane l on the side of the vehicle that is struck in certa in side collision q fig . 117. Although they are not a sof t pillow, they ca n

"cushion" the impact and in t his way they can he lp to reduce the risk of injury to the upper part of the body . A fine dust may deve lop when the airbag deploys. This is normal and does not mean there is a fire in the vehicle. Important safety instructions on the side airbag system Airbags ore only supplemental restraints . Always properly wear safety belts and ride in a proper seating position. There is a lot that you and your passengers must know and act accord ingly to help the safety be lts and airbags do the ir job to provide supplemental protection. A WARNING An inflating side airbag can cause serious or fatal injury. Improperly wearing safety belts and improper seating positions increase the risk of se rious personal injury and death whenever a vehicle is being used.

- In order to reduce the risk of injury when the supplemental

- Always sit in an upright position and never side airbag inflates:

lean aga inst the area where the s upple-

mental side airbag is located.

- Never let a chi ld or anyone else rest their head against the side trim panel in the area where the supp lemental s ide airbag inflates. 130

- Always make sure that safety belts are worn correctly,

- Do not let anyone sitting in the front seat put their hand or any other parts of their body out of the window.

- Always make sure that the side airbag can inflate without interference.

- Never install seat covers or replacement upholstery ove r the front seatbacks that have not been specifica lly approved by Audi.

- Never use addi t ional seat cus hions that cover the areas where the side airbags de ploy .

- Damage to the orig inal se at cove rs or to the seam in the area of t he side airbag module must a lways be repaired immedi ate ly by an authorized Audi dealer.

- Objects be tween you and t he airbag can in crease the ris k of injury in an acc ident by in terfering with the way the airbag unfolds or by being pushed into you as the airbag in flates.

- Never place or attach accessor ies or other obje cts (such as cupholders, telephone bracke t s, or even la rge, bu lky objec t s) on the doors, over or near the area marked

"AIRBAG" on the seat backrests .

- Such objec t s and accessories can be come dange rous projecti les and cause injury when the supplemental side airbag de ploys.

- Never carry any objects or pets in the de ployment space between them and the airbags or allow children or other passen gers to trave l in this position.

- Always use the built-in coat hooks only fo r lightweight clothing. Never leave any heavy or sharp-edged objects in the pockets that may inte rfere with s ide a irbag deployment a nd can cause personal injury in an accident .

- Always prevent the side airbags from being damaged by heavy objects knocking against or hitting the sides of the seatbacks.

- The a irbag system can only be triggered once . If the airbag has been triggered, the system must be replaced by an autho rized Audi dea le rship.

~

- Damage (cracks, deep scratches etc.) to the original seat covers or to the seam in the area of the side a irbag module must always be repaired immed iately by an authorized Audi dealer .

- If children are seated improperly, their risk of injury increases in the case of an acc ident page 134, Child safety .

- Never attempt to modify any components of the a irbag system in any way.

- In a side collision, s ide airbags will not func increasing air pressure inside the larger, un tion properly if sensors cannot correctly measure doo rs when air escapes through closed open ings in the door panel.

- Never drive with interior door trim pane ls removed.

- Never drive when parts have been re moved from the inside door panel and the openings they leave have not been proper ly closed.

- Never drive when loudspeakers in the doors have been removed unless the speaker ho les have been properly closed.

- Always make certain that openings are covered or filled if additiona l speakers or other equ ipment is installed in the inside door panels.

- Always have work on the doors done by an author ized Audi dealer or qualified work shop. a co

...... N r-,. N .... 0 0

::, co Airb a g sys tem Side curtain airbags Description of side curtain airbags The side curtain airbag system can provide sup plemental protection to properly restrained oc cupants. Fig. 118 Side curta in system, driver 's side: side curtain air bag location The side curtain airbags are located on both sides of the inter ior above the front and rear side win dows ~ fig. 118. They a re identified by the word

"AIRBAG" on the windshie ld frame and the cen te r roo f pilla r. that The side curtain airbags contain features provide ejection mitigation to help prevent veh i cle occupants or parts of their bodies from be ing complete ly or part ially ejected from the veh icle interior in certain side impacts and vehicle roll overs. The side curtain airbag system supplements the safety belts and can help to reduce the risk of in jury for occupants' heads and upper torso on the side of the vehicle that is str uck in a side colli sion . The side curtain airbag inflates in side im pacts and only when the vehicle acce leration reg istered by the control unit is high enough. If this rate is be low the reference va lue programmed in to the control unit, the side curtain airbag will not be t riggered, even though the car may be badly damaged as a resu lt of the collision . It is not possible to define an airbag triggering range that will cover every possible angle of impact, since the circumstances will vary considerably be tween one collision and another. Important tors include, for example, the nature (hard or fac-

..,. 131 Airbag syste m soft) of the impacting object, the angle of im pact, vehicle speed, etc . q page 132, How side curtain airbags work. Aside from their normal safety function, safety belts work to help keep the driver or front pas senger in position in the event of a collision so that the side curtain airbags can provide protec tion . for your The airbag system is not a substitute safety belt. Rather, it is part of the overa ll occu pant restraint system in your vehicle. Always re member that the airbag system can only help to protect you if you are wearing your safety belt and wearing it properly . This is another reason why you should always wear your safety belts, not just because the law requires you to do so q page 106, General information. to remember It is important that while the side curtain airbag system is des igned to help reduce the likelihood of serious injuries, other injuries, for example, swe lling, bruising, and m inor abra sions can also be associated with these airbags. Remember too, these airbags will dep loy o nly once and only in certain kinds of accidents - your safety belts are always there to offer protection . The side curtain airbag system basically consists of:

- The electronic control module and external side impact sensors

- The side curtain airbags above the front and rear side windows with ejection mitigation fea tures

- The airbag indicator light in the instrument panel The airbag system is monito red electronically to make certa in it is fun ction ing properly at all times. Each time you turn on the ignition, the air bag system indicator light will come on for a few seconds (self diagnostics) . The side curtain airbag is not activated:

- if the ignit ion is tu rned off,

- in s ide collisions when the accelerat io n meas-

ured by the sensor is too low,

- in rear-end collisions . 132 A WARNING

- Safety belts and the airbag system will only provide protect ion when occupants are in the proper seating position ~ page 42, Front seats .

- If the airbag ind icator light q page 14 comes when the veh icle is being used, have the system inspected imm edia t ely by your authorized Audi dealer. It is possible t hat the airbag will inflate when it is not sup posed to, or will not inf lat e when it should. How side curtain airbags work Side curtain airbags can work together with side airbags to help reduce the risk of head and upper torso injuries for occupants who are properly re strained. Fig. 119 Illustratio n of principle: Inflated side curta in air bags on t he left side The side curtain airbags inflate between the oc cupant and the windows on the side of the veh i cle that is struck in a side collision ~ fig. 119. When the system is tr iggered, the side curta in airbag is filled with propellant gas and breaks through a seam above the front and rear side windows identified by the AIRBAG label. In order to help provide this additional protection, side curtain airbag must inflate within the blink of an eye at very high speed and with great force . The side curtain airbag could injure you if your seat ing position is not prope r or upright or if items a re located in the area where the supple mental side cu rtai n airbag inflates. This applies especially to children ~ page 134 . the Although they are not a soft pillow, side curtain airbags can "cush ion" the impact and in this way

.,. they can help to reduce the risk of injury to the head and the upper part of the body. A fine dust may develop when the airbag deploys. This is quite normal and does not mean there is a fire in the vehicle. Important safety instructions on the side curtain airbag system Airbags are only supplemental restraints. Always properly wear safety belts and ride in a proper seating position. There is a lot that you and your passengers must know and do to help the safety belts and airbags do their job to provide supplemental protection. A WARNING Improperly wearing safety belts and improper seating positions increase the risk of serious personal injury and death whenever a vehicle is being used .

- Never let occupants place any parts of their bodies in the area from which the side cur tain airbags inflate.

-Always make sure that the side curtain air bags can inflate without interference. Un suitable accessories fitted inside the expan sion range of a head airbag can dangerously interfere with its function. A deploying head airbag develops enough force to catapult any piece of add-on component out of its path of inflation and into the passenger compartment. An occupant hit by such a projectile can suffer serious injury or death

<=> page 215, Technical Modifications.

- Do not swivel the sun visors to the side if you have any objects clipped onto them (for example pens) . If the airbag should deploy, you could be injured by these objects.

- Use the built-in coat hooks only for light weight clothing . Never leave any heavy or sharp-edged objects in the pockets that may interfere with airbag deployment and can cause personal injury in an accident.

- Never use hangers to hang clothing from the hooks. 0 co

......

"' ,....

"' ...... 0 0

:::, 00 Airbag system

- Only use factory-installed sun shades or, in the case of shades installed after the vehicle leaves the factory, only Audi roll-up sunscreens may be used <=> page 214, Addi tional accessories and parts replacement.

- Always sit in proper seating position and wear safety belts while traveling so that the side curtain airbags can help provide protec tion .

- The airbag system can only be triggered once . If the airbag has been triggered, the system must be replaced by an authorized Audi dealer or qualified workshop.

-Always have work involving the side curtain airbag system, removal and installation of the airbag components, or other repairs performed by an authorized Audi dealer or qualified workshop. Otherwise the airbag system may not work correctly.

- Never attempt to modify any components of the airbag system in any way. 133 Ch ild safety Child safety Important Introduction information The rear seat is generally the safest place in a collision. The physical principles of what happens when your vehicle is in a crash apply also to children page 10 7, What happens to occupants not wearing safety belts? . But unlike adults and their muscles and bones are not fully teenagers, In many respects children are at developed. g reater risk of serious injury in crashes than adults . Because children's bodies are not fully devel oped, they require restraint systems especially des igned for their size, we ight, and body struc ture. Many countries and all states of the United States and provinces of Canada have laws requir ing the use of approved child restraint systems for infants and small children . In a frontal crash at a speed of 20-35 mph

(30-56 km/h) the forces acting on a 13 -pound

(6 kg) infant will be more than 20 times the weight of the child. This means the weight of the child would suddenly be more than 260 pounds

(120 kg) . Under these conditions, only an appro priate child restraint properly used can reduce the risk of serious injury . Child restra ints, like adu lt safety belts, must be used properly to be effect ive. Used improperly, risk of serious injury in an acc ident. they can incr ease the All children, especially those 12 years and young er must always ride in the back seat properly re stra ined for their age and size. If you must insta ll a child restraint on the front passenger seat in exceptional circumstances, be sure to read and heed the important page 115. Infants and other children who are properly restrained in an appropriate child re straint that is for their size and age can benefit from the protection side air bags provide in some kinds of crashes . information and warnings that supplemental For more information please see information provided by the:

134

- National Highway Traffic Safety Administration

(NHTSA), currently at: http :/ /www.safe rcar.gov (for the USA)

- Transport Canada Information Centre, current-

ly at: http://www.tc.gc.ca

(for Canada) in in order to be sure the seat is right fo r Consult the ch ild safety seat manufacturer's structions your chi ld's size page 137, Important safety instructions for using child safety seats . Please be sure to read and heed all of the important in formation and WARNINGS about child safety, Advanced Airbags, and the installation of child restra ints in this chapter . informat There is a lot you need to know about the Ad vanced Airbags in your vehicle and how they work when infants and children in child restraints are on the front passenger seat . Because of the large amount of important ion , we cannot re peat it all here. We urge you to read the detailed information in this owner's manual about airbags and the Advanced Airbag System in your vehicle and the very important information about trans porting children on the front passenger seat. Please be sure to heed the WARNINGS - they are extremely for your safety and the safe ty of your passengers, especially infants and small children . important A WARNING

- Accident statistics have shown that children are generally safer in the rear seat area than in the front seat ing pos ition. Always restrain any child age 12 and unde r in the rear.

-All vehicle occupants and especially children must be restra ined prope rly whenever rid ing in a vehicle. An un restrained or improperly restrained child could be injured by striking the interior or by being ejected from the ve hicle during a sudden maneuver or impact. An unrestrained or improperly restrained child is a lso at greater risk of injury or death through contact w ith an inflating airbag.

-A suitable ch ild restraint properly installed and used at one of the rear seating positions ion provides the highest degree of protect for infants and small children in most acc i dent situat ions. A WARNING Child ren on the front seat of any car even with Advanced Airbags can be seriously injured or even killed when an airbag inflates. A child in a rearward-facing child safety seat installed on the front passenger seat will be seriously injured and can be killed if the front airbag in flates.

- The inflating airbag will hit the child safety seat or infant carrier with great force and will smash the ch ild safety seat and child against the backrest, center armrest, or door.

- Always install rear-facing child safety seats on the rear seat.

- If you must install a rearward fac ing ch ild safety seat on the front passenger seat in exceptiona l circumstances and the PASSEN GER AIR BAG OFF light does not come on and stay on, immediately facing child safety seat in a rear seating po sition and have the airbag system inspected immediately by your Audi dealer. insta ll the rear A WARNING If, in exceptional circumstances, you must in stall a forward-facing chi ld restraint on the front passenger's seat :

- Always make sure the forward-fac ing seat has been designed and certified by its man ufacturer for use on a front seat with a pas senger front and s ide a irbag .

- Always follow the manufacturer's instruc t ions prov ided with the ch ild safety seat or carrier.

- Always move the front passenger seat to range and move it back to the the highest position in the up and down ad justment rea rmost position in the seat's fore and aft adjustment range, as fa r away from the air bag as possib le, before insta lling the for ward-facing child restraint

.

- Always ma ke sure that the safety bel t upper anchorage is behind the child restraint and not next to or in front of the chi ld restraint so that the safety belt will be properly posi t ioned. 0 co

......

"' ,....

"' ...... 0 0

:::, 00 Ch ild safety

- Always make sure that the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light comes on and stays on all the time whenever the ignition is switched on.

@ Tips Always replace child restraints stalled in a vehicle during a crash. Damage to a child restraint that is not visible could cause it to fai l in another collision situat ion. that were in Advanced front airbag system and children Your vehicle is equipped with a front "Advanced Airbag System" in compliance with United States Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standa rd (FMVSS) 208, as we ll as Canada Moto r Vehicle Safety Standard (CMVSS) 208 as app licab le at the time your vehicle was manufactured. The Advanced Airbag system in you r vehicle has been certified to meet the "low- risk" require ments fo r 3- and 6-year old ch ildren on the pas senger side and sma ll adu lts on the driver side. The low risk deployment criter ia are intended to reduce the risk of injury t hrough interaction with the airbag that can occur, for example, by being too close to the steering wheel and instrument panel when the airbag inflates . In addition, the system has been cert ified to comply with the

"supp ression" requirements of the Safety Stand ard, to t urn off the front a irbag fo r infants up to 12 months who are restrained on the front pas senger seat in child rest raints t hat are list ed in the Standard. Even though your veh icle is eq uipped wit h an Ad vanced Airbag system, all ch ild ren, especially those 12 yea rs and younger, should a lways ride in the back seat proper ly restrained for their age and size . The airbag on the passenger side makes the front seat a potentially dangerous place for a child to ride. The front seat is not the safest place for a ch ild in a forward-fac ing ch ild safety seat. It can be a very dangerous place for an infant or a larger ch ild in a rearward-facing seat . 135 Child safety Advanced Airbags and the weight-sensing mat in the front seat The Advanced Airbag System in your vehicle de tects the presence of an infant or child in a child restraint on the front passenger seat using the weight -sensing mat in the seat cushion and the sensor below t he safety belt latch on the front passenger seat that measures safety belt . the tension on the The weight-sensing mat measures total weight of the child and the child safety seat and a child blanket on the front passenger seat . The weight on the front passenger seat is related to the de sign of the child restraint and its "footprint ", the size and shape of the bottom of the child re straint as it sits on the seat. The weight of a child restraint and its "footprint" vary for different kinds of child restraints and for the different models of the same kind of child restraint of fered by child restraint manufacturers. The weight ranges for the individual types, that the makes and models of child restraints NHTSA has specified in the Safety Standard to gether with the weight ranges of typical infants and typical 1 year-old child have been stored in the control unit of the Advanced Airbag System . When a child restraint is being used on the front passenger seat with a typical 1 year-old child, the Advanced Airbag System compares the weight measured by the weight sensing mat with the in formation stored in the electronic control unit. The electronic control unit also registers the ten sion on the front passenger safety belt. The ten sion on the safety belt for the front passenger seat will be different for an adult who is properly using the safety belt as compared to the tension on the belt when it is used to attach a child re straint to the seat. The sensor below the latch for the safety belt for the front seat passenger measures this sensor is then used with the weight to "de cide" , whether there is a child restraint with a typical 1 year-old child on the front passenger seat and whether or not the airbag must be turned off. the tension on the belt. The input from 136 Child restraints and Advanced Airbags that you use, Regardless of the child restraint make sure that it has been certified to meet Safe ty Standards and has been certified by its manu facturer for use with an airbag. Always be sure that the child restraint is properly installed at one of the rear seating positions . If in exception al circumstances you must use it on the front passenger seat, carefully read all of the informa tion on child safety and Advanced Airbags and heed all of the applicable WARNINGS. Make cer tain that the child restraint nized by the weight-sensing mat inside the front passenger seat, that the front passenger airbag is turned off and that the airbag status is always correctly signaled by the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light. is correctly recog Many types and models of child restraints have been available over the years, new models are in troduced regularly incorporating new and im proved designs and older models are taken out of production. Child restraints are not standardized. Child restraints of the same type typically have differen t weights and sizes and different

'foot prints,' the size and shape of the bottom of the child restraint that sits on the seat, when they are installed on a vehicle seat. These differences make it virtually impossible to certify compliance for advanced airbags with with the requirements each and every child restraint that has ever been sold in the past or will be sold over the course of the useful life of your vehicle. For this reason, the United States National High way Traffic Safety Administration has published a list of specific type, makes and models of child restraints ance of the Advanced Airbag System in your vehi cle with the suppression requirements of Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 208. These child restraints are:

that must be used to certify compli Subpart A - Car bed child restraints Model Angel Guard Angel Ride AA2403FOF Manufactured on or after September 25, 2007 December 1, 1999 September 25, 2007 Important safety instructions for using child safety seats Peg Perego Primo Viag- September 25, 2007 gio SIP IMUNOOUS Correct use of child safety seats substantially re duces the risk of injury in an accident!

Subpart C - Forward-facing and convertible child restraints As the driver, you are responsible for the safety of everybody in the vehicle, especially children:

Subpart B - Rear-facing child restraints Model Manufactured on or after Century SmartFit 4543 December 1, 1999 September 25, 2007 December 1, 1999 December 1, 1999 Cosco Arriva 22-013PAW and base 22-999WHO Evenflo Discovery Ad-

just Right 212 Evenflo First Choice 204 Graco Infant 8457 Grace Snug ride Model Britax Roundabout E9L02xx Cosco Tour iva 02519 Cosco Summit Deluxe High Back Booster 22-262 Cosco High Back Boos-

ter 22-209 Manufactured on or after September 25, 2007 December 1, 1999 September 25, 2007 September 25, 200 7 Evenflo Tribute V 379xxxx Evenflo Medallion 2S4 December 1, 1999 September 25, 2007 September 25, 2007 September 25, 2007 September 25, 2007 Evenflo Generations 352xxxx Grace ComfortSport Grace Toddler Safety Seat Step 2 Grace Platinum Cargo A WARNING Child safety

- Take the child restraint off the front passen ger seat and install it properly at one of the rear seat positions if the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light does not stay on.

- Have the airbag system inspected by your authorized Audi dealer immed iately.

(D Tips The child seats listed in categor ies A to C have been statically tested by Audi only for the Ad vanced Airbag function. ,. Always use the right child safety seat for each child and always use it properly page 140 . ,. Always carefully follow the chi ld safety seat instructions on how to route manufacturer's the safety belt properly through the child safe ty seat. ,. When using the vehicle safety belt to install a child safety seat, you must first activate the convertible lock ing retractor on the safety belt to prevent the chi ld safety seat from moving

~page 144 . ,. Push the chi ld safety seat down with your full weight to get the safety belt really tight so that the seat cannot move forward or sideways more than one inch (2.5 cm). ,. If a strap or tether is being used to tie the child safety seat to the front passenger seat, make sure that it is not so tight that it causes the weight-sensing mat to measu re more weight than is actually on the seat. September 25, 2007

.,. Secure unused safety belts on the rear seat

~page 139 . To reduce the risk of serious injury, make sure that the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light comes on and stays on whenever a child re straint is installed on the front passenger seat and the ignition is switched on. 0 co

......

"' ,....

"' ...... 0 0

:::, 00 Always remember: Even though your veh icle is equipped with an Advanced Airbag system, all children, especia lly those 12 years and younger, shou ld a lways ride in the back seat proper ly re-

strained for their age and size. liJJ.. 137 Child safety A WARNING Not using a child safety seat, using the wrong child safety seat or improperly installing a child restraint increases the risk of serious personal injury and death .

- All vehicle occupants and especially children must be restrained properly whenever riding in a vehicle. An unrestrained or improperly restrained child could be injured by striking the interior or by being ejected from the ve hicle during a sudden maneuver or impact. An unrestrained or improperly restrained child is also at greater risk of injury or death through contact with an inflating airbag .

- Commercially available child safety seats are required to comply with U.S. Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard (FMVSS) 213

(in Canada CMVSS 213).

- When buying a child restraint, select one that fits your child and the vehicle.

- Only use child restraint systems that fully contact the flat portion of the seat cush ion. The child restraint must not tip or lean to either side. Audi does not recom mend using child safety seats that rest on legs or tube-like frames. They do not pro vide adequate contact with the seat.

-Always heed all legal requirements per taining to the installation and use of child safety seats and carefully follow the in structions provided by the manufacturer of the seat you are using.

- Never allow children under 57 inches

(1.45 meters) to wear a normal safety belt. They must always be restrained by a proper child restraint system. Otherwise, they could sustain injuries to the abdomen and neck areas during sudden braking maneu vers or accidents .

- Never let more than one child occupy a child safety seat .

- Never let babies or older children ride in a vehicle while sitting on the lap of another passenger

- Holding a child in your arms is never a sub

. stitute for a child restraint system. 138

- The strongest person could not hold the child with the forces that exist in an acci dent. The child will strike the interior of the vehicle and can also be struck by the passenger.

- The child and the passenger can also in jure each other in an accident.

- Never install rear-facing child safety seats or infant carriers on the front passenger seat . A child will be seriously injured and can be killed when the passenger airbag in flates - even with an Advanced Airbag Sys tem.

- Make sure there is enough space in front of the child in the child seat. If necessary, ad just the angle and position of the seat in front of the child seat.

- The inflating airbag will hit the child safety seat or infant carrier with great force and will smash the child safety seat and child against the backrest, center armrest, door or roof.

-Always install rear-facing child safety seats or infant carriers on the rear seat.

- Forward-facing child safety seats installed on the front passenger's seat can interfere with the airbag when it inflates and cause serious injury to the child. Always install for ward-facing child safety seats on the rear seat .

- If exceptional circumstances require the use of a forward-facing child restraint on the front passenger's seat, the child's safety and well-being require that the following special precautions be taken:

- Make sure the forward-facing seat has been designed and certified by its manu facturer for use on a front seat with a pas senger front and side airbag.

- Always carefully follow the manufacturer's instructions provided with the child safety seat or carrier.

- Always move the front passenger seat to the highest position in the up and down adjustment rearmost position in the seat's fore and range, as far away from aft adjustment range and move it back to the the airbag as possible, before installing the forward-facing child restraint.

- Always make sure that the safety belt up per anchorage is behind the child restraint and not next to or in front of the child re straint so that the safety belt will be prop erly positioned .

- Always make sure that nothing prevents the front passenger's seat from being moved to the rearmost position in its fore and aft adjustment range .

- Always make sure that the backrest is in the upright position .

- Always buckle the child safety seat firmly in place even if a child is not sitting in it. A loose child safety seat can fly around during a sudden stop or in a collision.

-Always read and heed all WARNINGS when in a vehicle is ever using a child restrained being used page 106, Safety belts, p age 114, Airbag system and

~ page 134, Child safety. _& WARNING To reduce the risk of serious injury, make sure that the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light comes on and stays on whenever a child re straint is installed on the front passenger seat and the ignition is switched on.

- Take the child restraint off the front passen ger seat and install it properly at one of the rear seat positions if the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light does not stay on.

- Have the airbag system inspected by your authorized Audi dealer immediately. Child safety Secure unused safety belts on the rear seat Fig. 120 Schema tic overview: keep unu sed safety belts away from children in child safety seats. @ - outer rear safety belt , @ - center rear safety belt If a child safety seat is used on the rear bench, especially with LATCH universal lower ancho rag es, the unused safety belts must be secured so that the child in the child restraint cannot reach them ~ .&.-

- Guide the safety belt webbings @ and @ be hind the head restraint of the seat where the child restraint ing so , do not engage the convertible locking retractor! You should not hear a "clicking"

sound when winding up the safety belt. is installed c::> fig. 120 . When do

- Let the belt retractor wind up the safety belt webbing. A WARNING

-

A child in a child safety seat installed with the LATCH lower anchorages or with the standard safety belt or a child in a booster seat on the rear seat could play with unused rear seat safety belts and become entangled. This could cause the child serious personal injury and even death.

- Always secure unused rear seat safety belts out of reach of children in child seats such as by properly routing them around the head restraint of the seat where the child restraint is installed . a co

...... N r--. N

.-<

0 0

::, co

- Never activate the convertible locking re tractor when routing the safety belts around the head restraints.

- Never let anyone s it at the center rear seat ing position if the center rear safety belt has been routed around a rear head restraint . 139 A WARNING Not using a child safety seat, using the wrong child safety seat or improperly installing a child restraint increases the risk of serious personal injury and death in a crash .

- Never install rear-facing child safety seats or infant carriers on the front passenger seat - even with an Advanced Airbag System . A child will be serio usly injured and can be killed when the inflating airbag hits the child safety seat or infant carrier with great force and smashes the child safety seat and child against the backrest, center armrest, door or roof c::> page 115, Child restraints on the front seat - some important things to know .

- Always install rear-facing child safety seats or infant carriers on the rear seat .

- Never install a rear-facing child restraint in the forward-facing direction. Such restraints are designed for the special needs of infants and very small children and cannot protect them properly if the seat is forward-facing.

- If you must install a rearward facing child safety seat on the front passenger seat be cause of exceptional circumstances and the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light does not come on and stay on, imm ediately install the rear-facing child safety seat in a rear seating position and have the airbag system inspected by your Audi dealer.

-Always read and heed all WARNINGS when in a vehicle is ever using a child restrained being used c::> page 106, Safety belts, c::> page 114, Airbag system and c::> page 134, Important information. Child safety Child safety Infant seats seats Babies and infants up to about one year old and 20 lbs. or 9 kg need special rearward -facing child restraints that support the back, neck and head in a crash. Fig. 121 Schema tic overview: rearwa rd-facing infan t seat , properly installe d on the rea r seat When using the vehicle safety belt to install a child safety seat, you must first activate the convertible locking retractor on the safety belt to prevent the child safety seat from moving c::>poge 144 or install the seat using the LATCH attachments. Push the child safety seat down with your full weight to get the safety belt really tight so that the seat cannot move forward or sideways more than one inch (2 .5 cm) . Secure unused safety belts on the rear seat c::>page 139. Infants up to about one year (20 lbs . or 9 kg) are best protected in special infant carriers and child safety seats des igned for their age group. Many experts believe that infants and small children should ride only in spec ial restraints child faces the back of the veh icle. These infant seats support the baby 's back, neck and head in a crash c::>fig . 121 . in which the The airbag on the passenger side makes the front seat a potentially dange rou s place for a child to ride . The front seat is not the safest place for a child in a forward -facing child seat. It is a very dangerous place for an infant or a larger child in a rearward-facing seat. 140 Convertible child safety seats Properly used convertible child safety seats can help protect toddlers and children over age one who weigh between 20 and 40 lbs. (9 and 18 kg) in a crash. Fig. 122 Schemat ic overview: installatio n of the attac h ments app licable to a LATCH seat Fig. 123 Schematic overview: installat ion of t he seat using the vehicle's safe ty belt syste m

.. When using the vehicle safety belt to install a child safety seat, you must first activate the convertible locking retractor on the safety belt to prevent the child safety seat from moving Q page 144 or install the seat us ing the LATCH attachments

. . Push the child safety seat down with your fu ll weight to get the safety be lt really tight so that the seat cannot move forward or sideways more than one inch (2.5 cm) Q page 144. . If the child safety seat is equipped with a tether strap, attach it to the tether anchors Qpage 149. . Secure unused safety belts on the rear seat Qpage 139 .

~ A toddler or child is usually too large for an in-

~ fant restraint r--.

;;

0

::,

(X) weighs more than 20 lbs . (9 kg). if it is more than one year old and Child safety Toddlers and children who are older than one year up to about 4 years old and weigh more than 20 lbs. (9 kg) up to 40 lbs . (18 kg) must always be properly restrained fied for their size and weight Q fig. 122 and q fig. 123. in a child safety seat certi The airbag on the passenger side makes the front seat a potentially dangerous place for a child to ride. The front seat is not the safest place for a child in a forward -facing child safety seat. It is a very dangerous place for an infant or a larger child in a rearward-facing seat . _&. WARNING Not using a child safety seat, us ing the wrong child safety seat or imprope rly instal ling a child restraint increases the risk of serious personal injury and death in a collision or oth er emergency situation.

- Children on the front seat of any car, even with Advanced Airbags, can be seriously in jured or even killed when an airbag inflates. A child in a rearward-facing ch ild safety seat installed on the front passenger seat will be seriously injured and can be killed if the front airbag inflates - even with an Ad vanced Airbag System .

- The inflating airbag will hit the ch ild safety seat or infant carr ier with great force and will smash the child safety seat and child against the backrest, center armrest, door or roof.

-Al ways install rear-fa cing child safety seats on the rear seat .

- If you must insta ll a rearward facing child safety seat on the front passenger seat be cause of exceptional circumstances and the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light does not come on and stay on, immediately install the rea r-facing child safety seat in a rear seating position and have the a irbag system inspected by your Audi dealer .

- The rear side of the ch ild safety seat shou ld be positioned as close as possible to the backrest on the veh icle seat. Adjust or re move the rear seat head rest raint if it is dif-

ficult to install the ch ild seat with the head 141 91>

Child safety in place 9 page 44. Install the restraint head restraint again immediately once the child seat is removed. Driving without head restraints or with head restraints that are not properly adjusted increases the risk of serious or fatal neck injury dramatically .

- Always read and heed all WARNINGS when in a vehicle is ever using a child restrained being used 9 page 106, Safety belts, 9page 114, Airbag system and 9 page 134, Important information. _& WARNING If exceptional circumstances of a forward-facing child restraint on the front passenger's seat, the child's safety and well-being require that the following special precautions be taken:

- Make sure the forward-facing seat has been require the use designed and certified by its manufacturer for use on a front seat with a passenger front and side airbag.

- Always follow the manufacturer's instruc tions provided with the child safety seat or infant carrier.

- Always move the front passenger seat to range and move it back to the the highest position in the up and down ad justment rearmost position in the seat's fore and aft adjustment range, as far away from the air bag as possible, before installing the for ward-facing child restraint.

- Always make sure that the safety belt upper anchorage is behind the child restraint and not next to or in front of the child restraint so that the safety belt will be properly posi tioned.

- Always make sure that nothing prevents the front passenger's seat from being moved to the rearmost position in its fore and aft ad justment range.

- Always make sure the backrest is in an up right position.

- Make sure that the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light comes on and stays on all the time whenever the ignition is switched on. 142

- If the light does not stay on, perform the checks page 124, Monitoring the Ad vanced Airbag System.

-T ake the child restraint off the front passen ger seat and install it properly at one of the rear seat positions if the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light does not stay on whenever the ignition is switched on. Booster seats and safety belts Properly used booster seats can help protect children weighing between about 40 lbs. and 80 lbs. (18 kg and 36 kg) who are less than 4 ft. 9 in. (57 inches/1.45 meters) tall. Fig. 124 Rear seat: child proper ly restrained in a booster seat The vehicle's safety belts alone will not fit most children until they are at least 4 ft. 9 in. (57 in ches/1.45 meters) tall and weigh about 80 lbs.

(36 kg). Booster seats raise these children up so that the safety belt will pass properly over the stronger parts of their bodies and the safety belt can help protect them in a crash. ,. Do not use the convertible locking retractor when using the vehicle's safety belt to restrain a child on a booster seat. ,. The shoulder belt must lie as close to the cen ter of the child 's collar bone as possible and must lie flat and snug on the upper body. It must never lie across the throat or neck. The lap belt must lie across the pelvis and never across the stomach or abdomen . Make sure the belt lies flat and snug . Pull on the belt to tight en if necessary. ,. If you must transport an older child in a boos-

ter seat on the front passenger seat, you can Ill>-

use the safety belt height adjustment adjust the shoulder portion properly . to help

~ Secure unused safety be lts on the rear seat page 139. Children up to at least 8 years old (over 40 lbs. or 18 kg) are best protect ed in child safety s eats de signed for their age and weight. Experts say that the skeletal structure, particularly the pelvis, of these children is not fully developed, and they must not use the vehicle safety belts without a suitable child restra int . It is usually best to put these children in appro priate booster seats . Be sure the booster seat meets all applicable safety standards . Booster se ats raise the seating position of the child and reposition both the lap and shoulder parts of the safety belt so that they pass across the child's body in the right places. The rout ing of the belt over the child's body is very important for the child's protection, whether or not a boos ter seat is used. Child ren age 12 and unde r must a lways ride in the rear seat . Children who are at least 4 ft . 9 in. (57 inches/

1.45 mete rs) tall ca n genera lly use the veh icle's three po int lap and shoulder be lts. Never use the lap belt po rtion of the vehicle 's safety belt alone to restrain any child, regardless of how big the chi ld is. Always remember that children do not have the pronounced pelvic structure required for the proper function of lap belt port ion of the ve hicle 's three point lap and shoulder be lt s. The chi ld 's safety absolutely requires that a lap belt port ion of the safety belt be fastened snugly and as low as possible around the pelvis . Never let the lap belt portion of the safety belt pass over the child's stomach or abdomen. In a crash, a irbags must inflate within a blink of an eye and wit h considerable force . In order to do its job, the airbag needs room to inflate so that it will be there to protect the occupant as the occu pant moves forward into the a irbag. A vehicle occupant who is out of position and too close to the airbag gets in the way of an inflating airbag. When an occupant is too close, he or she will be struck violently and will receive ser ious or possibly even fatal injury. 0 co

......

"' ,....

"' ...... 0 0

:::, 00 Ch ild safety In order for the a irbag to offer protection, it is important that a ll vehicle occupants, especially any children, who m ust be in the front seat be cause of exceptiona l circumstances, be properly res t ra ined and as far away from the airbag as poss ible. By keeping room between the child 's body and the front of the passenger compart ment, the a irbag can inflate completely and pro vide supplementa l protec t ion in certain frontal collisions. A WARNING

-

Not using a booster seat, using the booster seat improperly, incorrect ly installing a boos ter seat or using the vehicle safety belt im properly increases the risk of serious personal injury and death in a collision or other emer gency situation. To help reduce the risk of se rious personal injury and/or death:

- The shou lder belt must lie as close to the center of the ch ild's collar bone as possible and must lie flat and snug on the upper body. It must never lie across the throat or neck. The lap belt must lie ac ross the pelvis and never across the stomach o r abdomen. Make sure the bel t lies flat and sn ug. Pull on the belt to tighten if necessary.

- Fail ure to properly route safety bel t s over a child's body will cause severe injuries in an accident or other emergency situation page 106.

- The rear side of the chi ld safety seat should in place page 44 . Install the be positioned as close as possible to the backrest on the vehicle seat. Adjust or re move the rear seat head restraint if it is dif f icult to insta ll the ch ild seat with the head restraint head restraint again immed iately once the child seat is removed . Driving without head rest raints or with head restra ints that a re not properly adj usted increases the risk of serio us or fatal ne ck inj ury dramatically .

- Never let a chi ld put the shoulder belt under the arm or behind t he ba ck, because it could cause severe injuries in a crash .

- Child ren on the fron t seat of a ny car, even with Advanced Airbags, can be seriously in-

jured or even killed when an airbag inflates . Ill>

143 Child safety

- Never let a child stand or kneel on any seat, for example the front seat.

- Never let a child ride in the cargo area of your vehicle.

- Always remember that a child leaning for ward, sitting sideways or out of position in any way during an accident can be struck by a deploying airbag. This will result in serious personal injury or death.

- If you must install a booster seat on the front passenger seat because of exceptional circumstances OFF light must come on and stay on, when ever the ignition is switched on. the PASSENGER AIR BAG

- If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light does not come on and stay on, perform the checks described Q page 124, Monitoring the Advanced Airbag System.

- Take the child restraint off the front passen ger seat and install it properly at one of the rear seat positions if the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light does not stay on whenever the ignition is switched on.

-Always read and heed all WARNINGS when in a vehicle is ever using a child restrained being used Q page 106, Safety belts, Qpage 114, Airbag system and Q page 134, Important information. Securing seats child safety Securing a child safety seat using a safety belt Safety belts for the rear seats and the front pas senger can be locked with the convertible locking retractor to properly secure child safety seats . The safety belts emergency locking retractors for the rear seats safety belts and for the front pas senger's seat safety belt have a convertible lock ing retractor for child restraints. The safety belt must be locked so that belt webbing cannot un reel. The retractor can be activated to lock the safety belt and prevent the safety belt webbing from loosening up during normal driving. A child safety seat can only be properly installed when 144 the safety belt is locked so that the child and child safety seat will stay in place. Always remember

: Even though your vehicle is equipped with an Advanced Airbag system, all children, especially those 12 years and younger, should always ride in the back seat properly re strained for their age and size. A WARNING

-

Improperly installed child safety seats in crease the risk of serious personal injury and death in a collision .

- Always make sure that the safety belt re tractor is locked when installing a child safety seat. An unlocked safety belt retrac tor cannot hold the child safety seat in place during normal driving or in a crash .

- Always buckle the child safety seat firmly in place even if a child is not sitting in it . A loose child safety seat can fly around during a sudden stop or in a collision .

- Always make sure that the rear seat back rest to which the center rear safety belt is attached is securely latched whenever the rear center safety belt is being used to se cure a child restraint.

- If the backrest is not securely latched, the child and the child restraint will be thrown forward together with the backrest and will strike parts of the vehicle interior. The child can be seriously injured or killed .

- Never install rear-facing child safety seats or infant carriers on the front passenger seat. A child will be seriously injured and can be killed when the passenger airbag in flates.

- The inflating airbag will hit the child safety seat or infant carrier with great force and will smash the child safety seat and child against the backrest, center armrest, door or roof.

-Always install rear-facing child safety seats or infant carriers on the rear seat .

- Forward-facing child safety seats or infant carriers installed on the front passenger's seat may interfere with the deployment of

-

the airbag and cause serious injury to the child.

- It is safer to install a forward-facing child safety seat on the rear seat.

- Always read and heed all WARNINGS when in a vehicle is ever using a child restrained being used page 134. Special precautions apply when installing a child safety seat on the front passenger seat page 115, Child restraints on the front seat- some impor tant things to know . A WARNING Always take spec ial precaut ions if you must install a forward or rearward-fac ing child re straint on the front passenger's seat in excep tional situations:

- Whenever a forward or rearward-facing child restraint is installed on the front pas senger seat, the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light must come on and stay on whenever the ignition is switched on.

- If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light does not come on and stay on, perform the checks described page 124, Monitoring the Advanced Airbag System.

- Take the ch ild restraint off the front passen ger seat and install it properly at one of the rear seat positions if the PASSEN GER AIR BAG OFF light does not stay on whenever the ignition is switched on .

- Improper installation of ch ild restraints can reduce their effect iveness or even prevent them from providing any protection .

- An improperly installed ch ild restraint can interfere with the airbag as it deploys and seriously injure or even kill the child .

- Always carefully follow the manufacturer's instructions provided with the child safety seat or carrier.

- Never place additional items on the seat that can increase the total weight registered by the weight-sensing mat and can cause in jury in a crash. A WARNING Forward-fac ing child rest raints :

0 co

......

"' ,....

"' ...... 0 0

:::, 00 Ch ild safety

- Always make sure the forward-facing seat has been designed and certified by its man ufacturer for use on a front seat with a pas senger front and side airbag .

- Never put the forward-facing child restraint up, against or very near the instrument pan el.

- Always move the front passenger seat to range and move it back to the the highest posit ion in the up and down ad justment rearmost posit ion in the seat's fore and aft adj ustment range, as far away from the air bag as possible, before installing the for ward-facing ch ild restraint.

- Always make sure that the safety be lt upper anchorage is behind t he ch ild rest raint and not next to or in front of the child restraint so that the safety be lt will be properly posi tioned.

- Make sure that the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light comes on and stays on all the time wheneve r the ignit ion is switched on . _& WARNING

-Rearward-facing ch ild restraints:

- A child in a rearward-facing child safety seat installed on the front passenger seat will be serious ly injured and can be killed if the front airbag inflates - even with an Ad vanced Airbag System.

- The inflating airbag will hit the ch ild safety seat or infant carr ier with great force and will smash the child safety seat and child aga inst the backrest, center armrest, door or roof .

- Always be especia lly careful if you must in stall a rearward facing child safety seat on the front passenge r seat in except iona l cir cumstances.

- A t igh t tether strap on a rearwa rd-facing child restraint attached to the front passen ge r seat can put too much pressure on the weight-m at in the seat and reg ister a heav i er weight in the Advanced Airbag System . The heavier weight reg istered can make the system work as though an ad ult were on the seat and deploy the Advanced Airbag when 145 Ill>

Child safety it must be suppressed causing serious or even fatal injury to the child.

- Make sure that the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light comes on and stays on all the time whenever the ignition is switched on.

- If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light does not come on and stay on, immediately in stall the rear-facing child safety seat in a rear seating position and have the airbag system inspected by your Audi dealer . Activating the convertible locking retractor Use the convertible locking retractor to secure a child restraint. Always heed the child safety seat manufacturer's instructions when installing a child restraint in your vehicle. To activate the convertible locking retractor:

~ Place the child restraint on a seat, preferably on the rear seat.

~ Slowly pull the belt all the way out.

~ Route it around or through the child restraint belt path ~ &_.

~ Push the child safety seat down with your full weight to get the safety belt really tight.

~ Insert the belt tongue into the buckle for that seating position.

~ Guide the safety belt back into the retractor un til the belt lies flat and snug on the child safety seat.

~ You should hear a "clicking" noise as the belt winds back into the inertia reel. Test the con vertible locking retractor by pulling on the belt . You should no longer be able to pull the belt out of the retractor tractor is now activated. The convertible locking re

~ Make sure that the red release button is facing away from the child restraint so that it can be unbuckled quickly.

~Pullon the belt to make sure the safety belt is properly tight and fastened so that the seat cannot move forward or sideways more than one inch (2 .5 cm). 146 A WARNING

-

Using the wrong child restraint or an improp-

erly installed child restraint can cause serious personal injury or death in a crash .

- Always make sure that the safety belt re tractor is locked when installing a child safety seat . An unlocked safety belt retrac tor cannot hold the child safety seat in place during normal driving or in a crash.

-Always buckle the child safety seat firmly in place even if a child is not sitting in it. A loose child safety seat can fly around during a sudden stop or in a crash.

- Always make sure the seat backrest to which the child restraint is installed is in an up right position and securely latched into place and cannot fold forward. Otherwise, the seatback with the child safety seat at tached to it could fly forward in the event of an accident or other emergency situation.

- Always read and heed all WARNINGS when ever using a child restrained in a vehicle is being used c> page 134. Special precautions apply when installing a child safety seat on the front passenger seat ~ page 115, Child restraints on the front seat - some impor tant things to know. Deactivating the convertible locking retractor The convertible locking retractor for child re straints will be deactivated automatically when the belt is wound all the way back into the re tractor.

~ Press the red button on the safety belt buckle. The belt tongue will pop out of the buckle.

~ Guide the safety belt all the way back into its stowed position. Always let the safety belt retract completely into its stowed position. The safety belt can now be used as an ordinary safety belt without the con vertible locking retractor for child restraints. If the convertible locking retractor should be ac tivated inadvertently, the safety belt must be un-

fastened and guided completely back into its

.,. to wear. this feature. If the is not deactivated, stowed position to deactivate convertible locking retractor the safety belt will gradually become tighter and uncomfortable _&. WARNING Improperly crease the risk of serious personal injury and death in a collision.

- Never unfasten the safety belt to deactivate the convert ible locking retractor for child re straints while the vehicle is moving. You would not be restrained and could be seri ous ly injured in an accident. installed child safety seats in

- Always read and heed all WARNINGS when in a veh icle is ever using a child restrained being used~ page 134. Spec ia l precautions apply when installing a child safety seat on the front passenger seat ~ page 115, Child restraints on the front seat - some impor tant things to know. LATCH system anchorages for children)

(lower and tethers Child Restraint System anchors and how are they related to child safety To prov ide a simpler and more practicable way to attach the child restra int on the vehicle seat, Federa l regulat ions require specia l lower ancho rages in vehicles and devices on new child re straints to attach to the vehicle anchorages. In the United States, the combination of the tether anchorages and the lowe r anchorages now genera lly called the LATCH system for

"Lower Anchorages and Tethers for Ch ildren" . In Canada, the terms "top tether" with "lower uni versal anchorages"

(or "lower un iversal anchor age bars") are used to describe the system. is In other countries the term "ISO FIX" is used to describe the lower anchorages . Forward-facing child res t ra ints man ufactu red af ter September 1, 1999, are required by U.S. fed eral regulations to comply with new child head movement performance requirements. These 0 co

......

"' ,....

"' ...... 0 0

:::, 00 Ch ild safety new per formance requirements make a tether necessary on most new chi ld seats. Installing a ch ild rest raint that requires a top tether without one can seriously impa ir the per formance of the child restraint and its ab ility to protect the child in a collision. Installing a child restra int that requires a top tether without the top tether may be a violat ion of state law. Child restraint manufacturers offer LATCH lowe r anchorages on their child seats with hook-on or push-on connectors attached straps. to adjustable In addition to the LATCH lower anchorages, these child restraint systems usua lly require the use of tether straps to help keep the child restra int firmly in place. _&. WARNING Improper increase the risk of injury and death in a crash.

- Always follow the instructions prov ided by the manufacturer of the child restraint you inte nd to install in your vehicle. installation of child restra ints will

-

- Never install a chi ld restraint without a top tether strap if the proper ly attached child restraint manufacture r's instructions require the top tether strap to be used.

- Improper use of child restraint LATCH lower anchorage points can lead to injury in a col li sion. The LATCH lower anchorage points are des igned to withstand only those loads im posed by correctly fitted child restraints .

- Never mo unt two child rest raint systems on one LATCH lower anchorage point.

- Never secure or at t ach any luggage or othe r item to the LATCH lower anchorages. 147 Child safety Location Remove the covers c::> fig . 126 to access the lower anchorage attachment po ints. The lower anchorage attachment po int s are vis i ble c::> fig. 12 7 .

;

a: ex, a, Lower anchorages secure the child restra int in the seat without using the vehicle's safety bel t s. Ancho rages prov ide a secure a nd easy-to- use at tachment and minimize the possib ility of improp er child restraint installat ion . All child restraints manufact ured after Septem ber 1, 2002, must have lower anchorage attach ments for t he LATCH system. Remember that the lower ancho rage points are on ly intended for insta llation and attachment of ch ild rest raints spec ifically certif ied for use wit h LATCH lower anchorages. Child restraints t hat are not eq uipped with the lower anchorage at tachments can still be installed in compliance with the chi ld restraint manufacturer's instruc tions on us ing vehicle safety belts. A WARNING Improper use of LATCH lower anchorages can cause ser ious persona l injury in an accide nt.

- Always carefully follow the ch ild restraints manufacturer's instructions for proper in stallation of the child restraint and proper use of the lower ancho rages or safety belts in your vehicle.

- Never secure or attach any luggage or othe r items to the LATCH lower anchorages.

-Always read and heed the important infor mat ion about child restraints in this chapter and WARNINGS c::> page 134, Child safety . Fig. 125 Schem at ic overview: LATCH anchorage point loca tions The illustration shows the seating locat ions in your vehicle which are equipped with the lower anchorages system. Description The lower anchorage positions are marked for quick locating. Fig. 126 Rear seats: lowe r an chorages, covers ma rked Fig . 127 Rear seats: lowe r an chorage bracket locatio ns Lower ancho rages The lower anchorage attachment points are lo cated between the rear seatback and rear seat cushion . 148 Installing a child restraint with LATCH lower anchorages Whenever you install a child restraint always fol low the child restraint manufacturer's tions. instruc Fig. 128 Lower anchorages: p roper mount ing Mounting

.,. Make sure the seatback of the rear seat bench is in the upright position and securely latched in place. ,. Attach both hook-on connectors with the spring catch release on the child safety seat onto the LATCH lower anchorage so that the connectors lock into place fig. 128 . ,. Pull on the connector attachments to make sure they are properly attached to the LATCH lower anchorage . ,. Pull straps tight fo llowing the child restraint manufacturer's instructions. Releasing

.,. Loosen the tension on the straps following the child restraint manufacturer's instructions. ,. Depress the spring catches to release the an chorage hooks from the lower anchorages . Remember: Use tether straps to he lp keep the child restraint firmly in place. A WARNING Improper use of the LATCH system can in crease the risk of serious personal injury and death in an accident.

- These anchors were deve loped only for child safety seats using the "LATCH" system.

- Never attach other child safety seats, belts or other objects to these anchors. a co

...... N r--. N

'"' 0 0

::, co Ch ild sa f ety

- Always make sure that you hear a click when latching the seat in place . If you do not hear a click the seat is not secure and could fly forward and hit the inter ior of the vehicle, or be ejected from the veh icle. A WARNING

-Improper installation of child restra ints will increase the risk of injury in an accident.

-Always follow the ch ild restraint system instructions for proper in manufacturer's stallat ion of the child restraint system a nd proper use of tether straps as well as the lowe r ancho rages or safety belts in your ve hicle.

- Always read and heed t he important info r mat ion and WARNI NGS abou t ch ild safety a nd the installat ion of child restraint sys tems page 134, Child safety. Tether anchors and tether straps Fig. 129 Tether ancho rs: attac hm ent hook locatio ns be hind the rear sea tbacks The tether anchors for the rear seating positions are located on the backside of the rear seatbacks fig . 129 . A tether is a straight or V-shaped strap that at taches the top part of a child restraint to special anchorage points in the veh icle. The purpose of the tether is to reduce the for ward movement of the child restraint in order to help reduce the risk of head injury that could be caused by striking the vehicle inte-

rior. in a crash, liJ, 149 Child safety Forward facing child restraints manufactured af ter September 1, 1999, are required by U.S. fed eral regulations to comply with new child head movement performance requirements. These new performance requirements make a tether necessary on most new child safety seats . A WARNING Improper installation of child restraints will increase the risk of injury and death in a crash.

- Always follow the instructions provided by the manufacturer of the child restraint you intend to install in your Audi.

- Improper use of child restraint anchors (in cluding tether anchors) can lead to injury in a collision. The anchors are designed to withstand only those loads imposed by cor rectly fitted child restraints.

- Never mount two child restraint systems on one LATCH lower anchor point.

- Never attach two child restraint systems to one tether strap or tether anchorage.

- Never attach a tether strap to a tie-down hook in the luggage compartment.

- Never use child restraint tether anchorages to secure safety belts or other kinds of occu pant restraints.

- Never secure or attach any luggage or other items to the LATCH lower anchorages or to the tether anchors.

- If a tether or other strap is used to attach a child restraint to the front passenger seat, make sure that it is not so tight, that it causes the weight-sensing mat to measure more weight than is actually on the seat.

- The heavier weight registered can make the Advanced Airbag System work as though an adult were on the seat and deploy the Ad vanced Airbag when it must be suppressed caus ing serious or even fatal injury to the child .

- If you must install a rearward fac ing child safety seat on the front passenger seat be cause of exceptional circumstances and the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light does not come on and stay on, immediately install the rear-facing child safety seat in a rear 150 seating position and have the airbag system inspected by your Audi dealer. Installing the upper tether strap on the anchorage Fig. 130 Tether strap: proper routing and mounting Fig. 131 Tether strap: proper rout ing and mount ing Installing the tether strap

.,. Release or deploy the tether strap on the child restraint according to the child restraint manu facturer's instructions. ,. Guide the upper tether strap under the rear head restraint and into the rear cargo area r:::;, fig. 131 (raise the head restraint if necessa ry). For child restraints with V-tether straps, al ways make sure that the head restraint guide rods do not interfere with any part of th e top tether strap. ,. Slide the tether strap hook over the anchor bracket. ,. Pull on the tether strap hook so that the spring catch of the hook engages . ,. Tighten the tether strap f irmly following the child restraint manufacturer's instructions. Releasing the tether strap

.,. Loosen the tension following the child restraint manufacturer's instr uctions. II>

~ Depress the spring catch on the hook and re lease it from the anchorage.

@ Note If you leave the ch ild restraint with the tether strap firmly installed for several days, this could leave a mark on the upholstery on the seat cushion and backrest in the area where the tether strap was installed. The upholstery would also be permanently stretched around the tether strap . This applies especially to leather seats . Using tether straps on rearward-facing child restraints Current ly, few rear-facing child restraint systems come with a tether. Please read and heed the child restraint system manufacturer's instruc tions carefully to determine how to properly in stall the tether. A WARNING A child in a rearward-facing child safety seat installed on the front passenger seat will be ser iously injured and can be killed if the front airbag inflates - even with an Advanced Airbag System.

- The inflating airbag will hit the child safety seat or infant carrier with great force and will smash the child safety seat and child against the backrest, center armrest, or door. in the seat and register a

- A tight tether or other strap on a rearward facing child restraint attached to the front passenger seat can put too much pressure on the weight-mat heavier weight in the Advanced Airbag Sys tem. The heav ier weight registered can make the system work as though an adult were on the seat and deploy the Advanced Airbag when it must be supp ressed causing serious or even fatal injury to the child.

- If you must install a rearward fac ing ch ild safety seat on the front passenger seat be caus e of exceptiona l circumstances and the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light does not come on and stay on, immed iate ly install 0 co

......

"' ,....

"' ...... 0 0

:::, 00 Child safety the rear-facing child safety seat in a rear seating position and have the airbag system inspected by your Audi dealer. Additional information Sources of information about child restraints and their use There are a number of sources of additional in formation about child restraint se lection, instal lation and use :

NHTSA advises that the best child safety seat is the one that fits your child and fits in your vehi cle, and that you will use correctly and consis tent ly. Try before you buy!

U.S National Highway Traffic Safety Administra tion Tel.: 1-888 -327-4236 http:/ /www.nhtsa.gov http:/ /www.safercar.gov

(TTY: 1-800-424-9153) National SAFE KIDS Campaign Tel.: (202) 662-0600 http:/ /www.sa fekids .org Safety BeltSafe U.S.A Tel.: (800) 745-SAFE (English) Tel.: (800) 747-SANO (Spanish) http:/ /www.carseat.org Transport Canada Information Centre Tel.: 1-800 -333-0371 or call 1-613-998-8616 you are in the Ottawa area http://www.tc.gc.ca/

eng/roadsafety/men u. htm if Audi Customer Relations Tel.: (800) 822-2834 151

 

 

Ch e ck ing and Filling Checking Fuel and Filling Blended gasoline Gasoline grade Applies to: vehicles with gasoline engines The correct gasoline grade is stated on the inside of the fuel filler door. Use of gasoline containing alcohol or MTBE

(methyl tertiary butyl ether) You may use unleaded gasoline blended wit h al cohol or MTBE (commonly referred to as oxygen ates) if the blended mixt ur e meets the fo llowing criteria :

The vehicle is equipped with a catalytic converter and must only be driven w ith unleaded gas oline. Blend of gasoline methanol (wood alcohol or meth yl alcohol) Aud i recommends using TOP TIER Detergent Gas oline. Additional information on TOP TIER Deter gent Gaso line can be found on the offic ial web site (www .toptiergas.com)

. The individua l gasoline grades are differentiated by octane ratings . This value is given with (R+M)/

2 equating to AKI or in RON. The fo llow ing headings match the co rrespon d ing sticker in the fue l fi ller door . UNLEADED FUEL ONLY MIN . ( R+M)/ 2 87 Regular/ MIN. RON 91 Regular Use regu lar gaso line with minim um 8 7 AKI/

9 1 RON ~ @ . The max imum engine power is only reached if prem ium gasol ine 91 AKI/ 95 RON is used. 0 Note

- Filling the tank ju st one t ime with leaded fuel or ot her meta llic additives will cause permanent de t er iorat ion to the catalyt ic conve rt er func t ion.

- Whe n gasoline with an octane rati ng that is too low is used, high speeds or heavy engi ne load can lead to engine damage .

(D Tips The vehi cle may be filled with f uel t ha t has a higher octane rati ng than wh at is required by t he engine . 152

- Anti-knock index must be 87 AKI or higher.

- Blend must contain no more than 3% metha-

nol.

- Blend must contain more tha n 2% co -solvents. Blend of gasoline and ethanol (grain alcohol or ethyl alcohol )

- Anti -knock index must be 87 AKI or higher .

- Blend must not co nt ai n mo re t han 15% etha-

nol. Blend of gasoline and MTBE

- Anti-knock index must be 87 AKI or higher.

- Blend must contain not more than 15% MTBE. Seasonally adjusted gasoline is more likely to be made in time. Many gasoline grades a re blended to pe rform es pec ially well for wint er or summe r dr iving . Dur ing seasonal change-ove r, we sugges t th at you fill up at bu sy gas stat ions where the seasona l adjustment

(D Note

- Meth a no l fuels which do not meet these re quirements may cause corrosion and dam age to plastic and rubber com ponents fuel system. in the

- Do not use fue ls that fa il to meet the speci fied cr iteria in th is chapter .

- If you are una ble to dete rm ine whether or not a part icu lar f uel blend meets the speci fications, ask your service station or its fue l supplier.

- Do not use fue l for which the contents can not be ident ified .

- Fuel system damage and performance prob lems resulting from the use of fuels differ ent from those specified are not the respon sibility of Audi and are not covered under the New Vehicle or the Emission Control System Warranties.

- If you experience a loss of fuel economy or driveability and performance problems due to the use of one of these fuel blends, we recommend that you switch to unblended fuel. Gasoline additives A majo r concern among many auto manufactur ers is carbon deposit build-up caused by the type of gasoline you use. Although gasoline grades d iffer from one manu facturer to another, they have certain things in common. All gasoline grades contain substances that can cause deposits to collect on vital engine parts, such as fuel injectors and intake valves . Al though most gasoline brands include additives to keep engine and fuel systems clean, they are not equally effective. Audi recommends using TOP TIER Detergent Gas oline . For more information on TOP TIER Deter gent Gasoline, please go to the official website

(www.toptiergas.com). After an extended period of using inadequate fuels, built-up carbon deposits can rob your en gine of peak performance.

(}) Note

- Damage or malfunction due to poor fuel quality is not covered by the Audi New Vehi cle Limited Warranty. a co

...... N r--. N

.-<

0 0

::, co Checking and Filling Refueling Fueling procedure Fig. 132 Right rear side of the vehicle : ope ning the fuel filler door Fig. 133 Fuel filler door with attached fue l cap The fuel filler door is unlocked or locked by the central locking system.

"' Press on the left side of the fuel filler door to open r=.> fig. 132 .

"'U nscrew the tank cap counterclockwise.

"' Place the cap from above on the open fuel filler door r=.>fig. 133.

"' Insert the fuel pump nozzle a ll the way into the fuel filler neck.

"' Start refueling. As soon as the fuel pump noz zle turns off the first time, the fuel tank is full. Do not continue fueling, or else the expansion space in the tank will be filled with fuel.

"' Pull the pump nozzle out of the tank filler neck five seconds after it has sw itched off, so that the rest of the fuel can flow out of the pump nozzle into the filler neck.

"' Turn the fuel cap clockwise until you hear it lock.

"' Then press on the left side of the tank door un-

til it latches. Ill>

153 Ch e ck ing and Filling The correct fuel type for your vehicle can be found on a label located on the inside of the fue l f iller door . For addit iona l information on fuel, see page 152 . For the tank capacity in yo ur vehicle, refer to the Technical Data page 210. To reduce the risk of fuel leak ing out or vapo rs escaping, make sure that t he fuel tank is closed correct ly. Otherwise th@ '41) indicator light may turn on. If the central loc king system malf uncti ons, t he fue l filler door may emergency release page 155. A WARNING An improper fue ling procedure and improper hand ling of fue l can lead to explosions, fires, severe bu rns and other injur ies.

- Do not smoke and keep away from open flames.

- The ignition must be switched off when re fueling .

- Cell phones, radio devices and other radio equipment should always be switched off when refueling. Electromagnet cause sparks and start a fire. ic rays cou ld

- If you do not insert t he fue l pump nozzle a ll the way into the filler tube, then f ue l can leak out. Spilled fuel can ignite and start a fire .

- Never get into the vehicle when refueling. If there is an exceptional situation where t he vehicle must be entered, close the door and touch a metal surface before touching the fuel pump nozzle agai n. This will reduce the risk of e lectros t at ic discharge t hat can cause flying spar ks. Sparks can start a fire when ref ue ling. A WARNING We recommend t hat you do not t ransport any fuel containers in the vehicle . Fuel could leak out of t he container and ignite, especially dur-

l) Market -specific 154 ing an accident. This can cause explos ions, fires and injuries.

- If you must transport fuel in a fue l contain er, please note the following:

- Always place a fue l conta iner on the ground befo re filling . Neve r fill the fuel contai ne r with fuel whi le it is in or o n the vehicle. Elect rostatic charge can occur while refueling and the fuel vapo rs could ignite.

- For fuel con t aine rs made of me t al, the fuel pump nozzle must a lways maintai n contact with the container to reduce the risk of stat ic charge.

- Insert the fuel pump nozz le as far as pos sible into the f ille r opening wh ile refuel ing .

- Follow lega l req uirements when using, stor ing and transporting fuel conta iners .

- Make su re t hat the fuel container meets the ind ustry standards, or ASTM F852-86. for example ANSI

(D Note

- Remove fue l t ha t has overflowed onto any to reduce vehicle components immediately the risk of damage to the vehicle.

- Never drive unt il the fuel tan k is com plete ly empty . The irreg ular supply of fue l that re sults from that can cause eng ine misfires . Uncombusted fuel will ente r the exhaust system and increase the risk of damage to the catalytic converter .

( For the sake of the environment Do not overfill the fuel tank, otherwise fuel can leak out when the veh icle is warming up.

(D Tips The fuel filler door o n your veh icle does not lock if you lock the veh icle from the inside us ing the centra l locking switch. Fuel filler door emergency release If the central locking system is faulty, the fuel filler door can be unlocked manually. Fig. 13 4 Right side tr im j:>ane l in the luggage compart ment: eme rg ency release mec hani sm The emergency opening mechanism is located behind the right side trim panel in the luggage compa rtme nt . Remove the cover in the side panel. Loosen the strap from its bracket -arrow- and fig. 134 c:>(D. The filler pull on it carefully <=:>

doo r is released . Press on the left side of t he fuel fille r doo r to open it <=:>page 153, fig. 132 .

(D Note Only pull o n the loop until you feel resi st ance. You will not he ar it relea se. Ot herwise yo u could damage t he eme rge ncy re lea se me cha nism . Catalytic converter The vehicle may o nly be dr iven with unleaded gasoline, otherwise the catalyt ic converter will be destroyed . Never d rive until the t ank is comp letely em pty . The irregular supply of f uel t hat resul t s from that can cause engine m isfires. Uncombus t ed fuel will enter the exhaust system, wh ich can cau se ove r heat ing and damage to the catalyt ic converter . A WARNING

- The temperature in the exha ust system is high, both when dr iving and after stopping the engine.

-

a co

...... N r--. N .... 0 0

::, co Checking and Filling

- Never touch the exhaust tail pipes o nce they have become hot . This cou ld resu lt in burns.

- Do not par k your vehicle over flammable mate rials s uch as grass or leaves because the high temperature of the emissions con trol system could start a fire.

- Do not app ly unde rbody protectant in the exhaust system area, because this increases the risk of fire. Engine compartment

' Working in the engine compartment Special care is required if you are working in the engine compartmen t For work in the engine compartment, such as checking and fill ing fluids, there is a risk of in jury, scalding, accidents, and burns. For thi s reason, follow all the warnings and general safety precaution s provided in the following in formation. The engine compartment is a dan

.&. gerous area on the vehicle. <=:>

A WARNING

- Turn the engine off .

- Switch t he ignition off .

- Set the pa rking brake.

- Move t he selec t or lever into the P position.

- Never open the hood whe n th ere is steam or coo lant escaping from the engine comp a rt men t , becau se t here is a risk that yo u could be burned. Wai t unt il no st ea m o r coolan t is escaping .

- Let t he eng ine cool down.

- Keep children away from th e eng ine com-

par tme nt.

- Never sp ill fluid s o n a ho t e ngine . These flu ids (su ch a s t he free ze prot e ct ion contained in t he coolant) can cat ch fi re.

- Avoid short circuit s in t he electrical system.

- When working in t he engine compartment, that the radiator fan can swit ch remember on even if t he igni tio n is sw itched off, which increases the risk of person al injury.

~

155 become caught in the radiator fan, fan belt or other moving components or do not come into contact with hot compo nents. Tie back long hair before beginning work and do not wear clothing that can hang down into the engine .

- Limit your exposure to exhaust and chemi cals to as short a time as possible &,. A WARNING California Proposition 65 Warning:

- Engine exhaust, some of its constituents, and certain vehicle components contain or emit chemicals known to the State of Cali fornia to cause cancer and birth defects and reproductive harm . In addition, certain flu ids contained in vehicles and certain prod ucts of component wear contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm .

- Battery posts, terminals and related acces sories contain lead and lead compounds, chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and reproductive harms. Wash hands after handling.

@ Note When filling fluids, be sure not to mix the flu ids up. Otherwise severe malfunctions and en gine damage will occur.

@ For the sake of the environment You should regularly check the ground under your vehicle in order to detect leaks quickly. If there are visible spots from oil or other fluids, bring your vehicle to an authorized Audi deal er or authorized Audi Service Facility to be checked. Checking and Filling

- Never open the cap on the coolant expan sion tank when the engine is warm. The cooling system is under pressure.

- To protect your face, hands, and arms from hot steam or coolant, cover the cap with a large cloth when opening.

- Do not remove the engine cover under any circumstances. This increases the risk of burns.

- If tests need to be performed with the en gine running, there is additional danger due to moving components (such as the ribbed belt, alternator and radiator fan) and from the high-voltage ignition system.

- Do not under any circumstances give gas in advertently (for example, by hand from the engine compartment) tionary but the engine is running and a gear is engaged. Otherwise, the vehicle will start to move immediately and this could result in an accident. if the vehicle is sta

- Pay attention to the following warnings list ed when work on the fuel system or on the electrical equipment is required.

- Do not smoke .

- Never work near open flames.

- Always have a working fire extinguisher nearby.

- All work on the battery or electrical system in your vehicle can result in injuries, chemi cal burns, accidents or burns. Because of this, all work must be performed only by an authorized Audi dealer or authorized Audi Service Facility.

- To reduce the risk of electric shock and in jury, never touch the following components when the engine is running or is being start ed:

- Ignition cable

- Other components in the electronic high-

voltage ignition system

- If you must check or perform work on the engine while it is running:

- Set the parking brake and place the selec tor lever in the P (park) position first .

- Always proceed with extreme caution so that clothing, jewelry or long hair do not 156 Opening/closing the hood The hood is released from inside the vehicle. . Raise the hood slightly ,& . . Press the rocker switch und er the hood upward fig . 136. This releases the catch . Checking and Filling

.. Open the hood. Closing the hood

.. Push the hood down until you override the force of the strut . . Let the hood fall lightly into the latch. Do not press it in. c> ,& . A WARNING

-

- Never open the hood when there is steam or coolant escaping from the engine compart ment, because there is a risk that you could be burned. Wait until no steam or coolant is escaping.

- If the hood is not latched completely, it could fly up while you are driving and ob struct your vision.

- For safety reasons, the hood must always be closed securely while driving. Because of this, always check the hood after closing it to make sure it is latched correctly. The hood is latched if the front corners cannot be lifted.

- If you notice that the hood is not latched while you are driving, stop immediately and close it, because dr iving when the hood is not lat ched increases the risk of an accident . Fig. 135 Driver footwell: release lever 0 0

"' 0

=i

~

Fig. 136 Rocker switch under the hood Make sure the wiper arms are not raised up from the windshield. Otherwise the paint could be damaged. Opening the hood

.. With the driver's door open, pull the lever be low the instrument panel in the direction of the arrowfig.135. a co

,...., N r--. N

'"' 0 0

::, co 157 Che ck ing and Filling Engine compartment overview The most important check points. Fig. 137 Typical location of the rese rvoir and the engine oil fille r open ing

(D Coolant reservoir (- L) page 162

@ Oil dipstick page 160 Engine oil filler opening ('t:::r.) page 160 Eng ine oil label* with VW standard evpage 158 Brake f luid reservoir ((0)) page 163 Veh icle battery(+) page 164, evpage 203

(?) Jump start point( - ) with hex head screw ev page 164, ev page 203

@ Washer fluid reservoir (O) ev page 165 Fuse housing c:::> page 199 The oil dipstick (item @ ) and the engine oil fi ller open ing (item @ ) can be located in different po sitions depend ing on the engine version. _& WARNING Read and follow all WARNINGS before check ing anything in the engi ne compa rtment &. in Working in the engine compartment on page 155 . 158 Engine oil Engine oil specifications The engine oil used must conform to exact speci fications. The serv ice interval d isplay in the inst rumen t cluster of your vehicle will inform you when it is time for an o il change . We recommend that you have your oil changed by a n authorized Audi Se rv ice Advisor. If you must add oil betwee n oil changes, use an oil that matches the Audi oil quality standard listed on the sticker. The sticker is located at the front of the eng ine compartment fig. 137 . page 158, Audi recommend s

~ Castrol /fg/j;Sf.g;fg f'r<OJ-:-,:;~J.D,'lAl. Audi recomme nds Longlife high performance engine oil from Audi Genuine Part s liJI, Using the prope r engine oil is important for the functionality and service life of the engine. Your engine was factory-filled with a high-quality oil which can usually be used throughout the entire year . Note Your Limited New Vehicle Warranty does not cover damage or malfunctions due to failure to follow recommended maintenance and use requirements as set forth in the Audi Owner's Manual and Warranty & Maintenance booklet .

- Use only a high quality engine oil that ex-

pressly complies with the Audi oil quality standard specified for your vehicle's engine. Using any ot her oil can cause serious engine damage.

- Do not mix any lubricants or other additives into the engine oil. Doing so can cause en gine damage.

@ Tips If you need to add oil and there is none availa ble that meets the Audi oil quality standard your eng ine requ ires, you may add a total of no more than 0.5 quart/li ter of a high-quality

"synthet ic"oil that meets the following speci fications.

- ACEA A3 or API SM with a viscosity grade of SAE OW-30, SAE SW-30 or SAE SW-40.

- For more information abou t engine oil t hat has been approved for your vehicle, please contact either your authorized Audi dea ler or Audi Custome r Relat ions at 1 (800) 822-2834 or visit our web site at www.audiusa.com or www.aud icanada .ca. Engine oil consumption The engine in your vehicle depends on an ade qua te amoun t of oil to lubricate and cool all of its moving par ts. In order to provide effective lubrication and cool ing of int ernal engine components, all internal combustion engines consume a cert ain amount of oil. Oil consumption varies from engine to en gine and may change sign ificantly over the life of the eng ine . Typically, eng ines with a spec ified 0 co

......

"' ,....

"' ...... 0 0

:::, 00 Ch e ck ing an d Filling break-in period (see page 57) consume more oil during th e break-in period than they consume after oil consumption has stabilized. Under normal cond itions, the rate of oil con sumption depends on the quality and viscos ity of the oil, the RPM (revolutions per minut e) at which the engine is operated, the amb ient tem perature and road condit ions. Further factors are the amount of oil dilution from water condensa tion or fuel resid ue and the oxidation level of the oil. As any engine is subject to wear as mileage builds up, the oil consumption may increase over t ime unt il repla cement of worn components may become necessary. With al l these variables coming into play, no standard rate of oil consumption can be estab lished or spec ified . The re is no alte rnative to reg ular and fre quent chec king of t he oil level, see Note . If the yellow engine oil level warning symbo l II in t he instrument cluster lights up, you sho uld check the oil level as soon as possible page 160 . Top off the oil at your earliest con venience. A WARNING Before you check anything in the engine com partment, always read and heed all WARN INGS .&. in Working in the engine compart ment on page 155.

(D Note Driving with an insufficient oil level is likely to cause severe damage to the engine .

(D Tips

- The oil pressure warning display. is not an indicato r of the oil level. Do not rely on it. Instead, check the oil level in your en gine at regular intervals , preferably each time you refuel, and always befo re go ing on a long trip.

- If you have the impression your engine con sumes excessive amounts of oil, we recom mend that you consult an author ized Audi dea ler to have the cause of your concern 159 Che ck ing and Filling properly diagnosed. Keep in mind that the accurate measurement of oil consumption requires great care and may take some time. An author ized Audi dealer has instruc tions about how to measure oil consump tion accu rately. Checking the engine oil level and adding engine oil Fig. 138 Oil dipstick (example): checking the eng ine oil level 0 N -N

~

a,

(D Fig. 139 Engine compartment: engine oil filler opening cover Observe the safety precautions c:> page 155, Working in the engine compartment

. Checking the engine oil level

- Park the vehicle on a level surface.

- Shut the engine off when it is warm. Wait ap-

prox imately two m inutes so that the engine oil can flow back into the oil pan.

- Open the hood c:> page 157.

- Remove the oil dipstick <=>page 158, fig . 137, wipe it off with a clean cloth and insert it all the way in again .

- Remove the oil dipstick again and then read the oil level c:> table on page 160.

- Add engine oil if necessary. 160 Areas on the o il dipstick c::> fig. 138.

(D If the engine oil leve l is just before the mark ing (D, then engine oil must be added . See c:>@ .

@ Do no t add engine oil. Adding engine oil

- Unscrew the cap 't=:rl c:> fig. 139 for the engi ne oil filling open ing c:>page 158, fig. 137.

- Carefully add 0 .5 quart (0.5 lite r) of the correct oil <=>page 158.

- Check the oil level again after two minutes .

- Add a smaller amount of engine oil if necessa-

ry. The mark ing @ c:> fig. 138 must not be ex ceeded c:>Cl).

- Screw the eng ine oil filler cap 't=:rl and slide the dipstick all the way in . &, WARNING

- When adding eng ine oil, do not let oil d rip ont o hot engine components. Th is increases t he risk of a fire.

- You must sea l t he cap on the oil filler open ing correct ly so that oil does not leak ou t onto the hot engine and exha ust system when the engine is running, beca use this is a fire hazard .

- Always clean skin thoro ughly if it comes into contact with engine oil.

(D Note

- The engine oil level mus t not be under the marking (D, because t his increases t he risk of engine damage .

- After add ing engi ne oil, the oil leve l must not be above t he mar king @ , because this increases the risk of catalytic converte r and/

or engine damage . Do not start the engine . Contact an authorized Audi dealer or au thorized Audi Service Facility to have excess engine oil extracted if necessary.

- Do not mix any addit iona l lubr icants into the engine oil. Damage caused by such addi-

t ives is not covered by the warranty. ,_

@ For the sake of the env ironment

- Engine oil should never enter the sewer sys tem or come into contact with the ground under any circumstances.

- Pay attention to legal requirements when disposing of empty oil containers. The engine oil consumption may be up to 0.5 quart/600 m iles (0.5 liter/1,000 km), de pending on driving style and operating condi tions. Consumption may be higher during the first 3,000 miles (5,000 km). The engine oil level must be checked regularly . It would be best to check each time you refuel your vehi cle and before long dr ives. Changing the engine oil We recommend that have your oil changed by an authorized Audi dealer or a qualified service sta tion. Before you check anyth ing in the eng ine compart ment, always read and heed all W ARNINGS Q .&. in Working in the engine compartment on page 155. The engine oil must be changed according to the intervals specified in your Warranty & Mainte nance booklet. This is very important because the lubri cat ing propert ies of oil diminish gradually d uring normal vehicle use. Under some circumstances the eng ine oil should be changed more frequently . Change oil more of ten if you d rive mostly short distances, ope rate the vehicle in d usty areas or under predominant stop-and -go traffic conditions, or have your vehi cle where temperatures for extended periods. remain below freezing ly Detergent additives in the oil will make fresh oil look da rk after the engine has been running for a short time. This is normal and is not a reason to change the oil more often than recommended. Because of the problem of proper disposal, along with the special tools and necessa ry expertise re qu ired, we strong ly recommend that you have 0 co

......

"' ,....

"' ...... 0 0

:::, 00 Ch e ck ing an d Filling your oil changed by an authorized Audi dealer or a qualified service station . If you choose to change your oil yourself , please note the follow ing important info rmation:

A WARNING

=

To reduce the risk of persona l injury if you must change the engine oil in your vehicle yourself:

- Wear eye protect ion .

- To redu ce the risk of burns from hot eng ine

-

oil, let the engine cool down to the touch.

- W hen remov ing the oil d rain plug with your fingers, stay as far away as possib le. Always keep your forearm parallel to the ground to he lp prevent hot oil from running down your arm.

- Drain the oil into a container designed for this purpose, one large enough to hold at least the tota l amount of oil in your engine.

- Engine oil is poisonous. Keep it well out of the reach of children.

- Continuous contact with used engine oil is harmful to your skin. Always protect your skin by washing oil off thoroughly with soap and water.

(D Note Never mix oil additives with your engine oil. These additives can damage your engine and adverse ly affect your Audi Limited New Vehi cle Warranty.

@ For the sake of the environment

- Before chang ing your oil, first make sure you know where you can properly d ispose of the used oil.

- Always dispose of used engine o il properly. Do not dump it on garden soil, wooded areas, into open streams or down sewage drains.

- Recycle used engine o il by tak ing it to a used eng ine oil collection fac ility in your area, or contact a service station . 16 1 Ch e ck ing and Filling Cooling system Coolant The engine cooling system is filled with a mixture of purified wate r and coolant addit ive at the fac tory. This coolant must not be not changed . The coolant level is monito red throug h the . dicator light page 12. However, we do recom mend occasionally checking the coolant level manually. in If you must add coolant, use a mixture of water and coolant add it ive. Mixing the coolant additive with distilled water is recommended. Coolant additive The coolant additive is made of ant i-freezing and corros ion protection agents. Only use the follow ing coolant add it ives. These addit ives may be mixed wit h each other. Coolant additive G13 G12++

Specification TL 774 J TL 774 G The amount of coolant add itive that needs to be mixed wit h water depends on the climate where the vehicle will be operated . If the coolant addi tive percentage is too low, the coolant can free ze and damage the engine. Coolant additive min. 40%

max. 45%

min. 50%

max. 55%

Freeze protec-

tion min. -13 F

(-25 C) max. -40 F

(-40 C) Warm reg ions Cold reg ions CJ) Note

- Before the start of winter, have an author ized Audi dealer or authorized Audi Service Facility check if the coolant additive in your vehicle matc hes the percentage approp riate for the climate . This is especially important whe n driving in colde r climates.

- If the approp riate coolant additive is not available in an emergency, do not add any other additive. You could damage the en-

162 gine. If this happens, only use wat er and re store the correct mixture ratio with t he specified coolant additive as soon as poss i ble.

- Only refill with new coolant .

- Radiator sealant must not be mixed with the coolant . Adding coolant

-"' -"' ""

co a, Fig. 140 Engine com par t m ent: coo la nt expans ion ta nk cover Observe the safety precautions page 155, Working in the engine compartment

. Checking the eng ine coolant level

.,. Park the vehicle on a level surface . ,. Switch the ignition off. ,. Read the coolant level on the coolant expansion tank page 158, fig. 137. The coolant level must be betwee n the markings when the en gine in cold. When t he engine is warm it can be slightly above the uppe r mar king. Adding coolant Requirement: there must be a residual amount of coolant in the expansion ta nk (D. ,. Let the engine cool down. ,. Place a clot h over the coolant expansion tan k cap and unscrew the cap counterclockw ise

.&._. ,. Add coolant mixed in the correct rat io c;,page 162 up to t he upper ma rking . ,. Make sure that the fluid level remains stab le. Add more coolant if necess ary. ,. Close the cap securely. Coolant loss usually indicates there is a lea k. Im-

med iate ly drive your vehicle to an author ized

.,. Audi dealer or authorized Audi Service Facility and have the cooling system inspected . If the cooling system is not leaking, a loss can come from the coolant boiling through overheating and being pushed out of the cooling system. A WARNING

- The cooling system is under pressure . Do not open the coolant expansion tank cap when the engine is hot . This increases the risk of burns .

- The coolant additive and the coolant can be dangerous to your health. For this reason, keep the coolant in the original container and away from children. There is a risk of poisoning.

- When working in the engine compartment, remember that the radiator fan can switch on even if the ignition is switched off, which increases the risk of injury. CD Note Do not add coolant if the expansion tank is empty . Air could enter the cooling system and damage the engine. If this is the case, do not continue driving. See an authorized Audi deal er or authorized Audi Service Facility for assis tance. Brake fluid Fig. 141 Engine compartment: cap on brake flu id reservoir Observe the safety precautions page 155, Working in the engine compartment . Checking the brake fluid level

~ Read the brake fluid Level on the brake fluid reservoir ~ page 158, fig. 13 7. The brake fluid a co

...... N r-,. N

""

0 0

::, co Checking and Filling Level must be between the MIN and MAX mark ings ~A . The brake fluid Level is monitored automatically. Changing the brake fluid

-

Have the brake fluid changed regularly by an au thorized Audi dealer or authorized Audi Service Facility . A WARNING

- If the brake fl uid level is below the MIN marking, it can impair the braking effect and driving safety, which increase the risk of an accident. Do not continue driving. See an authorized Audi dealer or authorized Audi Service Facility for assistance.

- If the brake fluid is old, bubbles may form in the brake system during heavy braking . This would impair braking performance and driving safety, which increases the risk of an accident .

- To ensure the brake system functions cor rectly, only use brake fluids that comply with VW standard 501 14 or FMVSS-116 DOT 4 . CD Note

- If the brake flu id level is above the MAX marking, brake fluid may Leak out over the edge of the reservoir and result in damage to the vehicle.

- Do not get any brake fluid on the vehicle paint, because it w ill corrode the paint. Battery General warnings about batteries Because of the complex power supp ly, all work on batteries such as disconnecting, replacing, etc. should only be performed by an authorized Audi dealer or authorized Audi Service Facility

.&,. The term "vehicle battery " refers to the 12 Volt battery in your vehicle. .. 163 Che ck ing and Filling Detailed warnings for the vehicle battery:

forb idden . tective gloves and eye pro t ect ion. Wear eye protection . A Battery ac id is high ly corrosive . Wear pro-

@ Fire, spark s, open flame an d smok ing are

~ A highly explosive mixt ure of gases can Keep children away from battery acid and A WARNING form when charging batteries. bat teries . All work on the battery or electrical system in your vehicle can result in injuries, chemical burns, accidents or burns. Because of this, all work must be performed only by an author ized Audi dealer or authorized Audi Serv ice Facility. A WARNING California Proposit ion 65 Warning :

- Battery posts, termina ls and related acces sories contain lead and lead compounds, chem icals known to the State of California to cause cancer and reproductive problems . Wash hands after handling .

(D Note Protect the vehicle battery against freezing if the vehicle wilt be parked for long periods of time so that it is not destroyed by "freezing"

9 page 164, Charging the vehicle battery . Charging the vehicle battery Fig. 142 Engine compartment: connectors for a char ger and jump st art cab les 164 Observe the safety precautions 9 pag e 155, Working in the engine compartm ent. Requirement: only use chargers with a maximum charging current of 30 amps / 14 .8 Volts. The ve hicle battery cables remain connected . The battery is located in the engine compart ment . The ground po int 0 is always located on the veh icle body . ,. Read the wa rnings 9 .&. in General warnings about batteries on page 164 and 9 ,&.. ,. Switch off the ignit io n and all electrica l equ ip-

men t . ,. Open the hood 9 page 157 . ,. Fold th e battery cover upward 9 fig. 142. ,. Clamp the terminal clamps on the charger cor rectly onto the ground point O and the pos it ive termin a l (v . ,. Now insert the power cable for the charging de vice into the socket and switch the device on . ,. At the end of the charging process, switch the charger off and pull the power cable ou t of the socket. ,. Now remove the charging device term inal clamps. ,. Close the batt e ry cover. ,. Close the hood page 15 7. A WARNING

- A high ly explosive mixture of gases can form when charg ing batteries . Only charge the veh icle battery in we ll-ventilated areas .

- A drained vehicle battery can freeze at tem peratures around 32 QF (0 QC). A frozen or thawed vehicle battery must not be charged and must not be used anymo re . The battery housing can crack and batte ry acid can leak out if ice forms, which increases the risk of an explosion and chemical burns. Contact an authorized Audi dealer or authorized Audi Service Facility for more information.

- Do not connect or disconnect the charging cable wh ile charging because this increases the risk of an explosion .

@ Tips

- Only charge the vehicle battery through the connections in the engine compartment.

- Read all of the manufacturer's instructions for the charger before charging the vehicle battery. Windshield system washer M N

~

N "' a) ID Fig. 143 Engine compartment: windshield washer fluid reservoir Observe the safety precautions q page 155, Working in the engine compartment. The windshield washer fluid reservoir W contains the cleaning solution for the windshield and the rear window q page 158, fig. 137,. The reservoir capacity can be found in qpage 210. To reduce the risk of lime scale deposits on the spray nozzles, use clean water with low amounts of calc ium . Always add window cleaner to the wa ter. When the outs ide temperatures a re cold, an anti-freezing agent should be added to the water so that it does not freeze.

- The concent ration of anti-freezing agent must be adjusted to the vehicle operating conditions in the respective climate. A con cent rat ion that is too high can lead to vehi cle damage. Checking and Filling interval Service The service interval display detects when your ve hicle is due for service. display The service interval display works in two stages:

- Inspection or oil change reminder : after a cer-

tain distance is driven, a message appears in t he instrument cluster display every time the ignition is switched on. The remaining distance or time is displayed br iefly.

- Inspection or oil change due: if your vehicle has reached an inspection or oil change interval or both intervals at the same time, the mes sage Inspection due! or Oil change due! or Oil change and inspection due! appears briefly af ter sw itching the ignition on. Checking service intervals You can check the remaining distance or time un ti l the next oil change or next inspection .

- Select: the I CARI function button > (Car) Sys tems* control button > Servicing & checks >

Service intervals . Resetting the indicator An autho rized Audi dea ler or a uth orized Audi Service Facility will reset the se rvice int erva l dis play after performing service . If you have changed the o il yourself, you must re set the oil change interval. Perform the follow ing to reset the d isplay:

- Select: the I CARI function button > (Car) Sys tems * control button > Servicing & checks >

Service intervals . Turn the control knob down ward to Reset oil change interva l and press the control knob .

~ Note

- Only reset the oil change ind icator if the oil was changed.

- Never add rad iator anti-freeze or other addi

- Following the service intervals is crit ica l to tives to the washer fluid.

- Do not use a glass cleaner that contains paint solvents, because this could damage the paint . ma intaining the service life and value of your vehicle, especially the engine . Even if the mileage on the vehicle is low, do not ex ceed the time fo r the next service. 0 co

......

"' ,....

"' ...... 0 0

:::, 00 165 Wheels Wheels Wheels and Tires General information 1>-(heck your tires regularly for damage (punctures , cuts, cracks and bulges). Remove foreign ob jects from the tire tread. ,. If driving over curbs or similar obstacles, drive slowly and ap proach the curb at an angle. 1>-Have faulty tires or rims re placed immediately. 1>-Protect your tires from oil, grease and fuel. ,. Mark tires before removing them so that the same running direction can be maintained if they are reinstalled. 1>-Lay store them in a cool , dry location with as little exposure to light as possible. tires flat when storing and

-

_&. WARNING

-Never drive faster than the maximum permitted speed for your tires . This could cause the tires to heat up too much. This increases the risk of an accident because it can cause the tire to burst .

-Always adapt your driving to the road and traffic condi-

166 tions. Drive carefully and re duce your speed on icy or slip pery roads. Even winter tires can lose traction on black ice.

(D Note

- Please note that summer and winter tires are designed for the conditions that are typical in those seasons. Audi recom mends using winter tires dur ing the winter months . Low temperatures significantly de crease the elasticity of summ er tires, which affects traction and braking ability. If summer tires are used in very cold temperatures, on the tread bars, resulting permanent tire damage that can cause loud driving noise and unbalanced cracks can form in tires.

-Burnished, polished or chromed rims must not be used in winter driving condi tions. The surface of the rims does not have sufficient corro sion protection for this and could be permanently dam aged by road salt or similar substances. Tire designations Fig. 144 Tire designations on the side wall Wheels Tire construction R indicates a radial tire. Rim diameter Size of the rim diameter in inche s.

@ Load index and speed rating The load index indicates the tire's load-carrying capacity. The speed rating indicates the maximum permitted speed. Also see &.in General information on page 166.

"EXTRA LOAD" , "xl" or "RF" ind i cates that the tire is reinforced or is an Extra Load tire .

(D Tires for passenger vehicles

(if applicable) Speed rat-

ing p Q R s T u H V z w y

"P" indicates a tire for a passenger vehicle. "T" indicates a tire desig nated for temporary use.

@ Nominal width Nominal width of the tire be tween the sidewalls in millime ters. In general: the larger the number, the wider the tire.

@ Aspect ratio Height/width percentage . ratio expressed as a a co

...... N r--. N

'"' 0 0

::, co Maximum permitted speed up to 93 mph (150 km/h) up to 99 mph (160 km/h) up to 106 mph (170 km/h) up to 110 mph (180 km/h) up to 118 mph (190 km/h) up to 124 mph (200 km/h) up to 130 mph (210 km/h) up to 149 mph (240 km/h?) above 149 mph (240 km/h)a) up to 168 mph (270 km/h)a) up to 186 mph (300 km/h)a) a) For tires above 149 mph (240 km/h), tire manufacturers code "ZR". sometimes use the 167 Wh e el s

(J) US DOT number (TIN) and manufacture date The manufacture date is listed on the tire sidewall (it may only ap pear on the inner side of the tire) :

tire can carry. Tire manufacturers must also specify the materials used in the tire . These include steel, nylon, polyester and other materials .

@ Maximum permitted load This number indicates the maxi mum load in kilograms and pounds that the tire can carry.

@ Uniform tire quality grade standards for treadwear, tr action and temper atur e resistance Treadwear, traction and tempera ture ranges page 182.

@ Running direction The arrows indicate the running direction of unidirectional tires. You must always follow the speci fied running direction page 196 .

@) Maximum permitted inflation pressure This number indicates the maxi mum pressure to which a tire can be inflated under normal operat ing condit ions . DOT ... 2217 ... means, for example, tha t the ti re was produced in t he 22nd week of the year 2017.

@ Audi Original Tires Audi Original equipment tires with the designation "AO" have been specially matched to your Audi. When used correctly, these tires meet the highest standards for safety and handling. An au thorized Audi dealer or author ized Audi Service Facility will be able to provide you with more in formation . Mud and snow capability

"M/5" or "M+S" indicates the tire has properties ma king it suitable to drive in mud or snow. & indi cates a winter t ire .

@ Composition of the tire cord and materials The number of plies indicates the number of rubberized fabric lay ers in the tire . In general: the more layers, the more weight a 168 Glossary of tire and loading terminology Accessory weight means the combined we ight (in excess of those standard items which may be replaced) of auto matic transmission, power steer ing, power brakes, power win dows, power seats, radio, and heater, to the extent that these items are available as factory- in stalled equipment stalled or not) .

(whether in Aspect ratio means the ratio of the height to the width of the t ire in percent

. Numbers of 55 or lower indicate a low s idewal l for improved steer ing response and better overall handling on dry pavement. Bead means the part of t he t ire that is made of steel wires, wrapped or reinforced by ply cords and that is shaped to fit the rim . Bead separation means a breakdown of the bond between components in the bead . 0 C0 -N " N -0 g a) Wheels Cord means the strands forming the plies in t he tire. Cold tire inflation pressure recom means the t ire pressure mended by the vehicle manufac tu rer for a tire of a designated size that has not been driven for more than a couple of m iles (kilo meters) at low speeds three hour period before the t ire pressure is measured or adjusted . in the Curb weight means the weight of a motor ve hicle with standard equipment in cluding the maximum capacity of fuel, oil, and coolant, air cond i tioning and additional weight of optio nal eq uipment

. Extra load tire means a tire designed to operate at higher loads and at higher in flat ion pressu res than the corre sponding standard tires may be ident ified as "XL",

"xl", "EXTRA LOAD", or "RF" on the sidewall. t ire . Extra load

.,. 169 Wh e el s Gross Axle Weight Rating

("GAWR ") Maximum (permissible) inflation pressure means the load-carrying capacity of a single axle system , measured at the tire -ground interfaces. Gross Vehicle Weight Rating

(" GVWR") means the maximum total loaded weight of the vehicle . Groove means the space between jacent tread ribs . two ad Load rating (code) means the maximum load that a tire is rated to carry for a given in flation pressure. You may not find this information on all tires be cause it is not required by law. means the maximum cold infla tion pressure be inflated. Also called "maxi mum inflation pressure."

to which a tire may Normal occupant weight means 150 lbs. (68 kilograms) times the number of occupants seated in the vehicle up to the to tal seating capacity of your vehi cle. Occupant distribution means distr ibution of occupants in a vehicle. Outer diameter means the overall diameter of an inflated new tire. Maximum load rating Overall width means the load rating for a tire at the maximum permissible tion pressure for that tire. infla Maximum loaded vehicle weight means the sum of:

(a) Curb weight

(b) Accessory weight

(c) Vehicle capacity weight, and

(d) Production options weight means the linear distance be tween the exteriors of the side walls of an inflated tire, includ ing elevations due to labeling, deco rations, or protective bands or ribs . Ply means a layer of rubber-coated parallel cords. 170 Production options weight Rim Wheels means the combined weight of those installed regular production options weighing over 5 lbs.

(2 .3 kg) in excess of those stand ard items which they replace, not previously considered weight or accessory we ight, in cluding heavy duty brakes, ride levelers, roof rack, heavy duty battery, and special trim. in curb Radial ply tire tire in which means a pneumatic the ply cords that extend to the beads are laid at substantially 90 degrees the tread. to the centerline of Recommended inflation pressure see page 169, Cold tire infla tion pressure . Reinforced tire means a tire designed to operate at higher loads and at higher in flation pressures than the corre sponding standard forced tires may be identified as

"XL" "xl" "EXTRA LOAD" or "RF"

on the sidewall. tire. Rein 1

,

, 0 C0 -N ,... N -0 0 ::, a) means a metal support for a tire or a tire and tube assembly upon which the tire beads are seated. Rim diamet er means nominal d iameter of the bead seat. If you change your wheel size, you will have to pur chase new tires to match the new rim diameter. Rim size designat ion means rim diameter and width . Rim width means nomina l distance between rim flanges. Sidewall means that portion of a tire be tween the tread and bead. Speed rating (letter code) means the speed at which a tire is to be driven for extend designed ed periods of time . The rat ings range from 93 mph (150 km/h) to 186 mph (298 km/h) table on page 167. You may not find this information on all tires be cause it is not required by law. The speed rating letter code, where applicable, the tire sidewall and indicates the ... is molded on 1 7 1 Wheels maximum permissible speeds . See also &. in General information on page 166 . road Tire pressure monito ring system*

means a system that detects when one or more of a vehicle's tires are underinflated and illumi nates a low tire pressure warning telltale. Tread means that portion of a tire that comes into contact with the road. Tread separation means pulling away of t he t read from the tire carcass. Treadwear indicators {TWI) means the projections within the principal grooves designed to give a visual indication of the degrees of wear of the tread. See page 175, Treadwear indicator for more information on measur ing tire wear. Uniform Tire Quality Grading is a tire information system devel oped by the United St ates Nat ion al Highway Traffic Safety Admin istration (NHTSA) that is designed to help buyers make relative com-

1 72 to that a tire will last for parisons among tires . The UTQG is not a safety rat ing and not a guarantee a prescribed number of miles

(kilome t ers) or perform in a cer tain way. It simply gives tire buy ers add it iona l information combine with other considera tions, such as price, brand loyalty and dealer recommendations. Un der UTQG, tires are graded by the tire manufacturers in three areas:

treadwear, tract ion, and tempera t ure res istance. The UTQG infor mation on the tires , molded into the sidewalls . U.S. DOT Tire Identification Number {TIN) This is the t ire's "serial number". It beg ins with the letters "DOT"

and indicates that the tire meets

. The next all federal standards two numbers or letters indicate the plant where it was manufac tured, and the last fo ur numbers represent t he week and year of manufacture. For example, DOT ... 2217 .. means that the ti re was produced in the 22nd week of 2017. The other numbers are ma rketing co des that may or may not be used

.,.. by the tire manufacturer. This in is used to contact con formation sumers if a tire defect requires a recall. Vehicle capacity weight means the rated cargo and lug gage load plus 150 lbs . (68 kilo grams) times the vehicle's desig nated seating capacity. Vehicle maximum load on the tire means that load on an individual tire that is determined by distrib uting to each axle its share of the maximum and dividing by two. loaded vehicle weight Vehicle normal load on the tire means that load on an individual tire that is determined by distrib uting to each axle its share of the curb weight, accessory weight, and normal occupant weight (dis in accordance with ta tributed ble on page 178) and dividing by two. Occupant loading and distr i bution for vehicle normal load for various designated seating capacities Refer to the tire inflation pres sure label page 176, fig. 147 Wheels for the number of seating posi tions . Refer to the table table on page 178 for the number of people that correspond hicle normal load. to the ve New tires or wheels Audi recommends having all work on tires or wheels performed by an authorized Audi dealer or au thorized Audi Service Facility. These facilities have the proper knowledge and are equipped with the required tools and replace ment parts. ,,.New tires do not yet have the optimum gripp ing properties

. Drive carefully and at moderate speeds for the first 350 miles

(500 km) with new tires. ,,.Only use tires with the same de sign, size (rolling circumference) and as close to the same tread pattern as possible on all four wheels. ,,.Do not replace tires individually . At least replace both tires on the same axle at the same time. that you use

.,,.Audi recommends Audi Original Tires . If you would like to use different tires, please note that the tires may perform

... 1 73 0 C0 -N " N -0 0 ::, a) Wheels differently even if they are the same size c::> .,&..

~ If you would like to equip your vehicle with a tire/rim combina tion that is different from what was installed at the factory, con sult with an authorized Audi dealer or authorized Audi Service Facility before making a pur chase c::> ,& . if winter If the spare tire is different from the regular tires installed on the vehicle - for example, tires or wide tires are installed -

then only use the spare tire tem porarily in case of emergency and drive carefully while it is in use. It should be replaced with a regular tire as soon as possible. Applies to: vehicles with all wheel drive: all four wheels must be equipped with tires that are the same brand and have the same construction and tread pattern so that the drive system is not dam aged by different wheel speeds. For this reason, in case of emer gency, only use a spare tire that has the same circumference as the regular tires. 174 A WARNING

-Only use tire/rim combina

-

tions and suitable wheel bolts that have been approved by Audi. Otherwise, damage to the vehicle and an accident could result.

-For technical reasons, it is not possible to use tires from oth er vehicles - in some cases, you cannot even use tires from the same vehicle model.

-Make sure that the tires you select have enough clearance to the vehicle. Replacement tires should not be chosen simply based on the nominal size, because tires with a dif ferent construction can differ greatly even if they are the same size. If there is not enough clearance, the vehicle can be damaged and this can reduce driving safety and increase the risk of an accident. the tires or

-Only use tires that are more than six years old when abso lutely necessary and drive carefully when doing so.

-Do not use run-flat tires on your vehicle. Using them when

... not permitted can lead to ve hicle damage or accidents .

-If you install wheel covers on the vehicle, make sure they al low enough air circulation to cool the brake system. If they do not, this could increase the risk of an accident. Tire wear/damage Fig. 145 Tire profile : treadwear tor indica Tire wear Check the tires regularly for wear.

-Inflation pressure that is too low or high can increase tire wear considerably.

-Driving quickly through curves, rapid acceleration and heavy braking increase tire wear.

-Have an authorized Audi dea ler or authorized Audi Service Facili-

l ) Obey any applicable regulations in your country. Wheels ty check the wheel alignment if there is unusual wear.

-Have the wheels rebalanced if an imbalance is causing noticeable vibration in the steering wheel. If you do not, the tires and other vehicle components could wear more quickly. Treadwear indicator Original equipment tires contain treadwear indicators in the tread pattern, which are bars that are 1/16 in (1.6 mm) high and are spaced evenly around the tire per pendicular to the running direc tion i:::> fig. 145. The letters "TWI"

or triang les on the tire sidewall indicate the location of the tread wear indicators. The tires have reached the mini mum tread depth l ) when they have worn down to the treadwear indicators. Replace the tires with new ones i:::> .&.. Tire rotation Rotating the tires regularly is rec ommended to ensure the tires wear evenly. To rotate the tires, install the tires from the rear axle ..,. 175 0

"' .... N " N .... 0 0

::,

"'

Wheels on the front axle and vice versa. This will allow the tires to have approximately the same length of service life. For unidirectional tires, make sure the tires are installed accord ing to the running direction indi cated on the tire sidewall page 196. Hidden damage Damage to tires and rims can of ten occur in locations that are hidden. Unusual vibrations in the vehicle or pulling to one side may indicate that there is tire damage. Reduce your speed immediately. Check the tires for damage. If no damage is visible from the out side, drive slowly and carefully to the nearest authorized Audi deal er or authorized Audi Service Fa cility to have the vehicle inspect ed. A WARNING Tread that has worn too low or different tread depths on the t ires can reduce driving safety. This can increase the risk of an accident because it has a nega t ive effect on handling, driving through curves, and braking, and because it increases the 176 risk of hydroplaning when driv ing through deep puddles. Tire pressure Fig. 146 Driver's side 8-pillar : tire pres sure label

"'"'"

AVANT ---

-

-

-

KPA. a PSI KPA. a PSI KPA. a PSI Fig. 147 Tire pressure label The correct tire pressure for tires mounted in the factory and for the spare tire* is indicated on a la bel. The label is located on the B pillar fig. 146, fig. 147. Use the tire pressure specified for a normal vehicle load when the vehicle is partially loaded table on page 178 . If driving the vehi-

cle when fully loaded, you must increase the tire pressure to the maximum specified pressure .&. ,. Checking/correcting ti re pressure

.,,.Check the tire pressure at least once per month and also check it before every long drive. ,,.Always check the tire pressure when the tires are cold . Do not reduce the pressure if it increas es when the tires are warm . ,,.Check the label fig. 147 for the correct tire pressure based on vehicle load . ,,.Correct the tire pressure essary . ,,.Vehicles with Tire Pressure Mon itoring System*: store the modi fied tire pressure in the Infotain ment system page 184. in the emer

.,,.Check the pressure tire*. Always gency tire*/spare maintain the maximum temper ature that is specified for the tire. if nec

.&_ WARNING Always adapt the tire pressure to your driving style and vehicle load. Tire pressure table Wheels

-Overload ing can lead to loss of vehicle control and increase the risk of an accident. Read and follow the important safe in page 178, ty precautions Tires and vehicle load limits.

-The tire must flex more if the tire pressure is too low or if the vehicle speed or load are too high. This heats the tire up too much. This increases the risk of an accident because it can cause the tire to burst and result in loss of vehicle con trol. in tire pressure

-Incorrect creases tire wear and has a negative effect on driving and braking behavior, which in creases the risk of an accident.

(D Note Replace lost valve caps to re duce the risk of damage to the tire valves.

@) For the sake of the environment Tire pressure that is too low in creases fuel consumption. Please note that the informat contained in the following table was correct at the time of print-

ion ing, and the information ject to change. If there are differ ences between this information is sub

.,. 177 0 C0 -N " N -0 0 ::, a) Wheels and the tire pressures specified on the label on the driver's side B pillar, always follow the specifica tion on the B-pillar label page 176, fig. 146. Make sure that the tire designa tion on your tire matches the des-

ignation on the tire pressure label and the tire pressure table. The following table lists recom mended tire pressures in cold tires according to the load and the size of the tires installed. Model/

Engine Tire designation Q3:

2.0L 4 cylinders 235/50 Rl8 97H 235/50 Rl8 97V 255/40 Rl9 l00Y 255/35 R20 97Y 255/40 Rl9 l00H Tire pressure Normal load

(up to 3 people)a) Maximum load front rear front rear PSI 32 32 33 33 33 kPA PSI kPA PSI kPA PSI kPA 220 220 230 230 230 220 220 230 230 230 250 250 320 320 320 230 230 300 300 300 33 33 44 44 44 36 36 46 4 6 46 32 32 33 33 33 a) 2 people in the front; 1 person in the rear

.8, WARNING Please note the important safe ty precautions regarding tire pressure page 176 and load limits page 178. Tires and vehicle load limits There are limits to the amount of load or weight that any vehicle and any tire can carry. A vehicle that is overloaded will not handle well and is more difficult to stop. Overloading can not only lead to loss of vehicle control, but can al so damage important parts of the vehicle and can lead to sudden 178 tire failure, including a blowout and sudden deflation that can cause the vehicle to crash. Your safety and that of your pas sengers also depends on making sure that load limits are not ex ceeded. Vehicle load includes ev erybody and everything in and on the vehicle. These load limits are technically referred to as the vehi cle's Gross Vehicle Weight Rat ing ("GVWR"). The "GVWR" includes the weight of the basic vehicle, all factory in stalled accessories, a full tank of 11>

load . The maxi fuel, oil, coolant and other fluids plus maximum mum load includes the number of that the vehicle is in passengers to carry ("seating capaci tended ty") with an assumed weight of 150 lbs. (68 kg) for each passen ger at a designated seating posi tion and the total weight of any luggage in the vehicle. If you tow a trailer, the weight of the trailer hitch and the tongue weight of the loaded trailer must be includ ed as part of the vehicle load. The Gross Axle Weight Rating

("GAWR") is the maximum load that can be applied at each of the veh icle's two axles. The fact that there is an upper limit to your vehicle's Gross Vehi cle Weight Rating means that the total weight of whatever is being carried in the vehicle (including the weight of a trai ler hitch and the tongue weight of the loaded trailer) is limited. The more pas sengers in the vehicle or passen gers who are heavier than the standard weights assumed mean that less weight can be carried as

~ luggage.

-N " N -0 0 ::, a) Wheels The Gross Vehicle Weight Rating and the Gross Axle Weight Rating are listed on the safety compli ance sticker label located on the driver's side B-pillar. _&. WARNING Overloading a vehicle can cause loss of vehicle control, a crash or other accident, serious per sonal injury, and even death.

- Carrying more weight than your vehicle was designed to carry will prevent the vehicle from handling properly and increase the risk of the loss of vehicle control.

-The brakes on a vehicle that has been overloaded may not be able to stop the vehicle within a safe distance.

- Tires on a vehicle that has been overloaded can fail sud denly, including a blowout and sudden deflation, causing loss of control and a crash.

-

- Always make sure that the to tal load being transported including the weight of a trail er hitch and the tongue weight of a loaded trailer -

does not make the vehicle heavier than the vehicle's Gross Vehicle Weight Rating . 1 79 Wheels Determining correct load limit Use the example below to calcu late the total weight of the pas sengers and luggage or other things that you plan to transport so that you can make sure that your vehicle will not be overload ed . Steps for Determining Correct Load Limit 1. Locate the statement "THE COMBINED WEIGHT OF OCCU PANTS AND CARGO SHOULD NEVER EXCEED XXX KG OR XXX LBS"on your vehicle's placard

(tire inflation pressure label) c:::> page 176, fig. 146. 2. Determine the combined weight of the driver and pas sengers that will be riding in your vehicle. 3. Subtra ct the combined weight of the driver and passengers from "XXX" kilograms or "XXX"

pounds shown on the sticker c:::> page 176 , fig. 146 . 4. The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity. For ex ample, if the "XXX" amount equals 1400 lbs. and there will 180 be five 150 lbs. passengers in your vehicle, the amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 lbs.

(1400-750 lbs.)

(5 X 150) = 650 5. Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle. That weight may not safely ex ceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calculat ed in Step 4 . 6. If your vehicle will be towing a trailer, load from your trailer will be transferred to your ve hicle. Consult this manual to determine how this reduces the available cargo and lug gage load capacity of your vehi cle.

~check the tire sidewall

(c:::>page 167, fig. 144) to deter mine the designated load rating for a specific tire. Wheel bolts and rims Wheel bolts Wheel bolts mus t be clean and loose n/tighten eas ily. Rims Rims with a bo lted rim ring* or with bo lted wheel covers" cons ist of mult iple pieces . These compo-

nents were bolted togethe r us ing s pecial bolts

..,. and a special procedure. You must not repair or disassemble th e m .&.. A WARNING Wheel bolts that are tightened or repaired in correctly can become loose and result in loss of vehicle control, which increases the risk of an acc ident. For the correct tightening specifi cation, see page 192, After changing a wheel .

- Always keep the wheel bolts and the Wh e el s ion . when roa d s a re free of snow and ice . Summer tires cause less road noise, tire wear and fue l consumpt

(D Tips You can also use a ll season tires instead of winter tires . Please note that in some coun tries where winter tires are required , on ly winter tires w it h the & symbo l may be per mitted. threads grease. in the wheel hub clean and free of Snow chains

- Only use wheel bo lts that fit the rim .

- Always have damaged rims repa ired by an authorized Audi dealer or autho rized Aud i Service Facility . Never repair or d isassemble rims yourself, because this increases t he risk of an accident. Winter tires Winte r ti res significantly improve the vehicle's handling when driving in wint er condit ions . Be cause of the ir constr uction (width, compound, tread pattern), summer tires provide less trac tion on ice and snow . .. Use w inter t ires on all fo ur wheels . .. Only use winter t ires that are approve d for your vehicl e . .. Please note that the maximum permitted speed may be lower with winter tires .&. in General information on page 166. An au t hor ized Audi dealer or author ized Audi Service Fa cility can inform you about the maximum per mit t ed speed for you r t ires . .. Check the ti re press ur e after installing w heels page 176. The effec t iveness of winter t ires is reduced great ly when the t read is worn down to a depth of 0 .157 in (4 mm). The char acter istics of win t er tires a lso dec rease great ly as t he t ire ages, re gardless of the remaining

@) For the sake of the environment Reinst a ll s umme r ti res at t he a ppro priate t ime, bec ause th ey provide bet t er hand ling tread . 0 co

......

"' ,....

"' ...... 0 0

:::, 00 Snow cha ins not only improve the drivi ng in win te r road condit ions, but also the braking . .. Only ins t all snow chains on the front wheels. This applies a lso to vehicles with a ll wheel drive*. .. Check and correct the seating of the snow chai ns after d riving a few feet, if necessary. Fol low the instr uctions from the manufac tu rer. .. Note t he maximum permitted spee d when dr iv ing with snow chains . Do not exceed 30 mph

(SO km/h). Use fine-me sh snow chains. They must not add more t han 0. 53 inch (13. S mm) in height, incl ud ing t he chain lock . You m ust remove the snow chains on roads with out snow . Ot herwise, you could impair d riving abili ty and damage the t ires . Use of snow chains is only permitted with certa in rim/tire comb inat ions due t o technical reasons . Check wit h a n au thorized Audi dea ler or a uthor ized Audi Service Facility to see if you may use snow chains . A WARNING Using incor rect snow chains or installing snow cha ins incor rect ly can resu lt in loss of veh icle control, which increases the risk of an acci dent.

(D Note Snow cha ins can damage the rims/whee l cov-

ers * if the chains come into direct contact liJJ, 181 Wheels with them . Remove the wheel covers" first. Use coated snow chains. For example: Tread wear 200 , Traction AA, Tem perature A. Low-profile tires Applies to: vehicles with low-profile tires Your vehicle is equipped with low-profile tires* at t he factory . Compared to other tire/rim combina ti ons, low-profile tires offer a wider tread sur face and a larger rim diameter with shorter tire side walls . This results in an agile driving style . How ever, it may reduce the level of comfort and in crease road no ise when dr iving on roads in poor condition . Low-profile tires can become damaged more qu ickly than standard t ires when driving over large bumps, potholes, manhole covers, speed bumps and curbs . Therefore, portant to maintain the cor rect tire pressure page 176. it is part icular ly im To reduce the risk of damage rims, drive very carefully on poor roads. to the tires and Check your wheels regularly every 2,000 mi

(3,000 km) for damage. For example , check for bu lges/cracks on the t ires or deformations/

cracks on the rims. After a heavy impact or damage, have the tires and rims inspected or replaced immed iate ly by an author ized Audi dealer or author ized Audi Serv ice Facility . Low-profile tires can wear out faster than stand ard tires. Summer tires are not su itable for cold weather, snow or black ice . If you are driving in these con d itions, use winter or all season t ires page 181. Uniform tire quality grading

- Tread wear

- Traction AA A B C

- Temperature ABC Qua lity grades can be found where applicab le on the tire side wall between maximum section width page 167, fig . 144 . tre a d shoulder and 182 All passenger car t ires must conform to Federal Safety Requirements in addit ion to these grades . Tread wear The tread wear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified gov ernment test course. For example, a tire graded 150 would wear one and one half (1 1/2) times as well on the govern ment course as a t ire graded 100 . The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual cond itions of their use , however, and may depart sign ificantly from the norm due to variations differences in driv ing habits, service practices and in road characteristics and climate. Traction The traction grades , from highest to lowest, are AA, A, Band C. Those grades represent the tire's ability to stop on wet pavement as measured un der controlled conditions on specified govern ment test surfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tire marked C may have poor traction performance _&. Temperature The temperature grades are A (the highest), B, and C, representing to the generat heat when tested under controlled conditions on a spec ified indoor laboratory ion of heat and its ability to dissipate the tire 's resistance test wheel. Sustained high temperature rial of the tire t o degenerate and reduce tire life , and excessive temperature tire failure .& . can cause the mate can lead to sudden to a level of perform The grade C corresponds ance which all passenger car tires must meet un der the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No. 109. Grades Band A represent higher levels of performance on the laboratory the minimum required by law . test wheel than ll>

A WARNING 1=

-

The traction grade ass igned to this tire is based on straight-ahead braking traction tests, and does not include acceleration, cor nering, hydroplaning or peak tract ion charac teristics.

-

A WARNING The temperature grade for this t ire is estab lished for a t ire that is properly inflated and no t overloaded. Excess ive speed, underinfla tion, or excessive loading, either separately or in combination, can cause heat buildup and possible tire failure. A WARNING Temperature grades apply to tires that are properly inflated and not over or underinflat ed. Tire pressure monitoring system

(!) General notes Applies to: vehicles with tire pressure mo nitoring system Each t ire, including the spare (if provided), should be checked monthly when cold and inflat ed to the inflation pressure recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placa rd or tire inflat ion pressure label. (If your vehicle has tires of a different s ize tha n the size indicated on the veh icle placard or tir e inflation pressure la be l, you s hou ld de t ermine t he prope r t ire infla tion pressure for those t ires). As an added safety feature, your veh icle has been eq uipped with a tir e pressu re monito ring sys t em

(TPMS) that illuminates a low t ire press ure te ll tale when one or more of your tir es is significan t ly under-inflated. Accordingly, when the low tire pressure tellta le illuminates, you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible, and inflate them to the proper pressure. Driving on a s ignifi cantly under-i nflated tire causes the tire to over heat and can lead to t ire failure . Unde r-inflation a lso reduces fuel efficiency and t ire t read life, 0 co

......

"' ,....

"' ...... 0 0

:::, 00 Wh e el s and may affect the vehicle 's handling an d st op ping ability. Please note tha t the TPMS is not a substitute fo r prope r ti re maintenance, a nd it is the dr iver's re spons ibility to maintain correct t ire pressure, even if under-inflatio n has not reached the level to t rigge r illumination of the TPMS low t ire pres s ure te lltale . Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the sys tem is not ope rating properly. The TPMS ma l funct ion indicator is combined with the low t ire pressure telltale. When the system detects a malfu nction, the telltale will flash for app roxi mately one minute and t hen rema in continuously illuminated . This seque nce will cont inue upon subsequent vehicle star t -ups as long as the mal funct ion exists. When the malfunction indicator is illum inated, the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended. TPMS malfunct ions may occur fo r a va riety of reaso ns, including the insta llation of replacement or alt ernate t ires or whee ls on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning proper ly. Always check the TPMS ma lfunction te lltale after replac ing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the rep lacement or a lt ernate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function prope rly.

' If the Tire Pressure Monitoring System indicator appears Applies to: vehicles wi th Tire Pressure Monito ring System in dicator The tire pressure indicator in the instrument cluster informs you if the tire pressure is too low or if there is a system malfunction . the tire tread circumfer Using the ABS sensors, the t ire pressure monitor ing system compares ence and vibration characterist al tires. If the pressure changes in one o r more whee ls, this is indicated in the inst rument cluste r display with t he [IJ indica t or light and a mes sage . If only one t ire is affec t ed, the locat ion of that tire will be indicated. ics of the ind ividu

.,,. 183

- Under certain conditions (such as a sporty driving style, w inter conditions or unpaved roads), the tire pressure monitoring system ind icator may be delayed .

- Do not use run-flat tires on your vehicle. Us ing them when not permitted can lead to vehicle damage or accidents.

(D Tips

- The tire pressure monitor ing system can al so stop working when there is an ESC mal function.

- Using snow chains may result in a system malfunction.

- The tire pressure monitor ing system in your Audi was calibrated with "Audi Original Tires" c:::> page 173. Using these tires is rec ommended.

'

Storing tire pressures Applies to: vehicles wit h Tire Pressure Monito rin g System in dicator

.. Make sure before storing that the tire pressures of all four tires meet the specified values and are adapted to the load <=:>page 175 . . Switch the ignition on . . Select: the I CARI funct ion button > (Car) Sys tems * cont rol button > Servicing & checks >

Tire pressure monitoring > Store tire pressures

> Yes, store now.

(D Tips Do not sto re the tire pressures if snow chains are installed. Wheels The tire pressures must be stored in the Infotain ment system again each time the pressures change (switch ing between partial and full load pressure) or after changing or replacing a tire on your vehicle c:::> page 184. The tire pressure moni toring system only monitors the tire pressure you have stored . Refer to the tire pressure label for the recommended tire pressure for your vehicle c:::> page 176, fig. 147. Tire tread circumference and vibration character istics can change and cause a t ire pressure warn ing if:

- the tire pressure in one or more tires is too low

- the tire has structural damage

- the tire was replaced or the tire pressure was changed and it was not stored c:::> page 184

- the spare tire* is installed lights Indicator ti] - Loss of pressure in at least one tire c:::> & . Check the tires and replace or repair if necessary. Check/correct the pressures of all four tires and store the pressure again in the menu display c:::> page 184.

@m (Tire Pressure Monitoring System) Tire pressure: System malfunction!. If@m appears after switching the ignit ion on or whi le driving and the ti] indicator light in the instrument clus ter blinks for approximately one minute and then stays on, there is system malfunction. Try to store the correct tire pressures c:::> page 184. If the indicator light does turn off or turns on again after a short period of time, dr ive to an author ized Audi dealer or authorized Aud i Service Facili ty immediately to have t he malfunct ion correct ed. _& WARNING

- If the tire pressure indicator appears in the display, reduce your speed immediate ly and avoid any hard steering or braking maneu vers. Stop as soon as possible and check the t ires and their pressure.

- The driver is responsible for maintaining the correct tire pressure. You must check the tire pressure regularly. 184 Care and cleaning General information Regular, proper care helps to maintain your vehi cle's value. It can also be a requirement when submitting warranty claims for corrosion damage and paint defects on the body. The necessary care products can be obtained from an authorized Audi dealer or authorized Audi Service Facility. Read and follow the instruc tions for use on the packaging. A WARNING

- Using clean ing and care products incorrectly can be dangerous to your health.

- Always store clean ing and care products out of reach of children to reduce the risk of poi son ing .

@ For the sake of the environment

- Preferably purchase environmenta lly-friend ly cleaning products.

- Do not dispose of leftover cleaning and care products with household trash. Car washes The longer that deposits remain on the vehicle, the more the surface may be damaged. High temperatures such as those caused by sunlight increase the damag ing effect. Before washing, rinse off heavy depos its with plenty of water. St ubborn depos its such as bird droppings or tree sap are best removed with plenty of water and a microfiber cloth. Also, wash t he underside of your vehicle once road sa lt stops being used for the season . Pressure washers When washi ng your vehicle with a pressure wash er, always follow the operating instructions pro vided wit h the pressure washer. This is especially important in rega rd to the pressure and sp raying distance . Do not aim the spray directly at seals on side windows, doors, the hood, the luggage com-

0 co

......

"' ,....

"' ...... 0 0

:::, 00 Ca re and cleaning partment lid or the panorama glass roof* or at tires, rubber hoses, insulating material, sensors *

or camera lenses* . Keep a distance of at least 16 in (40 cm). Do not remove snow and ice with a pressure washer. Never use cone nozzles or high press ure nozzles . The water temperatu re must not be above 140 F

(60 (). Automatic car washes Spray off the vehicle before washing. Make sure that the windows and roof* are closed and the windshie ld wipers are off . Follow instruc tions from the car wash ope rator, especially if there are accessories attached to your vehicle. If possible, use car washes that do not have brushes . Washing by hand Clean t he vehicle starting from the top and wor k ing down using a soft sponge or cleaning brush. Use solven t-free cleaning produ cts. Washing vehicles with matte finish paint by hand To avoid damag ing the pa int when washi ng, first remove dust and large part icles from you r vehi cle. Insects, grease spots and fingerprints are best removed with a special cleaner for matte finish paint. Apply t he product using a microf iber cloth . To avoid damaging the paint surface, do not use too much pressure. Rinse the vehicle t horoug hly with wate r. Then clean using a neutral shampoo and a soft micro fiber cloth . Rinse the vehicle t horough ly aga in and let it air dry. Remove any wate r residue using a chamois . WARNING

- Only wash the vehicle when the ignition is off and follow the instr uctions from the car 185 Care and cleaning wash operator to reduce the risk of acci dents.

- To reduce the risk of cuts, protect yourself from sharp metal components when wash ing the underbody or the inside of the wheel housings.

- After washing the vehicle, the braking effect may be delayed due to moisture on the brake rotors or ice in the winter. This in creases the risk of an accident. The brakes must be dried first with a few careful brake applications.

(D Note

- If you wash the vehicle in an automatic car wash, you must fold the exterior mirrors in to reduce the risk of damage to the mirrors. Power folding exterior mirrors* must on ly be folded in and out using the power folding function.

- To reduce the risk of paint damage, do not wash the vehicle in direct sunlight.

- To reduce the risk of damage to the surface, do not use insect removing sponges, kitchen sponges or similar items.

- Matte finish painted vehicle components:

- To reduce the risk of damage to the sur-

face, do not use polishing agents or hard wax.

- Never use protective wax. It can destroy the matte finish effect.

- Do not place any stickers or magnetic signs on vehicle parts painted with matte finish paint. The paint could be damaged when the stickers or magnets are re moved.

@ For the sake of the environment Only wash the veh icle in facilities spec ially de signed for that purpose. This will reduce the risk of dirty water contaminated with oil from entering the sewer system. Cleaning and care information When clean ing and caring for individual vehicle components, refer to the following tables. The information contained there is simply recom mendations. For quest ions or for components Exterior cleaning that are not listed, consult an authorized Audi dealer or authorized Audi Service Facility. Also follow the information found in &.. Component Situation Solution Windshield wiper Deposits blades Headlights/

Tail lights Sensors/

Camera lenses Deposits Deposits Wheels Snow/ice Road salt Brake dust Exhaust tail pipes Road salt Decorative parts/ Deposits Trim 186 page 39, Cleaning the wiper blades Soft sponge with a mi ld soap solutiona >

Sensors: soft cloth with solvent-free cleaning solution Camera lenses: soft cloth with alcohol-free cleaning solu-

tion Hand brush/so lvent-free de -icing spray Water Acid-free special cleaning solution Water, cleaning solut ion suitable for stainless steel, if necessary Mild soap solution al, a cleaning solution suitable for stainless steel, if necessary Component Situation Paint Paint damage Spilled fue l Surface rust Corrosion Care and cleaning Solution Refer to the paint number on the vehicle data label, repair w ith touch up paint c;,poge 209 Rinse w ith wate r immediately Rust remover, then protect with hard wax; for questions, consult an authorized Audi dealer or authorized Audi Serv-

ice Facility. Have it removed by an authorized Audi dealer or author-

ized Audi Service Facility. Protect with hard wax (at least twice per year) Water no longer beads on the surface of clean paint No shine even though Treat with suitable polish; then apply paint protectant if paint has been pro-

the polish that was used does not contain any protectant tected/paint looks poor Deposits such as in-

sects, bird droppings, tree sap and road salt Dampen with water immediately and remove w it h a micro-

fiber clloth Grease-based con-

taminants such as cosmetics or sunblock Remove imm ediat ely with a mild soap solution al and a soft cloth Carbon parts Deposit s clean the same way as painted parts page 185 a) Mild soap solution: maximu m two tab lespoons of neut ral soap in 1 quart (1 lite r) of water Interior cleaning Component Situation Solution Windows Deposits Decorative parts/ Deposits Trim Plastic parts Deposits Heavier deposits Oisplays/instru -

ment cluster Controls Safety belts Deposits Deposits Deposits Glass cleaner, then wipe dry Mild soap solutiona>

Damp cloth Mild soap solution a), detergent-free plastic clean ing solu-

tion, if necessary Soft cloth with LCD cleaner Soft brush, then a soft cloth with a mild soap solutiona>

Mild soap solution al, allow to dry before letting them re-

tract 0 co

.-I

"' ,....

"' ...... 0 0

:::, 00 187 Care and cleaning Component Situation Solut ion Text iles artificial leather , Alcantara Deposits adhering to Vacuum cleaner the surface Water-based depos- Absorbent cloth and mild soap solut ional its such as coffee, tea, blood, etc. Apply a mild soap solution a), blot away the dissolved oil or Oil-based deposits such as oil, make-up, dye, treat afterward with water, if necessary etc. Special deposits such Special sta ,in remover, blot with absorbent material, treat as ink, na il polish, la- afterward with mild soap solution, if necessary al tex paint, shoe pol-

ish, etc. Natural leather Cotton cloth with a mi ld soap so lutional Fresh stains: absorbent cloth dried sta ins: stain remover suitable fo r leather Fresh stains Water-based depos-

its such as coffee, tea, blood, etc. Oil-based deposits such as oil, make-up, etc. Special deposits such Spot remover suitable for leather as ink, nai l polish, la-

tex paint, shoe po l-

ish, etc. Fresh stains: absorbent cloth and stain remover suitable for leather dried sta ins: oil clea ning sp ray Care Regula rly apply cond itioning cream tha t protects from light a nd penetr at es into t he ma t er ial. Use spec ia lly-co lored con-

ditioning cream, if necessary. Carbon parts Deposits clean the same way as plastic parts a) Mild soap sol ution: maxim um two tablesp oo ns of neutral soap in 1 quart (l liter) of water _& WARNING The windshie ld may not be trea t ed with wa ter-repelling windshield coating agents. Un favorable conditions s uch as wetness, dark ness, or low sun can result in increased glare . Wipe r blade chatter is also possib le.

(D Note

- Headlights/tail light s

- Never clean headlights or ta il lights with a dry cloth or sponge.

- Never use any paint polish or other abra

-

sive materials.

- Damage to the protect ive layer on the rims such as stone chips or scratches must be repaired immediately.

- Sensors / camera lenses

- Neve r use wa rm or hot wat er to remove snow or ice from the camera lens . This could ca use the lens to crack .

- Neve r use a brasive cleaning materials or a lcohol to clea n the camera lens . This could cause scratches and cracks .

- Do not use any cleaning product that con

- Door windows tains alcohol, because they cou ld cause cracks to form.

- Wheels 188

- Remove snow and ice on windows and ex-

terior mirrors with a plast ic scraper. To Care and cleaning avoid scratches, move the scraper only in one direction and not back and forth. have them replaced by an authorized Audi dealer or authorized Audi Service Facility.

- Never remove snow or ice from door win

- Textiles/artificial leather/ Alcantara dows and mirrors using warm or hot water because this could cause cracks to form.

- To avoid damage to the rear window de fogger, do not apply any stickers on the heating wires on the inside of the window.

- Decorative part.s/trim

- Never treat artificial leather/Alcantara with leather care products, solvents, floor polish, shoe polish, spot remove or similar products.

- Have a specialist remove stubborn stains to prevent damage .

- Never use chrome care or cleaning prod-

- Never use steam cleaners, brushes, hard ucts .

- Paint

- To reduce the risk of scratches, the vehicle must be free of dirt and dust before pol ishing or waxing.

- To prevent paint damage, do not polish or wax the vehicle in direct sunlight .

- To reduce the risk of paint damage, do not polish away rust spots .

- Remove cosmetics and sunscreen immedi ately- these could damage the paint.

- Displays/instrument cluster

- The displays/instrument cluster and the trim surrounding them must not be cleaned with dry cleaning methods be cause they could be scratched.

- Make sure that the instrument cluster is switched off and has cooled off before cleaning it.

- Make sure no fluids enter the spaces be tween the instrument cluster and the trim, because that could cause damage.

- Controls

- Make sure that no fluids enter the con-

trols, because this could cause damage.

- Safety belts

- Do not remove the safety belts to clean them.

- Never clean safety belts or their compo nents chemically or with corrosive fluids or solvents and never allow sharp objects to come into contact with the safety belts. This could cause damage to the belt web bing.

- If there is damage to the webbing, the connections, the retractors or the buckles, 0 co

......

"' ,....

"' ...... 0 0

:::, 00 sponges, etc . when cleaning.

- Do not turn on the seat heating* to dry the seat .

- Objects with sharp edges, such as zippers or rivets on clothing or belts, can cause damage to the surface.

- Open hook and loop fasteners, for exam ple on clothing, can damage seat covers . Make sure hook and loop fasteners are closed .

- Natural leather

- Never treat leather with solvents, floor polish, shoe polish, spot remover or simi lar products.

- Objects with sharp edges, such as zippers or rivets on clothing or belts, can cause damage to the surface.

- Never use steam cleaners, brushes, hard sponges, etc. when cleaning.

- Do not turn on the seat heating* to dry the seat.

- To help prevent the leather from fading, do not leave the vehicle in direct sunlight for long periods of time. If leaving the ve hicle parked for long periods of time, you should cover the leather to protect it from direct sunlight.

(D Tips

- Insects are easier to remove from paint that has been freshly waxed.

- Regular waxing can prevent rust spots from forming. 189 Care and cleaning Placing your vehicle out of service If you would like to take your vehicle out of serv ice for a longer period of time, contact an author ized Aud i dealer or authorized Aud i Service Facili ty . They will advise you of important measures, such as corros io n protection, se rvice and storage proced ures. Also follow the info rmat ion abou t t he vehicle batte ry ~page 163 . 190 Emergency General assistance information

.. Park the vehicle as far as poss ible from moving traffic in the event of a breakdown. In the event of a flat tire, park the vehicle on a leve l surface . It you are on a steep hill, be especially careful. . Set the parking brake. . Switch the emergency flashe rs on . . Put on a reflective vest . . Set up the warn ing triang le, if available . . Have the passengers exit the veh icle. They sho uld move to a safe place, for example be hind a guard rail. _& WARNING Follow the steps given above. This is for your protection and the for the safety of other d riv ers. Equipment Vehicle tool kit Fig. 148 Luggage compartmen t : cargo floor cover folded upward Em er gen cy a ss istanc e _& WARNING

-Applies to: vehicles with jack Imp roper use of the veh icle jack can cause se rious pe rsonal injuries.

- Never use the screw driver hex head to tighten wheel bolts, since the bolts cannot attain the necessa ry t ightening t o rque if you use t he hex head, po t ent ially causing a n ac cident .

- The factory-supplied jack is intended only for your vehicle mode l. Under no circum st ances shou ld it be used to lift heavy vehicles or other loads; you risk injuring yourse lf.

- Never start the engine when the vehicle is raised, which cou ld cause an accident .

- Support the vehicle securely with appropri ate stands if work is to be performed under neath the vehicle; otherwise, there is a po tential risk for injury.

- Never use the jack supplied with your Audi on another vehicle, particularly on a heavier one. The jack is only su itable for use on the veh icle it came with .

{!) Tips The vehicle j ack* in your vehicle is mainte nance-free. Replacing wheels Preparation You must complete changing a tire . the preparation before The vehicle tool kit is located in the luggage com partment under the cargo floor cover . . Push on t he plast ic hand le a nd lift up the cargo floor. . Open the cargo floor. . Read and follow the important safety precau-

tions <=:>page 191. ,. Set the park ing brake . ,. Select the P selector lever posit ion. ,. W hen tow ing a tra iler: disconnect t he trailer from your vehicle . Completely ret ract the vehicle jac k arm before sto ring the vehicle jack*. . Lay out the vehicle too l kit page 191 and the spare tire <=:>page 197 . a co

...... N r--. N

'"' 0 0

::, co 191 8. Use the wheel bolt wrench and firmly tighten all wheel bolts in a crisscross pattern

<=:>page 193. 9. Replace the decorative wheel cover* or the wheel bolt caps*.

& WARNING Always read and follow all WARNINGS and in formation c:> .&. in Raising the vehicle on page 194 and <=:>page 196. After changing a wheel A wheel change is not complete without ing the following . the do

.,. Always store the vehicle tool kit, the jack* and the replaced tire in the luggage compartment c:>page 102 . ,. Check the tire pressure of the spare tire as soon as possible . ,. As soon as possible, have the tightening tor ques on all wheel bolts checked with a torque wrench. The correct tightening 10S ft lbs (140 Nm) . torque is

.,. Have the flat tire replaced as soon as possible.

(D Tips

- If you notice that the wheel bolts are cor roded and difficult to turn while changing a tire, they should be replaced before you check the tightening torque.

- Drive at reduced speed until you have the tightening torques checked . Emergency assistance

& WARNING You or your passengers could be injured while changing a wheel if you do not follow these safety precautions :

- If you have a flat ti re, move a safe d ista nee off the road . Turn off the engine, turn the emergency flashers on and use other warn ing devices to alert other motorists.

- Make sure that passengers wait in a safe place away from the vehicle and well away from the road and traffic.

- To help prevent the vehicle from moving suddenly and possibly slipping off the jack, always fully set the parking brake and block the front and back of the wheel diagonally opposite the wheel being changed with the folding chocks or other objects. When one front wheel is lifted off the ground, placing the Automatic Transmission in "P" (Park) will not prevent the vehicle from moving.

- Before you change a wheel, be sure the ground is level and firm. If necessary, use a sturdy board under the jack .

- Always store the vehicle tool kit, the jack and the replaced tire in the luggage com partment c:> page 102 .

(D Tips Obey all laws. Changing a wheel When you change a wheel, follow the sequence described below step-by-step and in exactly that order. 1. Remove the decorative wheel cover* or the wheel bolt caps*. For more details see also

<=:>page 193. 2. Loosen the wheel bolts c:> page 193. 3. Locate the proper mounting point for the jack and align the jack below that point

<=:>page 194 . 4 . Lift the car with the jack c:> page 194 . 5. Remove the wheel with the flat tire and then install the spare tire <=:>page 195. 6. Tighten all wheel bolts lightly. 7. Lower the vehicle with the jack. 192 Removing the wheel covers/bolt caps Loosening Emergency assistance

.. Inst a ll the wheel bolt wrench over the wheel bolt and push it down as far as it will go . . Take tight hold of the end of the wrench hand le and turn the wheel bolts counter-clockwise about one single turn in the direction of arrow fig. 151. Tightening

.. Insta ll the wheel bolt wrench over the wheel bolt and push it down as far as it will go. . Take tight hold of the end of the wrench hand le and turn each wheel bolt clockwise until it is seated. A WARNING

-- Do not use force or hurry when changing a wheel - you can cause the vehicle to slip off the jack and cause ser ious personal inju ries .

- Do not loosen the wheel bolts more than one turn befo re you raise the veh icle with the jack. - You risk an injury.

(0 Tips

- Never use the hexagonal socket in the han dle of the screwdr iver to loosen or tighten the whee l bolts.

- If a wheel bolt is very tight, you may find it easier to loosen by ca refully pushing down on the end of the whee l bolt wrench with one foot only. As you do so, hold on to th e car to keep your balance and take care not to slip. Fig. 149 Changin g a whee l: remo ving the wheel cover Fig. 150 Changing a whee l: remov ing the wheel bolt caps Wheel cover*

.. Insert the hook provided with the vehicle tool kit in the hole in the hub fig. 149. . Pull off the decorative wheel cover. Wheel bolt caps*

.. Push the plastic clip provided with the vehicle tool kit over the wheel bolt cap until it engages fig. 150. . Pull on the plastic clip to remove the cap. Loosening and tightening the wheel bolts The wheel bolts must be loosened before raising the vehicle. a co

...... N r--. N

'"' 0 0

::, co Fig. 151 Chang ing a whee l: loose ning the wheel bolts 193 Em e rg e n cy assis t a n ce Raising the vehicle The vehicle must be li~ed with the jack first be fore the wheel can be removed . Fig. 152 Sill panels : m arkings Fig. 153 Sill: pos itionin g th e vehicle jack The location of the jack point is indicated by an indentation on the underside of the vehicle fig. 152 .

,.. Activate the parking brake to prevent the vehi cle from rolling unintentionally .

,.. Move the selector lever to the P position.

,.. Find the marking (imprint) on the sill that is nearest the wheel that will be changed c>fig . 152. Behind t he marking, there is a lift ing point on the sill for the vehicle jack. Turn the vehicle jack located under the lifting point on the s ill to ra ise the jack until the jaw @ fig. 153 covers the notch on the veh i cle .&_, (D .

,.. Align the vehicle jack so the jaw @ covers the notch and the base plate @ is flat on the floor . The base plate @ must be vertical under the lifting point @ .

,.. Install the rod on the vehicle jack : Insert the rod into the opening on the handwheel. Turn the rod left or right to secure it . 194 Continue raising the jack with the rod until the wheel lifts off the ground slight ly. Position the vehicle jack only under the designat ed lifting points on the sill c> fig. 152. There is ex actly one location fo r each wheel. The jack must not be positioned at any other location c> & ,

(I) . Soft ground under the jack can cause the vehicle to slip off the jack . Always place the jack on firm ground . Use a flat, stable support if necessary. Use a non-slip surface such as a rubber mat on a slippery surface such as tile. A WARNING

- You or your passengers could be injured

-

while changing a wheel if you do not follow these safety precautions:

- Position the vehicle jack only at the desig nated lifting points and align the jack . Otherwise, the veh icle jack could slip and cause an injury if it does not have suffi cient hold on the vehicle.

- Use only the jack* supplied with your vehi cle to raise the vehicle. If you use a jack from a different vehicle, your vehicle may slip off the jack - risk of injury!

- Do not use the jack* supplied with your ve hicle to raise other vehicles, as these may slip off the jack - risk of injury!

- A soft or unstab le surface under the jack may cause the vehicle to slip off the jack . Always provide a firm base for the jack on the gro und . If necessary, use a sturdy board unde r t he jack .

- On hard, slippe ry surface (such as t iles) use a rubber mat or similar to prevent the jac k from slipping.

- To he lp prevent injury to yourself and your passengers:

- Do not raise the vehicle until you are sure the jack is securely engaged.

- Passengers must not remain in the vehicle when it is jacked up .

- Make sure that passengers wait in a safe place away from the vehicle and well away from the road and traffic. ,,.

- Make sure jack posit ion is correct , adjust as necessary and then cont inue to raise the jack.

- If work has to be done under the vehicle, ensure that it is safely supported on su ita ble stands - risk of injury!

- Never start the engine when the vehicle is on the jack - risk of accident!

CD Note Do not lift the vehicle by the sill. Position the vehicle jack on ly at the designated points on the sill. Otherwise, your vehicle will be damaged. lifting Taking the wheel off/installing tire the spare Follow these instructions step-by-step for chang ing the wheel . Fig. 154 Chan ging a wheel: using th e hexago nal socket

(wit h the bla de removed ) to turn the bolts Fig. 155 Chan ging a wheel: alignm ent pin inside the to p hole After you have loosened all wheel bolts and

~ raised the vehicle off the ground, remove and re-

....

~ place the whee l as follows:

N .... 0 0

::,

(X) Em er gen cy a ss istanc e Removing the whe el

.,. Remove the topmost wheel bolt completely with the hexagonal socket in the screwdriver handle (vehicle too l kit) fig. 154 and set it aside on a clean surface. ,. Screw the threaded end of the alignment pin from the tool kit hand-tight hole fig . 155 . into the empty bolt

.,. Then remove the other wheel bolts as described above . ,. Take off the whee l leaving the alignment pin in the bolt hole r=.>G). Putting on the spare tire

.,. Push the spare tire over the alignment pin

(D. ,. Screw on t he whee l bolts and tighten them slightly using the hexagona l socket . ,. Remove the alignment pin and insert and t ight en the remaining wheel bo lt slight ly like the rest . ,. Turn t he jack hand le count er-clockw ise to lower the vehicle unti l the jack is fully released . ,. Use the wheel bo lt wrench to tighten all wheel bolts firmly . Tighten them in a crisscross pa t tern, from one bolt to the (approx imately) op posite one, to keep the wheel centered . ,. Perform the steps required after chang ing the wheel page 192, A~er changing a wheel. _& WARNING Do not use the hexagon al soc ket in the screw driver handle to tighten the wheel bo lts. It is not possible to tighten the bolts to the re qu ired torque using the hexagonal socket -

risk of accident!

CD Note When removing or installing the wheel, the rim could hit the brake rotor and damage t he rotor. Work carefully and have a second per son to he lp you.

@ Tips

- When mounting tires with unidirectional tread design make sure the tread pattern pointed the right way r=.> page 196. is 1JJ,, 195

- With steel and alloy wheel rims, the wheel bolts are correctly tightened at a torque of 105 ft lbs (140 Nm).

- If you notice that the wheel bolts are corroded and difficult to turn while changing a tire, they should be replaced before you check the t ightening torque.

- Replace the flat tire with a new one and have it installed on your vehicle as soon as poss i ble. Remount the wheel cover. Until then , drive with extra care and at reduced speeds. A WARNING

-

- If you are going to equip your vehicle with tires or rims which diffe r from those which we re facto ry insta lled, the n be sure to read t he informa t ion page 173, New tires or wheels.

-Always make sure the damag ed wheel or even a flat tire and t he jack and tool kit are prope rly secured in t he luggage comp art ment an d are not loose in th e passenge r compa rtment.

- In an accide nt or sudde n maneuver they could fly forw ard, injuring anyone in t he ve hicle.

- Always st ore damaged whee l, jack and t ools secure ly in t he luggage compartm ent . Ot h erwise, in an accident or sudden maneuve r they could fly forwar d, causing injury to pas senge rs in the vehicle.

(D Note Do not use comm ercially availabl e t ire seal ants . Otherwise, t he electr ical components of the tire press ure monitor ing system * will no longe r wor k properly and t he sensor for t he tire pressure monitoring system * will have t o be replaced by qualifie d workshop. Emergency a ssistance

- The wheel bolts should be clean and easy to turn. Check for dirt and corrosion on the mating surfaces of both the whee l and the hub. Remove all dirt from t hese surfaces be fore remo unt ing t he wheel. Tires with unidirectional tread design Tires with unidirectional mounted with their tread pattern pointed in the right direction. tread design must be Using a spare tire with a tread pattern intended for use in a specific direction When using a spare ti re with a tread patte rn in tended for use in a specific direction, please note the following:

- The direct ion of rotat ion is marked by an arrow on the side of the t ire.

- If the spare tire has to be installed in the incor rect direction, use the spare tire only tempora rily since the tire will not be ab le to achieve its optimum pe rformance character istics with re gard to aq uaplaning, noise and wear .

- We recommend that you pay particular atten tion to this fact during wet weathe r and that you adjust your speed to match road condi t ions.

- Replace t he flat t ire with a new one and have it inst alled on your vehicle as soon as possible to resto re t he handling advantages of a unidirec t ional ti re. Notes on wheel changing Please read the information page 173, New tires or wheels if you are going to use a spare tire which is different from the tires on your vehicle. After you change a ti re:

- Check the tire pressure on the spare immedi ately after installation .

- Have the wheel bolt tightening torque checked with a torque wrench as soon as pos sible by your authorized Audi dealer or quali fied workshop . 196 Spare tire Space-saving spare tire (compact spare tire) Applies to: vehicles with spare tire/space-saving spa re tire

(compact spare tire) Fig. 156 Luggage compa rtment : space-saving spare t ire

(compac t spa re t ire) The spare tire is intended for short -term use on ly. Have the damaged t ire checked and replaced, if necessary, by an author ized Audi dealer or au thorized Audi Service Facility as soon as possib le . There are some restrict ions on the use of the compact spare tire. The compact spare tire has been designed specifica lly for your type of vehi cle. Do not replace it with the spare tire from an other type of vehicle . Removing the spare tire

.,. Remove the ca rgo floor. ,. Remove t he wing bolt fig. 156 and then re-

move the retainer underneath it. ,. Remove th e subwoofer* page 198 . ,. Remove th e spare tire. Snow chains For technica l reasons, the use of snow chains on the compact spare t ire is not permitted . If you have to drive with snow chains and a front tire fa ils, mount the spa re t ire in place of a rea r tire. Insta ll the snow chains on the rear tire that you removed, and insta ll that in place of the front tire that failed. A WARNING

- Never use the spare tire if it is damaged or if it is worn down to the tread wear indicators. a co

...... N r--. N .... 0 0

::, co Em er gen cy a ss istanc e

- If the spa re ti re is more than 6 years old, use it only in an emergency and with ex treme caution and careful driving.

- The spare tire is intended only for tempora ry and short-term use. It should be replaced as soon as poss ible with the normal wheel a nd tire .

- After mounting the compact spare tire, the tire pressure must be checked as soon as possible . The tire pressure of the compact spare ti re must be 4 .2 ba r; otherwise, you risk hav ing an accident.

- Do not dr ive faste r than SO mph (80 km/h). You risk having an accident.

-Avoid full -th rottle acceleration, heavy brak ing, and fast cornering . You risk having an accident.

- Never d rive using more than one spare wheel and ti re . You risk having an accident.

- Normal summer or winter t ires must not be mounted on the compact spare whee l rim .

- For technical reasons, the use of tire cha ins on the spare t ire is not permitted . If it is necessa ry to drive wit h tire cha ins, the spare wheel mus t be mou nted on the front axle in the event of a flat in a rear t ire. The newly ava ilable fron t wheel must the n be installed in place of the rear wheel with the flat tire . Insta lling the tire chain before mounting the wheel and tire is recommended

.

- Loose items in the passenger compartment can cause serious personal injury during hard braking or in an accident . Never store the spare tire or jack and tools in the pas senger compartment. 197 Emergency assistance Removing the subwoofer Applies to: vehicles with subwoofer The subwoofer must be removed before the spare tire*ltemporary spare tire* can be re moved . Fig. 15 7 Spare t ire well: subwoofer Removing the subwoofer

., Remove t he cargo floor . Press the connector tabs (D fig. 157 togeth er. Remove the connector @ and set the discon nected cab le aside. Remove the wing bolt and then remove the re-

ta iner unde rneath it . Carefully remove t he subwoofer. Installing the subwoofer Carefu lly place t he subwoofer in the rim well. The word "FRONT" on the subwoofer must face forward . , Inse rt the connector that was removed . Secure the subwoofer with the wing bolt . Reinsert t he ca rgo floor. 198 Fuses and bulbs fuses Electrical Changing fuses A fuse that has blown will have metal strips that have burned through . Fig. 158 Driver's side of the cockpit: fold ing the storage compartme nt down Fig. 159 Engine compartment:

cover removing the fuse pane l The fuses are located in the driver's side footwell behind the storage compartment gine compartment and in the en

. Preparations

.. Switch the ign ition and all electr ical equipment off . . Check the following table to see which fuse be-

longs to the equipment

. Fuses behind the storage compartment

.. Open the storage compartment

.. Press the left and right retainers

. inward and all the way down fold the compartment fig. 158 . a co

...... N

~ Fuses in the engine compartment

'"' 0 g

.. Open the hood page 155. co Fuses and bulbs

.. To release the fuse panel cover, slide both slid ing retainers at the left and right forward fig. 159 . . Remove the fuse panel cover . Replacing fuses The clamp is located below the fuses behind the storage compartment

(driver's side) . . Fold th is compartment all the way down and remove the clamp from the holder . . Remove the colored plastic clip from the fuse panel, if necessary . You can dispose of the plas tic clip . . Remove the fuse using the clamp . . Replace the blown fuse only with an identical new one . . Install the cover. Fuse color identification Color Black Purple Light brown Brown Red Blue Yellow White or transparent Green Orange A WARNING Current rating in amps 1 3 5 7.5 10 15 20 25 30 40 Do not repair fuses and never replace a blown fuse with one that has a higher amp rat ing . This can cause damage to the electr ical sys tem and increases the risk of fire.

(D Note If a new fuse burns out again shortly after you have installed it, have the electrical system checked as soon as poss ible by an authorized Audi dealer or authorized Audi Service Facili ty. 199 Fuses and bulbs

(D Tips

- The following table does not list fuse loca tions that are not used.

- Some of the equipment listed in the follow ing tab les applies only to certain model ver sions or certain optional equipment. Fuse assignment, cockpit The fuse number is stamped low or above each fuse. into the plastic be

(left) No. Equipment 1 LED headlight 2 LED headlight (right) 5 LED headlight 6 LED headlight 7 Steering lock 8 Convenience access contro l module

(right)

(left) 9 Airbag control module, AIRBAG OFF indi-

cator light 12 Transmission control module, selector mechanism Air quality sensor for climate control sys-

tern, heated w indow washer nozzles ,~

reverse light,() button, oi l level button, sensor, climate contro l system, seat occu-

pant detection system, seat heating, but-

tons in the center console, automatic dim-

ming mirror Engine control module , quattro control modu le, transmission control module, brake lights, electromechanica Gateway control module, trai ler hitch con-

trol module, ESC control module, light switch, damping control module l steering, 13 14 Headlight range control module, instru -

ment illumination, headlights

(left, right), 15 diagnostic connector, crankcase housing heater, a ir flow sensor, socket relay, DC/

DC converter 16 Park ing aid 17 Parking system rearview camera 18 TV tuner 19 Engine starter control, DC/DC converter 200 No. Equipment 20 ESC contro l module, climate/heating trol, special functions interface con-

21 Selector mechanism power supp ly 22 Interior monitoring 23

() button, front interior lighting buttons, diagnostic connector, light switch, light/

rain sensor, humidity sensor, emergency call system 25 Headlight power supply 26 Rear window wiper 27 Starter system 28 Infotainment system Supply for the park ing system rearview camera and TV tuner Infotainment system Infotainment system 29 30 31 Instrument cluster 32 33 Automatic dimming rearview mirror 36 Cigarette partment socket lighter, cockpit/luggage com -

37 Cockpit/rear socket 38 Transmission contro l module 40 Trailer hitch control module 41 Trailer hitch control module 42 Trai ler hitch control module 44 Rear window defogge r 4S Electromechanical parking brake control module 46 Trailer hitch control module 47 quattro control module 48 Automatic tro l modu le luggage compartment lid con-

so Blowe r 51 Electromechanical parking brake control module 52 BCM 53 Front seat heating 54 Panorama g lass roof 55 Sunshade on the panorama glass roof 56 Contro l modu le for suspension control Engine compartment fuse assignment Bulbs Fu ses a n d bulb s The fuse number is stamped low or above each fuse. No. Equipment 1 Transmiss ion supply 2 ESC into the plastic be Replacing light bulbs For your safety, we recommend that you have your authorized Audi dealer replace any bulbs for you . 3 Horn 4 DC/DC converter 5 BCM, battery data module 6 BCM (right) 7 Washer fluid pump 8 BCM (left) 9 Seat adjustment lumbar support 10 11 Glow time control module, fuel pump, heated oxygen sensor Steering column lever, multifunction steer ing whee l controls 12 Cell phone adapter 13 Engine control module 14 Engine control module 15 Gateway 16 Heated oxygen sensor, fuel pump, eng ine components 17 Engine components 18 Fue l pump control module 19 Sound amplifier, DC/DC converter 20 Clutch pedal sensor, brake light sensor 22 Windshield wipers 23 Radiator fan, engine components, coolant recirculation pump, auxiliary heater, fuel pump relay coils 24 Ignition coils 25 26 Driver's door control module (central lock-

ing, window regulators) Front passenger's door control module

(centra l locking, window regulators) 27 Term inal 15 supply 29 Power seat adjustment senger) 30 ESC

(driver, front pas-

0 co

......

"' ,....

"' ...... 0 0

:::, 00 It is becoming increasingly more and more diffi cult to replace vehicle light bulbs since in many cases, other parts of the car must first be re moved before you are able to get to the bulb . This applies especially to the light bulbs in the front of your car which you can only reach through the engine compartment

. Sheet metal and bu lb holders can have sharp edges that can cause serious cuts, pa rts must be correctly taken apart and then properly put back together long term damage from water that can enter housings that have not been properly resealed. to help prevent breakage of parts and For your safety, we recommend your authorized Aud i dea ler rep lace any bulbs fo r you, since your dealer has the proper tools, the correct bulbs and the expertise . that you have Gas discharge lamps (Xenon lights):

Due to the high electr ical voltage, have the bulbs rep laced by a qualified technician. Headlights with Xenon light are identified by the hig h volt age st icker. Please require no maintenance LED headlights*

contact your authorized Audi dea ler if a bulb needs to be replaced. _&. WARNING Changing Xenon lamps wit hout the necessary equipment can cause serious personal injury .

- Bulbs are pressu rized and can explode when be ing changed. Potent ial risk of injury!

- On veh icles equipped with gas disc harge bu lbs (Xenon light) life-threatening can resu lt from improper handling of the high-vo ltage portions of such lamps!

injuries

- Only your authorized Audi dealer or quali f ied workshop sho uld change the bulbs in gas discharge lamps. There are parts with sharp edges on the openings and on the 20 1 Fuses and bulbs bulb holders that can cause serious cuts. If you are uncertain about what to do, have the work performed by an authorized Audi dealer or qualified workshop . Serious per sonal injury may result from improperly per formed work.

@ Tips

- If you still prefer to replace the light bulbs yourself, be aware that the engine compart ment is a hazardous area to work in ~ .&. in Working in the engine compartment on page 155 .

- It is best to ask your authorized Audi dealer whenever you want to change a bulb. 202 Emergency General situations This chapter is intended for trained emergency crews and working personnel who have the nec essary tools and equipment to perform these operations. by pushing or Starting towing CD Note Vehicles with an automatic transmission cannot be started by pushing or towing. jumper Starting with cables If necessary, the engine can be started by con necting it to the battery of another vehicle. If the engine should fail to start because of a dis charged or weak battery, the battery can be con nected to the battery of another vehicle, using a pair of jumper cables to start the engine. Jumper cables Use only jumper cables of sufficiently large cross section to carry the starter current safely. Refer to the manufacturer's specifications. Use only jumper cables with insulated terminal clamps which are distinctly marked:

plus(+) cable in most cases colored red minus() cable in most cases colored black. A WARNING Batteries contain electricity, acid, and gas. Any of these can cause very serious or fatal in jury. Follow the instructions below for safe handling of your vehicle's battery.

-Always shield your eyes and avoid leaning over the battery whenever possible.

-A dead battery can freeze at temperatures around 32 F (0 C). If the vehicle battery is frozen, you must thaw it before connecting the jump start cables. If you do not, this in-

0 co

......

"' ,....

"' ...... 0 0

:::, 00 Emergency situations creases the risk of an explosion and chemi cal burns. After jump starting the vehicle, drive to an authorized Audi dealer or author ized Audi Service Facility immediately have the vehicle battery checked. to

- Do not allow battery acid to contact eyes or skin . Flush any contacted area with water immediately.

- Improper use of a booster battery to start a vehicle may cause an explosion .

- Vehicle batteries generate explosive gases. Keep sparks, flame and lighted cigarettes away from batteries.

- Do not try to jump start any vehicle with a low acid level in the battery .

- The voltage of the booster battery must also have a 12-Volt rating. The capacity (Ah) of the booster battery should not be lower than that of the discharged battery. Use of batteries of different voltage or substantial ly different "Ah" rating may cause an explo sion and personal injury.

- Never charge a frozen battery. Gas trapped in the ice may cause an explosion.

- Never charge or use a battery that has been frozen . The battery case may have be weak ened.

- Use of batteries of different voltage or sub stantially different capacity (Ah) rating may cause an explosion and injury. The capacity

(Ah) of the booster battery should not be lower than that of the discharged battery.

- Before you check anything in the engine always read and heed all compartment, WARNINGS qpage 155. CD Note

- Applying a higher voltage booster battery will cause expensive damage to sensitive electronic components, units, relays, radio, etc. such as control

- There must be no electrical contact between the vehicles as otherwise current could al ready start to flow as soon as the positive

(+) terminals are connected. 203 Emergency situations

@ Tips The discharged battery must be properly con nected to the vehicle's electrical system . When jump starting or charging the battery, never connect the negative ground cable to the battery negative post because the battery manager system must be able to detect the battery's state of charge . Always connect the negat ive ground cable to the negative ground pos t of the battery manager control unit. Use of jumper Make sure to connect the jumper cable clamps in exactly the order described below!

cables Fig. 160 Engine compartmen t : Connectors for jumper ca bles and charger Fig. 161 Jump starting with the battery of another vehicle:

@ discha rged vehicle bat t ery, @ booste r battery Connect POSITIVE(+) to POSITIVE (+) (red)

.. To access the positive termina l, remove the battery cover r:!) fig. 160 . 1. Connect one end of the red positive cable on the jump start bolt (D ~ fig. 161 (Bolt under cover= "positive") of the vehicle to be start ed @ . 2. Connect the other end to the positive termi-

nal @ of the booster battery @ . Connect NEGATIVE(-) to NEGATIVE(-)

(black) 3. Connect one end of the black negative cable to the negative term inal of the booster battery @ . 4. Connect the other end to the jump start bolt @ (Bolt with hex head = "negative") of the vehicle to be started @ . Starting the engine

"' Start the eng ine of the vehicle with the booster battery @ . Run the eng ine at a moderate speed . ,. Start engine with discharged vehicle battery @

in the usual manner. . If the engine fails to start: do not keep the starter cranking for longer than 10 seconds. Wait for about 30 seconds and then try again . . With engine running, remove jumper cables from both vehicles in the exact reverse order.

"' Fit the cover back onto the battery . The battery is vented to the outside to prevent gases from entering the vehicle interior . Make sure that the jumper clamps are well connected with their metal parts in full contact with the batte ry terminals. A WARNING The procedure described below for connecting jumper cables is intended to provide a jump start for your veh icle. Vehicle with discharged battery:

To avoid serious personal inj ury and damage to the veh icle, heed all warnings and instr uc If in tions of the jumper cable manufacturer. doubt, call for road service.

- Jumper cables must be long enough so that

.. Turn off lights and accessories, move lever of the vehicles do not touch . automatic transmission

(Park) and set park ing brake . to N (Neutral) or P

- When connecting jumper cables, make s ure that they cannot get caug ht in any moving pa rt s in the engine compartment. .,. 204

- Do not bend over the batteries - danger of chemical burns!

- The battery cell locking screws must be tightened securely.

- Before you check anything in the engine a lways read and heed all compartment, WARNINGS page 155.

(D Note Improper hook -up of jumper cables can ruin the generator.

- Always connect POSITIVE(+) to POSITIVE

(+), and NEGATIVE(-) to NEGATIVE(-) ground post of the battery manager contro l unit.

- Check that all screw plugs on the battery cells are screwed in firmly . If not, tighten plugs prior to connecting clamp on negative battery terminal.

- Please note that the procedure for connect ing a jumper cable as described above ap plies specif ically to the case of your vehicle being jump started. When you are giving a jump start to another vehicle, do not con nect the negative(

-) cab le to the negative

(-) terminal on the discharged battery @

fig. 161. Instead, securely connec t the negative (-) cable to either a solid metal component that is firm ly bolted to the en gine block or to the engine block itself. If the battery that is being charged does not vent to the outs ide, escaping battery gas could ignite and explode!

Towing with a tow truck General hints Your Audi requires special handling for towing . The follow ing information mercial tow tr uck operators who know how to op erate the ir equipment safely . is to be used by com

- Never tow your Audi, towing will cause dam-

age to the engine and transmission .

- Never wrap the safety chains or winch cables around the brake lines. a '.::

~

N

""

0 0

::,

(X) Emergency situations

- To prevent unnecessary damage , your Audi must be transported with a flat bed truck.

- To load the vehicle on to the flat bed, use the towing loop found in the vehicle tools and at tach to the front or rear anchorage page 205 and page 206. A WARNING

~

A veh icle being towed is not safe for passen gers . Never allow anyone to ride in a vehicle being towed, for any reason. Front towing loop Only install the front towing loop when it is needed.

-

0 0:, N 9

::>

0:, a) Fig. 162 Front bumper on t he right side: remove t he cover Fig. 163 Front bumper on t he right side: screw in the tow-

ing loop

... 205 Emergency situations The threaded opening for the towing loop is lo cated behind a cover on the right side of the front bumper. Depending on the version, the cover can be removed in different ways fig. 162 . .. Version @ : remove the towing loop and the hook from the vehicle tool kit r=>page 191. Or

... Version @ : remove the towing loop from the vehicle tool kit r=>page 191 . .. Version @ : insert the hook into the hole on the cover and carefully pull off the cover in the di rection of the arrow fig . 162 . Or

.,. Version @ : press the cap inward with br ief, fo rceful pressure from the bumper. r=;, fig. 162. The cap will loosen

... Tighten the towing loop in the th readed open ing until it stops r=;,fig. 163 and then tighten it with a wheel wrench. .. After using, place the towing loop back in the vehicle tool kit. A WARNING If the towing loop is not tightened until it stops when insta lling, the threads may be pulled out when tow ing the veh icle and that cou ld cause an accident. Rear towing loop

-

Fig. 164 Rear bumpe r: cover 206 8l N 9

::, co m Fig. 165 Rear bumper : install ing the t owing loop Vehicles with a towing loop On vehicles without a factory -installed tra iler hitch*, the rear towing loop is located on the right side of the bumper . .. Remove the towing loop from the vehicle tool kit r=;, page 191 . ,. Press the cap inward with brief , forceful pres sure r=> fig. 164 . The cap will loosen from the bumper. .. Tight en the towing loop in the threaded open ing until it stops r::!;> fig. 165 and then tighten with a wheel wrench. it

... After using, place the towing loop back in the vehicle tool kit . Vehicles with a trailer hitch*

... Tilt the trailer hitch out . .. Attach the towing bar or the towing cable to

-

the trailer hitch . A WARNING If the towing loop is not tightened until it stops when installing, the threads may be pulled out when towing the vehicle a nd that could cause an accident . A WARNING Applies to: vehicles with trailer hitch

- Only use a spec ial towing bar to prevent damagi ng the ball hitch. These towing bars have been specially designed for trailer tow ing hitches.

- Only use special towing cab les. Loading the vehicle onto a flat bed truck Emergency situations Fig. 166 Vehicle on fla t bed tr uck Front hook up Fig. 168 Rear lifting point Read and heed WARNING c:> .&_. Locate lifting points c:> fig. 167 and c:> fig. 168 . Adjust lift ing arms of workshop hoist or floor Align the vehicle with the centerline of the car jack to match vehicle lifting points. carrier ramp . Attach the winch hook to the front towline eye Insert a rubber pad between the floor jack/

workshop hoist and the lifting points. prev iously installed . Rear hook up Align the vehicle with the centerline of the car carrier ramp . Attach the winch hook t o the rear towline eye previously installed.

@ Tips Check carefully to make sure the hook-up is secure before moving the car up the flatbed truck ramp. Raising the vehicle If you must lift your vehicle with a floor jack to work underneath, be sure the vehicle is safely supported on stands intended for this purpose . Front lifting point The lifting point is located on the floor pan rein forcement about at the same level as the jack mounting point c:> fig. 167. Do not lift the vehi cle at the vertical sill reinforcement . Rear lifting point The lifting point is located on the vertical rein forcement of the lower sill for the on board jack c:>fig . 168. Lifting with workshop hoist and with floor jack The vehicle may only be lifted at the lifting points illustrated. Lifting with vehicle jack Refer to c:> page 194 . A WARNING a co

...... N r--. N .... 0 0

::, co Fig. 167 Front lif ting poi nt

- To reduce the risk of se rious injury and veh i cle damage.

- Always lift the vehicle on ly at the special workshop hoist and f loor jack lift points il lustrated c:> fig. 167 and c:> fig. 168.

- Failure to lift the vehicle at these points could cause the vehicle to tilt or fall from a lift if there is a change in vehicle weight 207 Emergency situations distr ibut ion and balance. This might hap pen, for example, when heavy compo nents such as the engine block or trans mission are removed.

- When removing heavy components like t hese, anchor vehicle to hoist or add corre sponding weights to maintain the cent er of gravity. Otherwise , t he vehicle migh t ti lt or slip off the hoist, causing serious personal rnJury. 0 Note

- Be aware of t he following points before lift ing t he vehicle:

- The vehicle should never be lifted or jacked up from underneath the engine oil pan, the transmission housing, the front or rear axle or the body side members. This could lead to serious damage.

- To avoid damage to the underbody or chassis frame, a rubber pad must be in serted between the floor jack and the lift points.

- Before driving over a workshop hoist, check that the vehicle weight does not exceed the permissible lifting capacity of the hoist .

- Before driving over a workshop hoist, en sure that there is sufficient clearance be tween the hoist and low parts of the ve hide . 208 Technical Vehicle data specifications Optional equipment numbers Safety compliance sticker Technical data CD-+

XXXXX XX X XXXX XXX xx VOE WIT Nil. XXXXXXXX XX X XXXXXXXX IAHRIG. IOENT NII. IYP/TYP!

XXX XXX 0 0 a,

'?

:x: .,. al xx xxxxxxx xx xx xx XXX KW XXX i 11)10Al<8

+ I.AOOIR./ INNENAllSSl. lllllE xxxx

./lil1R.k8. a.;. C1lll /TRANS. XXX XXX PAINT IIO. / ffTml XXXX I XXXX XXX I XX II. AIJSlit / OPTIONS 1AS SMU 7Xl EOA 7 0 5 4U B 6XM SSG SRW 2EH JOZ 1LB l BA 3FC FOA 9G3 OG7 OYH OJF TL6 3 KA 8EH Ul A X9B OZ7 l XW 803 908 8Z4 020 7T6 CV7 7 KO 4X3 2K2 3 L4 lS A 4 KC 3YO 413 50 2 7GB 0 1A 4GO XX. X XX X XX X xxxx Fig. 169 Vehicl e identifica t ion labe l Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) The VIN number is located in the following pla ces :

- In the Infotainment system: se lect: the !CARI func t ion button > (Car)* systems control but ton > Servicing & checks > VIN number .

- under the windshield on the driver's side*

- on the vehicle identification label The safety compliance sticker is your assurance that your new vehicle complies with all applicable Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards which were in effect at the time the veh icle was manu factured. You can find this sticker on the door jamb on the driver's side. It shows the month and year of production and the vehicle identification number of your vehicle (perforation) as well as the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) and the Gross Axle We ight Rating (GAWR). High voltage warning label The high voltage warning label is located in the engine compartment next to the engine hood re lease. The spark ignition system complies with the Canadian standard ICES-002. Notes about data technical The values may vary based on special equipment as well as market-specific equipment and meas uring methods. Please note that the specifications vehicle documentation a lways take precedence . listed in the Tips Missing technical data was not available at the time of pr int ing . Vehicle identification label Weights label fig. 169 is locat The vehicle identification ed in the luggage compartment under the cargo floor cover. The information of the vehicl e identification can also be found in your Warranty & Mainte nance booklet. label The sticker contains the following vehicle data :

(D Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)

@ Vehicle type, engine output,

@ Engine and transmission codes

@ Paint and interior codes transmission a co .... N " N .... 0 0

::, co Gross Vehicle Weight Rating The Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR), and the Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR) for front and rear are listed on a sticker on the door jamb on the dr iver's side . The Gross Vehicle Weight Rating includes the weight of the bas ic vehicle plus full fuel tank, oil and coolant, plus maximum load , which includes passenger weight (150 lbs/68 kg per designated seating position) and luggage weight .&,.. ,. 209

 

 

Te c h nical data Gross Axle Weight Rating The Gross Axle We ight Rating is the max imum load that can be applied at each axle of the vehi cle & . Vehicle capacity weight The vehicle capacity we ight (max. load) is listed on the d river's side 8-p illar. _& WARNING

- The act ual Gross Axle Weight Rating at the front and rear axles sho uld not exceed the permissible weights, and their combination must not exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating.

- Exceed ing permissible weight ratings can result in vehicle damage, accidents and per sonal injury.

(D Note

- The vehicle capacity weight figures apply when the load is d istr ibuted evenly in the vehicle (passengers and luggage). When t ransporting a heavy load in the luggage compartment, rea r axle as possib le so that the vehicle's hand ling is not impaired . carry the load as near to the

- Do not exceed the max imum perm iss ible axle loads or the maximum gross vehicle we ight. Always remember that the vehicle's han dli ng will be affe cted by the extra load. Therefore, adjust your speed acco rd ingly.

- Always observe local regulations. Dimensions length (in (mm )) Width (in (mm )) Width across the Height at curb mirrors (in (mm)) weight (in (mm)) Q3 172.8 (4,388) 72.0 (1,83 1) 79.4 (2,019) 62.5 (1,590) Capacities Fuel tank Winds hield and headlight washe r system Approximate capaci-

ties 16.9 qt (64 .0 L) 4 .8 qt (4.5 L) 210 Gasoline engines Q3 2.0, 4 cylinder Maximum output SAE net Maximum torque SAE net Displacement Engine oil with filter change 1>

Fuel Techn ical data hp@ rpm lb-ft@ rpm CID (cm 3) 200@ 5100 - 6000 207 @ 1700 - 5000 121 (1984) Premium unleaded (91 AKI) c::> page 152, Fuel ll For specific engine oil capacities, please see the most current information http:/ /www.audiusa.com/help/maintenance for Canada at http:/ /www.audi.ca/ca/brand/

your _aud i/ aud i_services_a nd/Care_and_M a i nte na nce/ schedule.html or call 800-822-2834. for the USA at or en/

0 co

......

"' ,....

"' ...... 0 0

:::, 00 211 Consumer Information Consumer Warranty Information coverages Your Audi is covered by the following warran ties:

- New Vehicle Limited Warranty

- Limited Warranty Against Corrosion Perfora-

tion

- Emissions Control System Warranty

- Emissions Performance Warranty

- California Emissions Control Warranty (USA vehicles only)

- California Emissions Performance Warranty

(USA vehicles only) regarding your warranties Detailed information can be found in your Warranty & Maintenance booklet . Operating outside Canada your vehicle the U.S.A. or reg ulati ons in the United States and Government Canada require that automobi emission regulations and safety standards. Therefore, vehicles built for the U.S.A. and Cana da differ from vehicles sold in other countries. les meet specific If you plan to take your vehicle outside the conti nenta l limits of the United States or Canada, there is the poss ibility that:

- un leaded fue ls for vehicles with catalytic con verter may not be available;

- fuel may have a considerably lower octane rat ing . Improper fuel may cause eng ine damage;

- service may be inadequate due to lack of proper service facilities, tools or testing equ ipment;

- rep lacement parts may not be readily available.

- Navigation systems for veh icles built for the U.S.A. and Canada will not necessarily work in Europe, and may not wo rk in other count ries outside of North Amer ica. 212

(D Note Audi cannot be responsib le for mechanical damage that could result from inadequate fuel, service or parts ava ilability. Audi Service Repair Manuals and Literature Audi Official Factory Service Manuals and Litera ture are published as soon as poss ible after mod el introd uction . Service Manuals and literature are available to order from the Audi Technical Lit erature Ordering Center at :

www.audi .techliterature .com Maintenance General

'

to a min imum. How requirements Your vehicle has been designed to he lp keep maintenance ever, a certain amount of regular maintenance still necessary to assure your vehicle's safety, economy and reliability . For detailed vehicle mai ntena nce consult your Warranty & Mainte nance booklet . is low outside temperatures, Under difficult operating conditions, for exam ple at extremely very dusty regions, whe n towing a trailer very fre quently, etc., some service work should be per formed between the intervals specified. This ap plies particularly to :

in

- oil changes, and

- cleaning or replac ing the a ir filter .

@) For the sake of the environment By regularly maintain ing your vehicle, you help make sure that em iss ion standards are maintained, thus min imizing adverse effects on the environment

.

'

Important considerations for you and your vehicle The increasing use of electronics, sophisticated fuel injection and emission control systems, and the genera lly increas ing technica l complexity of

..,_ today's automobiles, have steadily reduced the scope of maintenance and repairs which can be carried out by vehicle owners. Also, safety and environmental concerns place very strict limits on the nature of repairs and adjustments to en gine and transmission parts which an owner can perform . Maintenance, adjustments and repairs usually re quire special tools, testing devices and other equipment available to specially trained work shop personnel formance, reliability and safety of the vehicle and its many systems. in order to assure proper per Improper maintenance, adjustments and repairs can impair the operation and reliability of your vehicle and even void your vehicle warranty . Therefore, proof of servicing in accordance with schedule may be a condition for the maintenance upholding a possible warranty claim made within the warranty period. Above all , operational safety can be adversely af fected, creating unnecessary risks for you and your passengers. If in doubt about any servicing, have it done by your authorized Audi dealer or any other properly equipped and qualified workshop. We strongly urge you to give your authorized Audi dealer the opportunity nance and necessary repairs. Your dealer has the facilities, original parts and trained specialists to keep your vehicle running properly . to perform all scheduled mainte Performing limited maintenance yourself The following pages describe a limited number of procedures which can be performed on your vehi cle with ordinary tools, should the need arise and trained personnel be unavailable. Before per forming any of these procedures, always thor oughly read all of the applicable text and careful ly follow the instructions given . Always rigorously observe the WARNINGS provided . Before you check anything in the engine com partment, always read and heed all WARNINGS c::> .&. and c::> .&. in Working in the engine compart ment on page 155. 0 co

......

"' ,....

"' ...... 0 0

:::, 00 Consumer Information A WARNING

- Serious personal injury may occur as a result of improperly performed maintenance, ad justments or repairs .

- Always be extremely careful when working on the vehicle. Always follow commonly ac cepted safety practices and general com mon sense. Never risk personal injury.

- Do not attempt any of the maintenance, checks or repairs described on the following pages if you are not fully familiar with these or other procedures with respect to the ve hicle, or are uncertain how to proceed.

- Do not do any work without the proper tools and equipment. Have the necessary work done by your authorized Audi dealer or an other properly equipped and qualified work shop.

- The engine compartment of any motor vehi cle is a potentially hazardous area. Never reach into the area around or touch the radi ator fan. It is temperature controlled and can switch on suddenly - even when the en gine is off and the ignition key has been re moved. The radiator fan switches on auto matically when the coolant reaches a certain temperature the coolant temperature drops. and will continue to run until

- Always remove the ignition key before any one gets under the vehicle.

- Always support your vehicle with safety stands if it is necessary to work underneath the vehicle . The jack* supplied with the vehi cle is not adequate for this purpose and could collapse causing serious personal in jury.

- If you must work underneath the vehicle with the wheels on the ground, always make sure the vehicle is on level ground, that the wheels are always securely blocked and that the engine cannot be started.

- Always make sure the transmission lever (automatic position) and the park brake is applied. transmission) selector is in P (Park 213 Con sumer Info r mation

@ For the sake of the environment

- Changing the engine settings wi ll adversely to affect emission levels. This is detrimental the environment and increases fuel con sumption.

- Always observe environmental regu lations when disposing of old engine oil, used brake fl uid, dirty engine coolant, spent batteries or worn out tires.

- Undeployed airbag modules and pretension ers mig ht be classified as Perchlorate Mate rial -special handl ing may apply, see www.dtsc .ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlo rate. When the vehicle or parts of the re straint system including airbag modu les safety belts wi t h pretensioners are scrap ped, all applicab le laws and regulations must be observed. Your authorized Audi dealer is familiar with these requirements and we recommend that you have your deal er perform this service for you. Accessories technical and changes Additional accessories and parts replacement Always consult on authorized Audi dealer before purchasing accessories. Audi vehicles that are constructed with advanced materials like Steel/Aluminum (Hybrid construc tion), Aluminum (Audi Space Frame), and/or Alu minum/Carbon Fiber (Ultra Advanced Light Weight Materials) are as unique as the ir drivers. Therefore, the availability of certain parts needed for repair, restoration, or reconstruction will be rest ricted, or parts will be unavaila ble, if the ve hicle is not repaired at an aut horized Aud i colli sion repair facility . This includes but is not li mit ed to structura l parts whic h require specialized training and equipment to restore their crash worthiness back to the orig inal NHTSA and IIHS performance. Your vehicle incorporates the latest safety design features ensuring a high standard of active and passive safety. 214 This saf ety could be compromised by non-ap proved changes to the vehicle . For this reason, if parts have to be replaced, please observe the fol lowing points when install ing additional accesso ries:

Approved Audi accessories and genuine Audi parts are availab le from authorized Aud i dealers. These dealers also have the necessary facilit ies, tools and trained specialists to install the parts and accessories properly . A WARNING Using the wrong spare parts or using non-ap proved accessories can cause damage to the vehicle and serious personal injury.

- Use only accessories expressly approved by Aud i and genuine Audi spare parts

- These parts and accessories have been spe cially designed to be used on your vehicle.

- Never install accessories such as telephone cradles or beverage holders on airbag covers or w ith in the airbag deployment zones. Do ing so will increase the risk of injury if air bags are triggered in an accident!

- Before you check anything in the engine compartment, always read and heed all WARNINGS ~ page 155.

(D Note

- If items other than genu ine Audi spare parts, add-on equipment and accessory items are used or if repair work is not per formed according to specified methods, th is can result in severe damage to your vehi cle's engine and body (such as corrosion) and adversely affect your vehicle's war ranty.

- If emergency repairs must be performed elsewhere, have the vehicle examined by an aut horized Audi dealer as soon as possible.

- The manufacture r cannot be held liable fo r damage wh ich occurs due to failure t o com ply wi t h these stipula t ions. Technical Modifications Our guidelines must be complied with when tech nical modifications are made . Always consult an authorized Audi dealer before starting work on any mod ificat ions. This will he lp ensure that vehicle function, per formance and safety are not impaired c> ..&.. to work on e lectronic components Attempting and the software used with them can cause ma l functions. Because of the way electronic compo nents are interconnected with each other, such malfunct ions can also have an adverse affect on other systems that are not directly involved. This means that you risk both a substa nt ial reduction in the operational safety of your veh icle and an increased wea r of vehicle pa rts c::> ,.&.. Author ized Audi dealers will perform this work in a profess ional and competent manner or, in spe cial cases, refer you to a professional company that spec ializes in such modific atio ns. &, WARNING Improper repairs and mod ificat ions can change the way veh icle systems work and cause damage to the veh icle and ser ious per sonal injury.

(D Note If emergency repa irs mus t be pe rformed else where, have t he vehicle exam ined by an au thorized Audi dealer as soon as possib le . Declaration compliance munications and electronic of for telecom equipment systems The manufacturer is not liable for rad io malfunc tions t hat are caused by unauthori zed changes to the equipment. Equipment The fol low ing equipmen t comp lies wit h FCC sec tion 15 and RSS-Gen:

Consumer Inf o rmation

- Audi adapt ive cruise control*

- Aud i side assist*

- Electronic immob ilizer

- Remote control key

- Cell phone package*

FCC Part 15.19 This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules . Operation is subject to the fo llowing two condit ions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference that may cause undesired operation . rece ived, includ ing interference FCC Part 15 .21 Changes or mod ificat ions not express ly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate the equ ip ment . RSS-Gen This device complies with Industry Canada's li cence-exempt RSSs. Operation is subject to the follow ing two conditions:

(1) This dev ice may not cause interference; and

(2) This dev ice m ust accept any interference, in clud ing interfe rence that may cause undes ired operation of the dev ice . CNR-Gen Le present appareil est conforme aux CNR d'ln dustrie Canada applicables aux appare ils radio exemp t s de licence . L'explo itat ion est autor isee aux deux conditions su ivantes:

1) l'appareil ne do it pas produire de brouillage;

2) l'appareil do it accepter tout brouillage radioe lectr ique subi, meme si le brouillage est suscept i ble d'en compromettre le fonct ionnement

. 215 0 co ....

"' ,-...

"' .... 0 0

:::, 00 Index A A/C (automatic climate control system) A/C (manual climate control system) ABS 54

. 52 Accessories . ........... Adaptive dampers. Adaptive light refer to Anti-lock braking system . 89

. .. 44, 214

. 81

. 81

. 16 Addit ional accessories . 214 Adjusting the air distribution also refer to Audi adaptive light Automatic climate control system

. 55 Manual climate control system . S2 Adjusting the air vents

. S5 Automatic climate control system Manual climate control system . 52

. 3S Adjusting the center console lighting Adjusting the temperature Heating/ventilat mate control system . 52 ion system and manual cli-

Advanced key refer to Convenience key . 61 Airbag

. 114 Airbag system . 129 Advanced Airbag System . 118 Advanced Airbag System components

. 120 Care . 127

. 135 Children

. 136 Child restraints Components (front airbags)

. 120 Danger of fitting a child safety seat on the front passenger seat . 115 Disposal . 127 Front airbags . ........... 118

. 122 How do the front airbags work?

How many airbags does my vehicle have?

120 How the Advanced Airbag System compo-

. 122 nents work together

. 114 Important

. 124 Indicator light

. 124 Monitoring

. 125 PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light Repairs . 127 Safety instructions

. 126 Side airbags . 128 Side curtain airbags . 131 information

. .. 216 Weight-sensing mat When must the system be inspected?

. 136

. 124

. 176 Air pressure (tires)

. 183 Air pressure (tire) All season tires . 181 All weather lights

. 33 All wheel drive

. 93 Ant i-freeze Windshield washer system . 165 Anti -lock braking system . 89 Anti-Slip Regulation . 89 Armrest.... . 43 ASR

. ........... .. refer to Anti-Slip Regulation . 89

. 16 Audi adaptive light Audi drive select . 80 Audi Service Repair Manuals and Literature 212 Audi side assist . 78 Adjusting the brightness

. 80 Cleaning the sensors . 186

. 78 Sensor range Switching on and off

. 80 AUTO Automatic climate control system Automatic headlights

. 54

. 33 Auto Lock (central locking system) . 22 Automatic belt retractor

. 109 Automatic climate control refer to Climate control system

(automatic)

. 51, 54 Automat ic climate control system refer to Climate control system

(automatic) Automat ic transmission

. 51, 54

. 66 Driving tips . 69 Emergency mode . 71 Hill descent control

. 70 Kick-down . 71 Manua l shifting

. 70 Selector lever emergency release . 72 Selector lever positions

. 67 Steering wheel with shift paddles. . 70 tiptronic mode . 70

. 38 Automatic wipe/wash system Auto Safety Hotline

. 104 Average consumption . 19 Average speed

. 19 B Bag/securing hooks Bag hooks Battery

. 46

. 48 Jump starting also refer to Vehicle battery

. 203

. 163 Before driving . 97

. 112 Belt tensioners Blended gasoline

. 152 Blower

. 55 system and manual cli Automatic climate control system Heating/ventilation mate control system

...................... 52 Booster seats

. 142 Brakes . 91

. 89

. 91

. 163

. 63

. 64

. 91

. 14 Brake assist Brake booster Brake fluid Electromechanical parking brake Emergency braking function New brake pads Worn brake pads Breaking in New brake pads New engine New tires

. 91

. 57

. 173 Bulbs . 201

. ............... C California Proposition 65 Warning

. 156

. 164 Battery specific Capacities Fuel tank . ............... Washer fluid reservoir

. 210

. 210

........... Caps for wheel bolts, removing

. 193 Care . 185 Cargo area

. .. .. .... ................... refer to Loading t he luggag e compart -

ment Cargo bag Cargo floor Cargo mat Catalytic converter

. 102

. 47 49

. 48

. 155

. ............... 0 co

......

"' ,....

"' ...... 0 0

:::, 00 Index

. ............... 43 Cen t er armrest Central locking 22 Certification 215 Changing engine oil . 161 Child restraints

. ...... in the front

. . . 115 Danger of using child restraints seat Where can I get additional information

. 151 about child restraints and their use?

Child restraints system anchors .......... 147 Child safety . 134

. .... 149

.......... ............... in the front

. ............... 13 7 th ings to know when driving with

. 134 Impo rt ant safety instru ctions for using child safety seats Important childre n Installing a child restraint using the LATCH system Mounting and releas ing the anchorage hook Tether anchors Teth er straps 149 149 149 30 140 142

. 141

. 146

. ............. .............. .............. Child safety lock . ................ Child safety seats

. ............... Booster seats Convertib le child seats Convertible locking retractor Danger of using child restraints seat...... How do I properly instal l a child safety seat 137

. in my vehicle? .. 140 Infant seats

. LATCH system

. 149 Lower anchorages 148 Safety instr uctions . 137

. 144 Securing Unused safety belts on the rear seat

. 139

. .............. 185 Cleaning ice from windows . 187 Cleaning/removing

. 188 Cleaning Alcantara

. 188 Clean ing a rt ificial leather

. 187 , 188 Cleaning carbon parts

. 187 Cleaning controls Cleaning decorative parts and tr im . 186 , 187 Cleaning exhaust tail pipes

. 186 Cleaning plastic parts . 187

. 186 Cleaning rims Cleaning textiles

. 188

. ............... .............. ............... 115

....... 217 Index Cleaning the tail lights Climate control system

. 186 Climate control system (automatic) Drive select. . 8 1

. 51

. 54 AUTO (automatic mode)

. 55 Changing the tempe rature unit Descript ion . 5 1 Key recogn ition

. 51

. 54 Operation Synchro nizing . 54

. ........... .. Climate control system (manual) Descript ion . 5 1 Operation

. 52 Closing Hood . 157 Panorama glass roof

. 31

. 30 W indows

. ................. Closing/opening refer to Unlocking/locking

. 24 Cockpit (overview)

. 6 Coming home . 34 Compact spare tire . 197 Compartments

. 45, 4 6 Compass in the mirror

. 40 Compliance . 2 15 Consumer Info rmat ion ............. 104 , 2 12 Consumpt ion (f uel)

. 19 Cont acti ng NHTSA . 104 Convenience key Starting the engi ne . 6 1

. 62 St opping the engine Switchi ng the ign ition on

. 6 1 Unlo cking/lock ing . 24

. 31

. 14 1 Convenience opening/closing Convertible chi ld safety seats Convert ible locking retractor Activa t ing . 146

. 146 Deactivating Using to secure a child safety seat

. 146

. 54 Cooling mode (aut omatic climate control sys-

tem) Cooling mode (manual climate cont rol sys-

tem) Cooling system

. 52 Adding coolant . 162 Coolant . 162 218 Coolant level checking . 162 Coolant temperature

. 8 Crossing water

. 5 7, 66 Cruise control system . 76 Cup holders . 45 Current consumpt ion . 19 D

. ... Data recorder Date.... Dayt ime run ning li ghts Declaration of compliance Defros t ing (w indows)

. 95

. 9

. 33

. 215 Automat ic climate contro l system

. 55 Manua l climate control system . 52 DEF (instrument clust er) . 9 Dete rmining correct load lim it

. 180 Digital compass

. 4 0 Dimens ions . 210 Dimming t he exterior mi rrors . 36 Dimm ing the rearview mi rror

. 36 Display Cleaning . 187

. 19 Distance Doors Child safety lock . 30 Emergency locking . 26 Driver informat ion system Driver messages . 19 Effic iency program . 20 On-board comp uter . 19 Operat ing using t he multif unction steer ing whee l . 19 Operat ing using windsh ield wiper lever . 18 Overview . 18 Service interva l display

. 165 Driver seat refer to Seating posi t ion . 98 Drive select refer to Aud i drive select . 80

. 57 Driving econom ically Driving off road . 65 Drivi ng safe ly . 97 Driving through water

. 57, 66

. 19 Drivi ng time

. ... Dust filter refer to Pollutant filter

. S 1 E EDL refer to Electronic Differential Lock . 89 Efficiency program

. 21 Fuel economy messages Other equipment

. 20 Overview . 20

. 63 Electromechanical parking brake Electromechanical steering

. 93 Electronic Differential Lock . 89 Electronic immobilizer . 23 Electronic stabilization control

. 89 Electronic Stabilization Control Hill descent assist

. 91 Offroad mode . 90

. 191 Emergency assistance

. 64 Emergency braking function Emergency flashers

. 34 Emergency locking the front passenger's door .26 Emergency operat ion Front passenger's door

. 26 Fuel filler door . 155 Luggage compartment lid . 29 Panorama glass roof . 32 Sunshade (roof) . 32 Emergency release Selector lever . 72

. 203 Emergency starting Emergency unlocking/locking On lock cylinder . 26 Emissions control system Catalytic converter . 155

. 94 Energy management Engine Coolant . 162 Starting/stopping

(convenience key) . 61, 62

(ignition lock) . 60 Starting/stopping Starting with jumper cables

. 203 Stopping (ignition lock) . 60 Engine compartment

. 155 Engine oil . 158 Adding . 160 Changing

. 161 0 co

......

"' ,....

"' ...... 0 0

:::, 00 Index

. ............... Checking the engine oil level . 160 Dipstick . 160 Economy... 160

. 159 Oil consumption Oil grades . 158 Specification and viscosity . 158 15 Engine speed limitation (indicator light) Environment Proper disposal of drained engine oil . 161 Unleaded gasoline . 152 EPC (engine control) . 14 ESC refer to Electronic stabilization control

. 89 Event Data Recorder (EDR) . 95 Exterior lighting 33 Exterior mirrors Adjusting D. 36

. ............. 36 Heating . 36 1mm1ng .. F Fastening Booster seats Convertible child safety seats Infant seats

. 142

. 141

. 140 Federal Communications Commission (FCC) 215 Floor mats . 101 Folding the rear seats. 47 Foot peda ls . 101 For the sake of the environment Environmentally-friendly driving

. 57 Fueling . 153 Leaks. . 156 Roof rack . SO Freeze protection Coolant . 162 Front airbags Description . 118 How they work . 122 Frontal collisions and the laws of physics . 107

. 42 Front seats Adjusting

. 99 Child restraints in the front seat ...... 115 Fuel . .... 152 Additives . 152 Blended gasoline . 152

. .. ..... 219 Index Current consumption Fuel gauge Fuel tank capacity Gasoline Gasoline additives Saving fuel

. 19

. 8, 9 210

. 152

. 153

. 57, 81

.21

(efficiency program)

................... Fuel economy messages Fueling

. 155 Fuel filler door emergency release

. 9 Fuel gauge

. 210 Fuel tank capacity Opening the fuel filler door . 153 Fuses . 199 Octane rating Recommendation G Garment hooks . 46 Gas discharge lamps . 201 Gasoline

. 152

. 152

. 152 Generator (indicator light) . 13 Glossary of tire and loading terminology

. 169 Glove compartment

. 45 Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) . 209 Ground clearance

. 66 H

. 33 Headlight range control Headlights Cleaning Headlight range control Head restraints

. 186

. 33

. 100 43, 44, 100

. 44

. .............. Adjusting Removing and installing Heated

. 36

. 55 Exterior mirrors Rear window (automatic climate control sys-

tem) Rear window (manual climate control sys -

tem) Seats (automatic climate control system) Washer nozzles

. 53

. 55

. 38 Heavy clothing and safety belts . 108 High beams

. 34 Hill descent assist

. 91

. 70 Hill descent control

. . ... . 220 Hill hold assist also refer to Hill hold assist

. 65

. 65 Hold ass ist (hill) . 65 Horn

. 6 How are child restraint system anchors relat-

. 147 ed to child safety How many a irbags does my vehicle have? . 120 How safety belt pretensioners work 112 I Ignition things to do before driving Switching on and off (convenience key) . 61 Switching on and off (ignition lock) . 60

. 175 Imbalance (wheels)

. 23 Immobilizer

. 97 Important

. 112 Improperly worn safety belts Indicator lights . 10 Airbag system

. 124, 125 PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF . 125

. 140

. 165 Infant seats Inspection Installing child safety seats interval Safety belts

. 144 Cleaning Instruments Installing the upper tether strap on the an chorage Instrument cluster

. 150

. 8

. 187

. 8

. 35

. 35

. 35

. 38 Interval mode (windshield wipers) Adjusting the lighting Interior lighting Interior lighting J Jack . 194

. 203 Jump-starting Jumper cables

. 204 K Key........ ......... Key not recognized Key recognition Key replacement Replacing the battery

. . 23

. 63

. 51

. 23

. 23 Kick-down (automatic transmission)

. 71 Multifunction steering wheel. . 19 Index L LATCH 147 Description . 148 Installing a child restraint

. 149 148 Location Mounting and releasing the anchorage hook . ............. .. 149 Leather care/clean ing

. 188 Leaving home . 34 Light/rain sensor

. 33 Headlights Interval mode (windsh ield wipers) . 38 Lighting Exterior . 33

. 35 Interior Lights Interior/reading Interior lighting lights

. 35

. 35

. 102 Loading the luggage compartment Locking/un locking refer to Unlocking/locking

. 24 Low-profile tires . 182 Low beam headlights

. 33 Lower universal anchorages (Canada) . 147 Luggage compartment. 46 lid . 27 Luggage compartment Storing cargo correctly

. 102 also refer to Loading the luggage compart-

ment. 102

. ............... 47 Luggage compartment net Luggage rack . 49 Lumbar support

. 42

. .. M M . t arn enance . ......... 212 M . t arn enance mterva s . 165 Malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) . 14, 17 Manual climate control system

. .. l refer to Climate control system

(manual) . 51, 52 Mirror compass . 40 Mirrors

. 36 Monitoring the Advanced Airbag System . 124 0 co

......

"' ,....

"' ...... 0 0

:::, 00 N Natural leather care/cleaning Net NHTSA

. 188

. 46 Contacting 104 Number of seats . 106 0 Occupant seating positions

. 98 Octane rating (gasoline) . 152 Odometer

. 9 Oil refer to Engine oil Oil change interval On-board computer On-Board Diagnostic System (OBD)

. 158, 160

. 165

. 19 Opening.... .. ............. Data Link Connector (DLC) . 17 Malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) . 17

. 22 Fuel filler door . 153 Hood . 157 Luggage compartment lid . 28

. 31 Panorama glass roof Windows

. 30

. ........... .. Opening/closing refer to Unlocking/locking

. 24

. 20 Other equipment (efficiency program) Outside temperature display . 9 Overview (Cockpit)

. 6 p Paint damage . 187 Paint number

. 209 Panorama glass roof. . 31 Emergency closing . 32 also refer to Convenience opening/closing 31 Parking brake refer to Electrome chanical parking brake

. 63

. 33 Parking lights Parking system Parking system plus . 83 also refer to Parking systems . 83, 84 221 Index Parking systems . 82 Adjusting the display/warning tone . 87 Cleaning the rearview camera . 85 Cleaning the sensors/camera

. 186

. 88 Malfunction Rear parking system

. 83 Rearview camera . 84

. 88 Trailer hitch

. 69 Parking (automatic transmission)

. 214 Parts replacement

. 48 Pass-through PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light

. 125 Pedals . 101 Physical principles of a frontal collision

. 107 Polishing . 187 Pollen filter

. .. ......... refer to Pollutant filter

. 51 51 Pollutant filter Power seat adju stment

. 42 Power windows . 30 Child safety lock . 30

. 31 Malfunction

. .. .. Pregnant women Special considerations when wearing a safe-

ty belt . 11 1 Proper safety belt position . 110 Proper seating posit ion Front passenger . 99 Occupants. . 98 Rear passengers . 99 Protective liner . 49 Q quattro (all wheel drive) . 93 Question What happens to unbelted occupants? . 107 R Radio Standards Specification (RSS) Rain/light sensor 215

. 33 Headlights I nterva l mode (windshield wipers) . 38 Raising the vehicle . 207 Range (fuel level) . 19 Reading lights . 35 222 Rear fog lights Rearview camera

. 33 refer to Parking systems . 83 , 84 Rear window defogger Automatic climate control system

. 55 Manual climate control system . 53 Rear window wiper Replacing wiper blades . 39, 40 Recirculation mode Automatic climate cont rol system

. 55 Manual climate control system . 53 Refueling . 153 Remote control refer to Remote control key . 23 Remote control key . 23 LED . 23

. 23 Personalization Replacing the battery

. 23

. 24 Synchronization Unlocking/locking

. 24 Repair manuals . 212 Repairs Airbag system

. 127 Replacement key . 23 Replacing Light bulbs . 201 Replacing wiper blades

. 39 , 40 Reporting Safety Defects . 104

. 9 Reset button (trip odometer) Resett ing the trip odometer

. 9 Retractor . 109 Rims ...... 180 Roof load . 49 Roof rack . 49

. ......... s Safe driving habits . 97 Safety Airbag system

. 114 Belts . 106 Cargo . 102 Correct seating position

. 98 Pedal area . 101

. 110 Safety belt height adjustment

. 111 Safety belts worn by pregnant women . 111 Safety belt position Safety belt pretensioner

. .. Service and disposa l ............ 113 Safety belts . 106, 109

. 187

. 107

. 109

. 111 112

. 107

. 110

. 108

. 144 Cleaning Danger to passengers who do not wear a safety belt Fastening Height adjustment Improperly worn Not worn Safety belt position Safety instructions Securing child safety seats Special considerations en Unfastening Warning/indicator Worn properly

. 111

. 111

. 106

. 108 for pregnant wom-

............. ... light Safety instructions

. 133 for side curta in a irbags

. 137 for using ch ild safety seats for using safety be lts . 108 Monitoring the Advanced Airbag System

. 126

. 14 Safety systems Seat Number of seats Seat adjustment Head restraints Seat belts 106

. 100 refer to Safety belts . 106 Seat heating Automatic climate control system Manual climate control system

. 55

. 53

. 106 Seating capacity Seating position Index Selector lever (automatic transmission) Emergency operation Pos ition

. 72

. 67 Service and disposal Safety be lt pretensioner

. 113 Service interval display . 165 Service position refer to Replacing wiper blades

. 39 Setting the temperature Automatic climate cont rol system

. 54

. 70 transm iss ion) Shift paddles (automatic Side airbags Description

. 128 How they work . 129 Side assist

. .. ......... Side curta in airbags refer to Audi side assist

. 78

. 131

. 131 Description How they work . 132

. 133 Safety instructions

. .. .. 48

. 181

. 44 Ski bag. ...... Snow chains Sockets Sources of information about child restraints and their use . 151

.197 Space-saving spare tire (compact spare tire)

. 197 Spare tire Speedometer

. 8 Speed warning system

. 76 Stab ilizat ion control refer to Electronic stabi lizat ion control

. 89

. 61

. 60, 61 START ENGINE STOP button Starting (engine) Steering Driver . 98

. 99 Front passenger

. 99 How to adjust the front seats Incorrect seat position

. 100 Occupants . 98

. 99 Rear passengers Seats

. 42 Adjusting

. 188 Cleaning

. 98 Correct seating position Folding . 47 Selective whee l torque contro l . 89 steering Electromechanical

. 93 Locking (convenience key) . 62 Locking (ignition lock) . 60 93 also refer to Electromechanical steering Steering wheel Adjusting Shift paddles (automatic

. 59 transmiss ion) . 70 Steps for determining correct load limit . 180 Stopping (engine) . 60, 62 Storage compartments

. 45

. 198 Subwoofer.

~

......

~

N 8 0

:::, 00 223 Index Sunroof refer to Panorama glass roof

. 31 Sunshade Emergency closing (panorama glass roof)

. 32

. 3 7 Sun visors Symbols refer to Indicator lights

. 10 T

. 8, 9 Tachometer. Technical data . 209

. 215 Technical modifications Temp erature display Outside t emper atur e . 9 Temperature indicator

(au tomatic transmission) Temporary spare tire Tether anchors Tether strap Tie-down rings Tie-downs

. .. Time

. .. tiptronic mode (automat ic transmission) tiptronic Tires................................ Coolant . 8

. 197

. 149

. 149

. 103

. 47

. 9

. ........... 70

. 66 166

. 93 tires . 182

. 191

. 17 5

. 176

. 183

. 177

. 73

. 175

. 168

. 182 All wheel drive Low-profile Replacing Service life Tire pressure Tir e pressure monitoring system Tire pressure table Tire pressure (trailer towing) Treadwear indicators Unidirectional Uniform tire quality grading Tires and wheels Glossary of tire and loading terminology Tires and vehicle load limits

. 169

. 17 8 Tool . 19 1 Torn or frayed safety belt s . 108 Towing Tow trucks Towing loop TPMS (Tire Pressure Monitoring System)

. 205

. 205, 206

. 183 224 Trailer towing

. 73 Parking systems . 88 Trailer load . 73

. 16 Turn signals Transport Canada . 104

. 34 Turn signal u 111 182 Unfastening safety belts Uniform tire quality grading Unlocking/

locking

. 24 By remote control

. 25 With the central locking sw itch With the convenience key . 24

. 204 Use of jumper cables V Vanity mirror.... Vehicle

. ........... . 37

. 185 Care/cleaning

. D

. ............. 1mens1ons ... 210 Out of service . ......... 190 209

..................... Specifications

. 163 Vehicle battery Charge level . 94 Charging . 13, 164

. 94 Energy management Vehicle control modules . 95 Vehicle j ack . . Vehicle key . 23

. 191 Vehicle tool kit

. 209 VIN

. .... 191,194

.. w Warning lights lights refer to Indicator

. 10

. 212

. 185

. 209 Warranty coverages Washing matte finish paint Weights What happ ens if you wear your safety belt too

. 110 loose?

What happens to unbelted occupants? . 107 What impairs driving safety? . 97 Wheel bolt caps Removing

. 193 Wheel bolts Loosening Tightening Wheel covers, removing Wheels

. 180

. 193

. 193

. 193

. 166

. 186 Cleaning

. 169 Glossary of tire and loading terminology Replac ing . 191

. 178 Tires and vehicle load limits

. 108 l24

. 148

. 30 Child safety lock . 30 When must a safety belt be replaced?

When must the airbag system be inspected?

Where are lower anchorages Window regulators located?

Windows Cleaning/removing ice . 187 Windshield Cleaning also refer to Windshield Windshield washer system

. 38

. 38

. 38, 165

. 210 Reservoir capacity Winter operation

. 55

. 185

. 162 Car washes Cooling system Defrosting windows (automatic climate con trol system) Defrosting windows (manual climate control system) Removing ice from w indows Seat heating (automatic climate cont rol sys-

tem) Snow chains Tires Windshield washer system

. 55

. 181

. 181

. 165 Winter ti res . 181

. 52

. 187 X Xenon headlights

. 201 0 co

......

"' ,....

"' ...... 0 0

:::, 00 Index 225 It has always been Audi's policy to cont inuously improve its products. AUDI AG reserves the right to make changes in design and specifications , and to make additions or improvements in its products without incurring any ob ligat ion to in stall them on products previously manufactured . This Owner's Manual is based on the current data available when it was printed. Text, ill ust rations and specif ications in this owner's manua l are based on the most up-to-date information availa ble at the time of printing, and shall not const i tute a basis for liability claims. These instructions may not be reproduced or translated in whole or in part without written consent of AUDI AG. All rights reserved by AUDI AG.

@) For the sake of the environment Printed on environmentally friendly paper

(bleached without chlorine, recyclable) Owner's Manual Englisch Nordamerika 01.2017 8U0012721BD 11111 I Ill 111 8U0012721B0 www.audi.com